[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]










                       Reference
                       Judiciary                                                                                                F
                                                                      0                                        Marriages

                                                                      4@
                                              Census                  ct
                                                                                                                  Guam
                                              Culture
                                                                                                              Education
                                              Social
                          tziderly                                                                                Social

                                           Welfare

                                                                                                                                   wo
                   ----- - - ----          Population
                                                                                                              .......... .. ...... .




                                               Youth
                                                                                                 00
                                             Housing                  ct
                                                                      r---q
                                                                                                                                 F7,
                                                                                                                Narcotics
                         Income                                                                             Fopulation,


                                           EMilitary
                                         FChamorros                                                            Economics
                                                                                                              @Judlcia@y
                                                               vs
                                              ï¿½1story
                                                               "1-.3  @0-       >
                                                                                                               1        -71      Refen
                                                              r Ow%
                                                                                                              "Dental










                                      GUAM


                           INVENTORY OF


                PLANNING INFORMATION



             VOLUME 1: SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC PLANNING












                                VrOV6rty of CSC Library




                                        LIBRARY
                                      NOAA/CCEH
                                    1990 HOBSON AVE.
                                   CHAS. SC 29408-2623


                             Planning Information Program
                                   Bureau of Planning
   CC n                           Government of Guam
                                                     epartment of commerce
                                     September 19W Coastal Services center Library
                                                  2234 South Hobson Avenue
                                                  Charleston, SC 29405-2413













                                  Acknowledgements


         This document was compiled by Susan Ham, Calvin Saruwatari, Ann
         Workman and Monica Guerrero of the Bureau of Planning's Planning
         Information Program. Thanks to all the people both inside and
         outside of the Government of Guam who served as resource people
         to locate planning materials. Special thanks go to the Guam
         Community College's Cooperative Education Program. Through this
         program the massive task of producing a camera ready document was
         accomplished. Many thanks to Joe Quintanilla, Shannon Bukikosa,
         Sarah Torres, Dan Aponik and Pete Babauta for their tireless and
         uncomplaining efforts.











                                        TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                                   Page


            Introduction     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          v

            Economics (ECN)      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1

                  Comprehensive Planning       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        2
                  Comprehensive Planning -    Military    . . . . . . . . . . .       3
                  Economic Studies, Plans,    Policies, and Constraints               3
                  Business Studies, Statistics, and Economic        Indicators       10
                  Federal-Territorial Relations       . . . . . . . . . . . . .      15
                  Immigration and Alien Labor       . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      26
                  Trade . .   * ' *       * * * * ' ' * : * *     * ' : *  * '  * '  28
                  Taxes and Tax Bas;s*    * * * * * * *     -     - -    . . . . .   31
                  Territorial Budget, Federal Expenditure;,       and
                             Audit Policy   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        35
                  Capital Improvement Projects, Needs, and        Requests   . . .   37
                  Tourist Industry      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        38
                  Labor Force and Employment        . . . . . . .   o . . . . . .    44
                  Income and Wages      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        49
                  Job Training and Job Placement Programs         . . .  o .      o  51
                  Public Administration and Regulations        . . . . . . . . .     53
                  Guam Civil Service      . . . . .   o . . . . . . . . . . . .      59
                  Business Directories and Listings       . . . . . . . .    o  . .  60


            Education (EDU)      . . . . . . . . . . .    o  . . . . . . .   o  . .  63

                  General Education Planning and Management         . .  . o . . .   64
                  Education Statistics      . . . . . . . . . . . . .      o . . .   70
                  Education Studies     . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      o . . . .   72
                  Curriculum and Program Planning/Evaluation          .  o . . . .   76
                  Vocational Education, Career Education, Adult
                       Education      . . . . .  : * * * I o * I I *     * * 1       79
                  Bilingual/Bicultural Education        . . . . . . . . . . . .      84
                  Special Education     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      o . . .   89
                  Head Start     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         90
                  Teachers     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         91



            Historical and Cultural Resources (HIS)          . . . . . . . .    o . 95

                  Historic Preservation Plans       . . . . . . . .   o o . o . . 96
                  Historic and Prehistoric Sites and Studies          . . . . .   o 97
                  Arts and Humanities     . . . . . . . . . .     o . .. . . . .     112








                                                 i









           Housing (HSG)      . . . . ...   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       115

                 Government Housing Assistance Programs         . . . . . . .     116
                 Reports, Studies, and Plans      . . . . . . . . . . . . .       117
                 Laws, Permits, and Regulations        . . . . . . . . . . .      120


           Health (HTH)    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          121

                 Health Planning    . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .        122
                 Health Status and Health Care Programs         . . ... . . .     125
                 Traditional Health Care     .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       133
                 Women and Child Health and Family Planning
                      Services . . .' .     .;. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       133
                 Nutrition   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          136
                 Dental Health    . . . . . . .   * * * * ' * *   ' * *  ' '  *   138
                 Mental Health and Substance Abuse       . . . . . . . . . .      139
                 Hospital Services and Administration        . . . . . . . .      143
                 Health Information System and Statistical Reports         ;      146
                 Specific Health Problems - Surveys, Studies,       Reports       149
                 Communicable Disease Statistics .*      . . . . . . . . . .      156
                 Environmental Health       . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .     159


          @Population (POP)       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         163

                 United States Population Census       . . . . . .. . . . . .     164
                 Population Estimates and Projections        . . . . . .          166
                 Family    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          168
                 Youth   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          169
                 Women's Issues     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       170
                 Sexual Abuse/Assault Studies       . . . . . . ... . . . .       175
                 Lifestyle, Socio-Cultural Change, and Immigration                177


           Reference. (REF)     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         195

                 Bibliographies and Catalogs      . . ... . . . . . ... . .       196
                 Codes, Session Laws, Regulations and Executive
                      Orders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             200



           Safety and Defense (SAF)         . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       203

                 Criminal Justice Planning      General    . . . . . . . . .      204
                 crime statistics      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        205
                 Juvenile Delinquency       . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .       210
                 Courts    . . . . . ... .                                        212
                 Penitentiary     . . . . .                                       214
                 Disaster Preparedness Planning       . . . . . . . . . . .       216





                                               ii












          Social   (SOC)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      221

               Comprehensive Planning (See ECN 2)      . . . . . . . . .        2
               Social Services Planning/Community    Development
                     Studies   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      222
               Public Assistance Forms, Reports and    Brochures    . . .   227
               Child Welfare/Child Support Services      . . . . . . . .    231
               Senior Citizens    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     233
               Handicapped   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   i  . . . . .   237
               Social Services Directories    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     240



           Index   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      243











                                     INTRODUCTION


          This fourth edition of the Guam Inventory of Planning Information
          is an annotated bibliography of documents containing planning
          information for Guam. Volume I contains social and economic
          planning information. Volume II, to be released in 1990, will
          contain environmental and physical planning information., Master
          plans, reports, and surveys are covered, as well as information
          sources available within Government of Guam agencies. The major
          time period covered is 1975 through 1989, but annotations for
          some reports and information available before 1975 are included
          if their contents are still valid or useful.



          Methodology

          This bibliography of social and economic data sources was
          completed following a search of the Bureau of Planning's
          reference library, the Micronesian Area Research Center, the
          Nieves Flores Library, and federal and Government of Guam
          agencies and departments who produce data or studies. In all
          cases, it was verified that each document is accessible for
          reference use and a notation is made as to where the document can
          be located. The Inventory only includes those references that
          have been physically located. The emphasis of this document was
          on readily available planning information. Some time was spent
          searching for reports, but if the source agency no longer had a
          copy and we could not locate the report in one of the planning
          libraries, it was not included. It is also inevitable that some
          studies have been overlooked or discovered too late to be
          included.



          Format


          Annotations are listed chronologically within each subject area.
          Those citations which do not indicate a date are entered at the
          beginning of each subject area. Citations.with multiple dates
          are listed as the latest publication date.

          For each citation that is included under a subject area, the
          title, author or source agency, and date of writing or
          publication are given. There is a brief summary of the
          information content, usually including the topics and issues
          discussed, any unique data that is presented, and possible the
          history or status of the document.

          For each document, there is an availability statement which
          indicates where the document is accessible to users.











                                          V










         Major Subject Areas - Volume I

         This volume is divided into nine subject areas, as follows:

         ECN  Economics, Business, and Government

         EDU  Education


         HTH  Health


         HIS  Historic and Cultural Resources


         HSG  Housing

         POP  Population

         REF  Reference


         SAF  Safety and Defense

         SOC  Social Welfare


         Some of the information could have been included in more than one
         of the subject areas. Because of this, a topical index that
         shows the subject area in which each topic 'was included was
         prepared. The topical index is at the back.
































                                         Vi








                                                                         ECN 1



                                       ECONOMICS



          CONTENTS:



          Comprehensive Planning                                        ECN 2

          Comprehensive Planning - Military                             ECN   3

          Economic Studies, Plans, Policies, and Constraints            ECN   3

          Business Studies, Statistics, and Economic Indicators         ECN 10

          Federal-Territorial Relations                                 ECN 15

          Immigration and Alien Labor                                   ECN 26

          Trade                                                         ECN 28


          Taxes and Tax Bases                                           ECN 31

          Territorial Budget,  Federal Expenditures,
          and Audit Policy                                              ECN 35

          Capital Improvement  Projects, Needs, and  Requests           ECN 37

          Tourist Industry                                              ECN 38

          Labor Force and Employment                                    ECN 44

          Income and Wages                                              ECN 49

          Job Training and Job Placement Programs                       ECN 51

          Public Administration and Regulation                          ECN 53

          Guam Civil Service                                            ECN 59

          Business Directories and Listings                             ECN 60








         ECN 2



         COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING


         Territory of Guam Master Plan; Territorial Planning Commission;
         1966. A comprehensive plan which focuses on a physical
         development policy to be used by decision makers and planners
         dealing with the physical development of Guam. Covers
         population, land use, circulation, transportation, public
         services and facilities, public buildings, community design, and
         urban renewal. This report remains the Territory's official
         master plan.
         Available:    Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Master Plan,. Phase I: Problems, Opportunities and
         Alternatives; Greenleaf/Telesca-Ahn; 1972. A master plan
         prepared for the Territory of Guam. Covers population, land use,
         housing, circulation, economic development, parks and recre ation,
         social factors, health services, public facilities, public
         education, environment, infrastructure, and military. For each
         major category there is a summary of the problems, opportunities,
         and issues. Contains a number of charts, graphs, and tables
         covering the above subjects. This plan was never adopted by the
         Government of Guam.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Basic Development Goals for Guam; Bureau of Planning; 1976.
         Presents the results and analysis of a survey taken during the
         Governor's 1976 Village Meetings on the island's development
         potential and goals. The report presents percentage of'
         respondents agreeing or disagreeing with the goals and statements
         presented in the survey.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.


         Guam COMRrehensive Development Plan; Bureau of Planning; 1978.
         Presents a master plan establishing a framework for decision-
         making by the island's leaders, planners, and general public.
         covers six broad areas: People, Lifestyle, Economy, Disasters,
         Land and Sea, and Energy. For each area, the major issues are
         discussed, basic information is given, and goals are recommended.
         Government policies and actions are recommended throughout the
         document in support of the issues and situations occurring at the
         time. The plan has not been adopted.
         Available:    Bureau of Planning Library.












                                         2








                                                                         ECN 3



           COMPREHENSIVE PLKNNING - MILITARY

           Guam Master Plan - Military Element; Greenleaf-Telesca Ahn, Inc.,
           for the Territory of Guam; June 1972. The impact of the United
           States military presence in Guam is discussed as a component of
           the Guam Master Plan. The impact on economics, land use,
           housing, education, and public facilities is discussed.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Regional Profile - Navy Activities - Guam, M.I.; Department of
           the Navy; 1978 and 1985. Extensive profiles of the island of
           Guam addressing all aspects of the island including history,
           government, population, economy, transportation, land use and
           physical setting, hydrology, environment, and water. Includes a
           profile of the  Naval complex and its functional profile as it
           relates to the  island. A summary of planning issues is also
           presented.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.
           Master Plans    -   U.S. Naval Facility - Guam, M.I. (1986)
                           -   U.S. Naval Hospital - Guam, M.I. (1986)
                           -   Naval Air Station    - Agana, Guam M.I. (1986)
                           -   Apra Harbor (1978) (1986)
                           -   NAVCAMS of the Western Pacific (1978) (1986)
                           -   Department of the Navy (1978) (1986)
                           -   U.S. Naval Magazine - Guam, M.I.

           These extensive plans address Naval facilities on Guam regarding
           land use, natural and man made environments, plans for each
           specific facility, capital improvements, environmental impact
           assessment, and planned use.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.
           United States Naval Forces Marianas Shareholders Report; United
           States Naval Forces Marianas; 1987 and 1988. A summary of
           expenditures, personnel, and other data pertaining to COMNAVMAR
           and all Navy activities on Guam.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.


           ECONOMIC STUDIES, PLANS, POLICIES, AND CONSTRAINTS

           Guam: Its Economy and Selected Development Opportunities; Eric
           E. Duckstad, Stanford Research Institute, prepared for the Guam
           Finance and Development Administration; February 1959. Examines
           the economy of Guam in relation to its further development;
           identifies and analyzes the most attractive opportunities for
           expansion; and makes suggestions for promoting the economic
           growth of the island.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.






                                            3









         ECN 4



         Economic Development of the Territory of Guam; Planning Research
         Corp., for the U.S. Department of the Interior; February 1966.
         Covers the general economic: outlook for Guam and emphasizes the
         need for government action to promote economic development. This
         report was prepared at the request of Congress through the
         Rehabilitation Act of November 1963 (U.S. P.L. 88-170). In three
         parts. Part I discusses the basis for economic growth, key
         factors in development potential (geography, military, etc.),
         private sector development possibilities (exports, import
         replacement, tourism), import labor replacement, public education
         and training programs, and public sector requirement and
         resources. Part II evaluates in detail 14 possible export
         industries, agricultural production for import replacement,
         tourism, and oth6r services. There are 23 tables of data
         regarding these proposals and the markets for them. Part III is
         nine appendices covering human resources, natural resources and
         land use, freight transportation, local business environment,
         investment incentives, local government, and federal assistance.
         This report was reproduced under the same title by the Federal-
         Territorial Commission for Development of a Long-Range Economic
         Plan for Guam, and includes the commission's comments and
         responses to the plan.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         A Study and Review of Laws Pertaining to Alien Investment on
         Guam; Stanford Research Institute (SRI), prepared for the
         Executive Legislative Ad Hoc: Committee on the Study of Alien
         Investment on Guam; September 1974. Includes issues of alien
         investment; Guam's economic structure and growth potential;
         patterns, and economic and social impact of alien investment; and
         options to pursue. Maps show land ownership patterns.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Economic Development Master Plan--Preliminary Survey;
         Overseas Bechtel, Inc., for Guam Economic Development Authority;
         November 1975. Recommends the scope of work for a master plan,
         an implementation program, and infrastructure expansion
         management program. Components of this plan include commerce,
         light industry, agriculture, military, and tourism.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         An Assessment of Development Potential and Direction for the
         Territory of Guam; United Nations Development Advisory Team for
         the Pacific (UNDAT); December 1975. Assesses Guam's economic
         potential and direction. This report contains an analysis of
         Guam's current stage of economic development; gives observations
         on the current recession and short term actions; and suggests
         actions for the long term, particularly with regard to more
         political autonomy over its development.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.






                                          4








                                                                        ECN 5



         Growth Policy for Guam; Bureau of Planning; May 1976. Presents
         an overview of the elements affected by population growth. The
         Appendix contains position papers which provide background
         reports and more detailed recommendations of the five most
         important growth elements: environment, culture and lifestyles,
         agriculture, tourism, and light industry. The agriculture growth
         policy is presented in another report and summarized here.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The following three studies were completed as follow-ups to the
         proposed 1975 Guam Economic Development Master Plan. They were
         prepared for the Guam Economic Development Authority by Overseas
         Bechtel, Inc. to define programs to help stimulate economic
         growth on Guam.

         Program for Development of Apra Harbor; October 1977. See
         Transportation (TRN), Volume II.

         Program for Increasing Research and Development Activities on
         Guam; October 1977. Reviews Guam's potential for increasing R &
         D efforts, particularly with regard to United States government
         programs. This report recommends ten candidate research projects
         in the fields of energy, marine sciences, and agriculture, and
         their possible sources of funding. Elements for successful
         implementation of the research program are also discussed.

         Program for Increasing United States Corporate Activities on
         Guam; November 1977. Outlines a program to encourage United
         States corporations to locate some of their regional
         administrative operations on Guam. Discussions also include
         advantages Guam can offer United States corporations and the
         types of operations that could be located here.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Economic Adjustment Program; The Office of Economic Adjustment,
         Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense; July 1977. A
         report of the President's Economic Ad  justment Committee prepared
         under contract by Battelle Memorial Institute. The EAC aids
         communities experiencing serious economic difficulties caused by
         reduced Defense spending. This study includes an analysis of
         Guam's economic base and specific development problems,
         recommendations for an economic adjustment strategy to generate
         private sector jobs, and suggestions for a set of specific
         actions which will help implement the strategy. One suggestion
         was the development of the Guam Growth Council.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Needs Assessment, (Draft); Richard W. Miller, U.S.
         Department  of Interior; February 24, 1978. A broad assessment of
         Guam's economic resources and development, fiscal system, and
         capital needs. Discussions of the economy include income,




                                           5








           ECN 6



           employment, and wages; government, military and private sectors;
           and zoning and land use. The tax system, expenditures, funds,
           autonomous agencies, and capital development projects comprise
           discussions on the fiscal system. Capital needs include health,
           education, infrastructure, housing, and cultural facilities.
           Contains a compilation of tables and charts (40).
           Available:     Guam Economic Development Authority.

           Five-Year Economic Developtent Strateg ; Bureau of Planning; June
           1978. The economic plan element of the Comprehensive Development
           Plan. Presents an overview of available data on population, cost
           of living, income and wages, private sector growth, public
           financial resources, and infrastructure. The second chapter
           identifies specific programs, projects, and policies to stimulate
           growth in tourism, industry, agriculture, fisheries, and the
           federal government.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Administrative Relief Prog.-am for Guam's Economic Development
           Constraints; Guam Growth Council; February 20, 1979. An outline
           of issues affecting Guam's economic development. States the
           problems and alternative solutions for Apra Harbor development,
           wage-based inflation, customs and immigration, ocean resource
           access, open skies policy, access to Asian agricultural markets,
           Ugum River dam, and federal retail competition.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Pacific Islands: A Prospectus for Economic Development;
           State of Hawaii; August 1, 1979 (draft for review and comment).
           A proposal for the formation of a Pacific Islands Regional
           Commission composed of the governments of Guam, the Northern
           Marianas, American Samoa, and Hawaii. This report describes the
           problems and potentials for economic development in the Pacific
           islands. Most of the report consists of a series of statistical
           tables showing various economic and social indicators for each
           area.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Summary Minutes Guam Economic Seminars, November 13-15, 1979
           (Draft); Office of Territorial Affairs, Department of Interior;
           December 6, 1979. Summarizes minutes of seminars conducted by
           the Office of Territorial Affairs and attended by the Governor,
           members of the Legislature and concerned federal government
           officials. This report discusses federal laws and regulations
           affecting Guam's economic development. Separateseminars were
           held on immigration and labor, military issues, constraints on
           ocean industries, trade matters,and aviation.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Pacific Basin Toward a Regional Future; H. Milton Patton;
           January 1980. Summarizes Pacific Basin leaders' insights and





                                           6








                                                                        ECN 7



          perspectives about problems and potentials in the Pacific region.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Pacific Basin Development Conference Final Report, Economic
          Growth and Development Through Unit ; Pacific Basin Development
          Conference, February 17-20, 1980; August 7, 1980. The purpose of
          the conference was to coordinate federal involvement in
          territorial development as recommended by the Interagency Task
          Force on Territorial Policy (above). Workshop panels were held
          to develop a five-year regional economic development plan for
          fisheries, coastal zone management, telecommunications, port,
          transportation, trade, tourism, energy, and municipal services.
          Participants in the panels consisted on representatives from
          American Samoa, Guam, Hawaii, the Commonwealth of the Northern
          Marianas, the federal government, business and industry,
          academia, labor and the military. This report is a complete
          record of workshop/panels organization, operations, and
          recommendations, and contains the final program elements
          recommended by the conference. The conference also established
          the Pacific Basin Development Council (PBDC).
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Development Opportunities in the Territory of Guam; President's
          Economy Adjustment Committee, Office of Economic Adjustment,
          Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense; February 1981. This
          report was prepared as a follow-on to the economic Adjustment
          Program of July 1977. It contains a plan of action to create
          more private sector jobs by attracting new corporate activities,
          creating small businesses, and attracting manufacturing
          enterprises to Guam. In addition, the formation of a territorial
          development bank was discussed. An appendix outlines in detail
          the consumer goods market in Japan.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam: Development of a Service Oriented Econom ; Russell
          Krueger; 1981. Dissertation for the American University,
          Washington, D.C. This dissertation discusses Guam's economy in.
          terms of its "unusual" economic structure based on the United
          States military and tourism. Four factors are analyzed in terms
          of the affect on the economy: small size constraints on
          industrialization, tourism as only one segment of the economy,
          unbalanced trade structure, and the government.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Strategies  for Economic Growth on Guam; Daljit Singh, College of
          Business and Public Administration, University of Guam; August
          15, 1981. Briefly recommends assumptions and strategies for
          action and debate on the subject of economic growth on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.





                                            7








         ECN 8



         Government Policies and Economic Growth in Guam; Richard V.
         Eastine and Arthur B. Laffer, commissioned by the Sixteenth Guam
         Legislature; final draft August 28, 1981. Makes recommendations
         and proposes specific policies to enhance Guam's economic
         performance. This study is based on the application of a "wedge
         model" of economic theory. Recommendations include reducing
         Guam's overall tax burden; pursuing the privatization of Guam's
         public enterprises; attracting corporations; gaining local
         control over the income tax system; and reforming the Government
         of Guam Employees Retirement: Fund.-
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Oceania 1981, Final Report; Committee on Economic Development,
         Sixteenth Guant Legislature; October 19, 1981. Presents the
         workshop reports and the speeches presented at an economic
         development symposium hosted by the Guam Legislature's Committee
         on Economic Development. This symposium was attended by business
         and government representatives throughout Oceania to discuss
         economic development issues of mutual concern. Workshops were
         held on the enterprises zone, tourism-industrial development,
         Washington representation, entrepreneurial development, and
         fisheries development.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Concept Papers for Developmnt of Guam's Private Sector as
         Presented in Washington D.C.; Paladin Group; April 1982. Lengthy
         discussions of federal constraints to the development of Guam's
         private sector presented at a White House Businessmen's
         Conference. Issues address labor constraints, military/private
         sector relations, power generation, tax structure, development
         finance, communications, visa waiver, air service, and maritime.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Federal Laws and Regulations; Which Constrain Guam's Development;
         Bureau of Planning; April 1982. Identifies all known federal
         constraints that affect Guam's physical, social, and economic
         development.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Briefing Papers on Issues; Guam Chamber of Commerce; September 3,
         1983. A compilation of papers on issues discussed with Richard
         Montoya during his visit to Guam. Eleven papers on various
         federal laws and policies that constrain Guam's economic
         development are presented. They include military sales, air
         service, visa waivers, the Power Pool Agreement, and others.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Asian - Pacific Parliamentarians Union - Proceedings of the 18th
         General Assembly and 33rd Council Meeting; 1983. Summary of the
         remarks, session speeches and addresses during the 1983 meeting
         of the Asian-Pacific Parliamentarians Union. This group was




                                          8








                                                                          ECN 9



          designed to strengthen mutual understanding and unity among
          nations and peoples in Asia and the Pacific, and promotes
          economic and cultural exchanges. Peace and security issues were
          discussed as well as principles of sovereignty and territorial
          integrity.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

          Committee for  Co-ordination of Joint Prospecting for Mineral
          Resources in South Pacific Offshore Areas (CCOP/SOPAC); July
          19,1984.  Contains the tentative CCOP/SOPAC technical secretariat
          country visit itinerary for July 26-31, 1984.and a copy of the
          trip report from the 1982 CCOP/SOPAC meeting in which Guam became
          a member. The purpose of the visit was for economic development
          and planning purposes. Priority areas are metalliferous
          sediments of manganese nodules and Ocean Thermal Energy
          Conversion.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Effects of the Current Construction Boom on the Future of the
          Island of Guam; Nabil M. Raad; 1986. A University of Guam
          Special Project.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Memorial
                          Library.

          Prospects for Economic Self-Sufficiency in the New Micronesia
          States; Bruce G. Karolle and Dirk A. Ballendorf; 1986. James
          Cook University of North Queensland, Centre for Southeast Asian
          Studies Occasional Paper No. 25. Examines Japanese and American
          economic development within the geographic region of Micronesia,
          including Guam, with prospects for the future.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Economic and Social Survey of Asia and the Pacific; United
          Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific;
          1988. This report analyzes current economic and social
          developments in Asia and the Pacific region in a global context.
          International economic developments are summarized and the
          economic performance of developing countries and islands are
          presented. Data on international trade and balance of payments
          of developing economies in the region is available, along with
          discussion of selected economic issues and policies,, and selected
          social development issues.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Overall Economic Development Plan for Guam, 1989-1993;
          Economic Development and Planning Division, Department of
          Commerce; 1989. Most recent five year plan to assist in guiding
          development on Guam and to serve as a mechanism to focus programs
          and projects in five lead areas: tourism, agriculture, marine




                                            9








         ECN 10



         resources, aquaculture, and commerce/manufacturing/service
         sectors. Focus on support sectors including infrastructure,
         public facilities, manpower and labor, and education and training
         is discussed in terms of how these facilitate or limit the
         potential growth in the lead sectors. An overview is presented
         along with an assessment of Guam's economic environment,
         resources available for economic development, infrastructure, and
         support services related to economic development of the lead
         sectors.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         General Theory of the Political Economy of Guam; John D. Gilliam;
         1988. Discusses power in the economy of Guam: who has it, how
         it has been used, how it may be better used once decentralized.
         This volume is Part 1 in a four part series entitled "Foundations
         of Guam's Economy Series", and is intended as a scholarly,
         academic theory of the economy of Guam.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.

         Prescription for Progress: Political Status and the Developing
         Economy of Guam; John D. Gilliam; May 1989. This treatise, the
         second part of the "Foundations of Guam's Economy Series", is a
         strategy for Guam's development and economic growth based on
         basic law revision.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.

         State of the Territory Address; Governor of Guam, 1972 through
         1989; annually. Annual report on the state of the Territory by
         the Governor which addresses current issues: economic,
         demographic, political, environmental, etc.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.


         BUSINESS STUDIES, STATISTICS, AND ECONOMIC INDICATORS

         Economic Base Study, Territory of Guam; United States Army of
         Corps of Engineers Pacific Ocean Division; May 1973. This study
         includes the following topics: resources, tourism, military
         impact, income, employment and population; historical data and
         projections. Population data from the missions are given for
         1700-1800.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Socio-Economic Impact of Modern Technology Upon a Developing
         Insular Region: Guam; -Volume II-Part III and IV; Carl J. Vail,
         Peter C. Mayer, Carl J. Austermiller, Richard H. Randall, Roberta
         Ota, Isaac I. Ikehara, Oscar B. Pablo, Leo C. Casil; 1975. Part
         III consists of overall economy    visitor industry, inflation and
         food costs, labor force, balance of payments (model),





                                          10








                                                                      ECN 11



         agriculture, mariculture potential, economic geology survey.
         Part IV topics are: tax structure and revenues, federal and
         local expenditures, budget analysis, fiscal responsibility.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         An Economic Survey of Guam's Business Community; Michael Pickel,
         for Bureau of Planning; May 1976. Survey questions focus on
         government business-related activities such as zoning and
         taxation, performance ratings of selected agencies, attitudes and
         expectations for the future, economic development, public
         utilities and infrastructure, and labor supply.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Supplement of Economic Base Study for Territory of Guam, Mariana
         Islands; EDAW, prepared for the United States Army Corps of
         Engineers, Pacific Ocean Division; March 15, 1977. A partial
         statistical update of the Economic Base Study for the Territor
         of Guam, Mariana Islands ' by the United States Army Corps of
         Engineers, May 1973. Tables (27) show population; employment;
         sector analysis of tourism, construction, and military; land use;
         and socio-economic data, particularly for the southern subregion
         of Guam. The narrative consists of an analysis of the data which
         reflect changes Guam underwent between 1973 and 1977, such as
         tourist related developments. Potentials for e   'mployment,
         housing, recreation, and agriculture related land uses focus on
         water development and storage facilities in the south.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Economic Impact of Typhoon Karen and Supertyphoon Pamela on
         Guam; Raymond D. Bunell; March 1977. A University of Guam
         Special Project. Analyzes the island's economic growth and
         development since the post World War II reconstruction era,
         focussing on the events contributing the greatest stimuli to
         development.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Gross Island Product; Russell Krueger and Clara Okada, Department
         of Commerce; April 1978. An estimate of the income and product
         account of Guam from 1972 to 1977. Measures both the
         expenditures for consumption, government, investment and
         compensation, profits, tax receipts, net interest, capital
         consumption allowance, and business transfer payments. The
         report is made up of more than 30 tables. These include: Gross
         Island Product, 1972-1976; Current and Constant GIP, 1972-1976,
         seasonally adjusted; Gross Business Receipts, 1973-1976; Personal
         Consumption Expenditures Components, 1972-1976; Government
         Expenditures - GIP Basis, 1972-1976; Quarterly Military Personnel
         and Dependents on Guam. The report includes a detailed
         methodology suitable to allow preparation of similar estimates on
         an ongoing basis.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.




                                          11








         ECN 12



         United States Census of Outlying Areas, 1987, Guam: Censuses of
         Construction Industries, Manufacturing, Wholesale Trade, Retail
         Trade, and Selected Service Industries; Bureau of the Census,
         U.S. Department of Commerce; issued June 1989. Data is presented
         by kind of business for construction industries, manufacturers,
         retail trade, wholesale trade, and selected service,industries.
         Censuses at 5-year intervals covering years ending in "2" and

         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         South Pacific Economics: Statistical Summar     South Pacific
         Commission; September 1977. A paper presented to the Regional
         Conference on Economic Development Planning, Suva, Fiji, October
         24-28, 1977. Includes tables of selected economic indicators:
         1) population characteristics of Pacific countries, 2) some
         estimates of national income and government expenditure, 3) total
         and per capita trade, 4) intra-regional exports, 1975, 5)
         percentage of population economically active, 6) structural
         breakdown of economics as indicated by employment.,
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Key Economic Indicators of the South Pacific, No. 1, December
         1977; South Pacific Commission; March 1978. The first in a
         .series of statistical publications presenting leading economic
         indicators for countries in the South Pacific region-Table for
         Guam show: population, personal income, government expenditure,
         trade, gross business receipts, construction,.international
         tourist travel, unemployment, finance and consumer price index.
         Available:     Division of Economic Planning and Development,
                       I Department of Commerce.

         Community/Business Profile, Territory of Guam; Paladin Group;
         October 1984 (4th Edition). A guide to doing business on Guam
         developed for potential investors. It contains an overview of
         the economy; available business incentives; licensing and
         registering information; taxes; business expenses for
         transportation, communication, utilities, office space, etc.;
         business services available; human resources, including number of
         high school graduates, and employment and unemployment figures;
         and general interest data such as medical facilities, educational
         facilities and housing. This document is scheduled to be updated
         on a quarterly basis.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Small Business Assistance Center Plan - Final Report; The
         Association for International Development, Inc., for the-Guam
         Department of Commerce and -the Guam Economic Development
         Authority; 1984. A plan for.a small business assistance center
         on Guam. This report includes a summary of economic development
         opportunities between Guam and Micronesia, future development and
         business expansion on Guam, pre-investment feasibility study





                                         12








                                                                       ECN 13



           formats, and the design for the operation of a small business
           assistance center. Basically the plans objectives are to assist
           in establishing new businesses, expanding existing businesses and
           providing marketing, research and consulting services for small
           businesses.
           Available:     Department of Commerce.

           Guam's Industrial Advantages; Department of Commerce; 1984. A
           summary of Guam's economic sectors and business activity,
           including appropriate summary of labor and manpower, market area,
           taxes, licenses, natural resources and type of industry.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Doing Business In The American Pacific - A Business Profile of
           the United States Pacific Territories; United States Department
           of the Interior - Territorial and International Affairs;
           approximately 1985. A brochure providing a narrative business
           profile of Guam, the Northern Marianas and American Samoa.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Indigenous Business Development In the Pacific; Pacific Islands
           Development Program, East-West Center, Honolulu, Hawaii; 1986. A
           summary of a regional workshop that includes topics such as
           Pacific women in business, Pacific entrepreneers and management
           styles and selected readings from 17 countries.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


           Economic Conditions on Guam; Bank of Hawaii; 1987. A summary of
           Guam's economy including statistics on employment and income,
           inflation, visitor industry, construction, government, trade,
           level of commercial activity, financial sector, economic
           diversification and statistical tables.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam - Island of Opportunities, A Tropical Paradise; Guam
           Economic Development Authority; 1988. An investment brochure
           summarizing information about Guam, its geographic advantage,
           business environment, tax incentives and other general
           information. Also available is the booklet Investment Incentives
           and Financial Assistance Programs, summarizing investment
           incentives and financial assistance programs on Guam.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           1987 Economic Censuses of Outlying Areas - Guam; U.S. Department
           of Commerce, Bureau of the Censuses; June 1989. This economic
           census includes construction industries, manufactures, wholesale
           and retail trade and service industries on Guam. Data from 1987
           are cross-tabulated by legal form of organization, sales and
           receipts, and employment size. Selected industry group and kind
           of business general statistics are presented, and detailed





                                           13








         ECN 14



         statistics for hotels and motels (1982 and 1987) are tabulated.
         An economic census is conducted every 5 years in years ending in
         "2" and "T'.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam U.S.A. Investment Profile; Department of Commerce;
         periodically. General Information brochure for potential
         investors about Guam's business environment.
         Available:      Department of Commerce. . .

         Guam Monthly Food Index; Cost of Living Office, Economic Research
         Center, Department of Commerce; monthly. A supplement of the
         Quarterly Report of the Guam Consumer Price Index. Consists of
         two tables: Monthly Food Index and Estimated Average Retail Food
         Prices.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Business and Overseas Affairs (BOA) Trade Information Booklet;
         Department of Commerce; quarterly. A brochure intended for the
         exchange and dissemination of trade information to Guam's
         business community. It contains information on business
         opportunities, news briefs, trade fairs and promotions,
         publications, and information centers.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Economic Indicators; Department of Commerce; quarterly. Presents
         current economic indicators, and a short narrative describing
         their effect on the economy.
         Available:      Department of' Commerce.

         Guam Consumer Price Index; Economic Research Center, Department
         of Commerce; (quarterly) Fiscal Year 1973 - present. Several
         tables present current information and historical comparisons of
         the consumer price index.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Quarterly Economic Review; Economic Research Center, Department
         of Commerce; (quarterly) September 1975 - present. This report
         was previously published under the title Quarterly Economic and
         Social Indicators. It presents information gathered and
         published monthly or quarterly on the following subject areas:
         vital statistics, public assistance programs, employment,
         unemployment,' foreign laborers, income, earnings, consumer price
         index, banking and finance, visitor industry, and construction.
         The report also includes several narrative analyses of prevailing
         economic conditions, and local and world events.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Quarterly Report of Deposits and Loans; Department of Commerce;
         quarterly. Each quarter, all financial institutions are required
         by law to submit a statement of deposits and loans to the





                                         14








                                                                       ECN 15



          Department of Commerce. Deposits are reported for government
          depositors and other depositors by demand deposits, offshore
          TCD's (Time Certificate of Deposits), and Guam time and savings
          deposits. Loans outstanding are obtained for consumer
          installment, commercial and industrial (non-construction
          purposes), conventional residential real estate, commercial
          mortgages, FHA, others, and offshore.
          Available:      Economic Research Center, Department of Commerce.

          Catalog of Business Publications; Department of Commerce; semi-
          annual. A  list of publications related to business and economics
          on Guam.
          Available:      Department of Commerce.

          Cost of Doing Business on Guam; Department of Commerce; semi-
          annual. Gives current general information on the costs of
          conducting business on Guam.
          Available:      Department of Commerce.

          Guam Annual Economic Review; Department of Commerce; (annually)
          1969 - present. Yearly discussion of Guam's economy and economic
          performance. Information contains statistics on population;
          housing, employment, and standard of living; public sector and
          utilities; and the private sector.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Statistical Abstract; Department of Commerce; (annually) 1970
          - present. Over 100 tables present annual data on population and
          vital statistics, education, employment, income and prices,
          election data, local and government finance, public assistance,
          public utilities, gross receipts, banking, insurance and finance,
          transportation, visitor statistics, land, construction and
          housing, agriculture, and international trade. As of 1979, the
          Statistical Abstract became an appendix to the Guam Annual
          Economic Review (above). Its format has remained the same.
          Available:      iiureau of Planning Library.


          FEDERAL-TERRITORIAL RELATIONS


          Downes V. Bidwell from the Supreme Court Recorder (1900); A xerox
          copy of a Unites States Supreme Court case regarding the legal
          development and status of territories of the United States.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Repressive Socio-Economic Conditions in.Guam Created by the
          United States Naval Government (1898-1963); John A. Bohn; not
          dated. A fascinating account of the United States'
          administration of Guam prior to August 23, 1962. Documents the
          unfair influence of the United States arising from the existence





                                          15








          ECN 16



          of a fiduciary relationship between Guamanian civilians and the
          United States government. Asserts that this
          domination/dependence was exemplified by the United States'
          administration of Guam'prior to the removal of "peacetime martial
          law" in the form of military security restrictions.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Report of the Civil Government of Guam and Samoa; author not
          stated; March 1947. Presents the recommendations of a civilian
          committee established by the Secretary of the Navy whose purpose
          was.to study the Naval Administration of Guam and American Samoa.
          Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.

          National Security and International Trusteeship in the--Pacific;
          William 0. Miller; not dated, but approximately 1967. Presents a
          short history of the economy of the Mariana Islands, including
          Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Report of the Commission on the Application of Federal Laws to
          Guam; Commission on the Application of Federal Laws to Guam;
          1951. A report submitted to the Speaker of the U.S. House of
          Representatives outlining the Commission's recommendations to.
          Congress on the following: statutes of the United States not
          applicable to Guam on August 1950, which should be made
          applicable; statutes of the United States applicable to Guam on
          August 1, 1950 which should.be declared inapplicable; four
          statutes enacted subsequent to August 1, 1950 which do not apply
          to Guam and which the Commission feels the Congress might wish to
          consider amending; and laws which the Commission considers both
          applicable and inapplicable to Guam and which need no action
          taken by Congress.     I
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Resource Material Used in the Preparation of the Report of the
          Commission on Application-of Federal Laws to Guam;.Commission on
          the Application of Federal Laws to Guam; 1951. A collection of
          memoranda prepared by the staff of the Commission for their
          consideration in determining the applicability and
          inapplicability of federal laws to Guam. The memoranda covers
          the United States Codes. Each Title is discussed as it applies
          to Guam. If the Code deals with a U.S. Government Agency, that
          Agency's views are also stated.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Political Evolution of Guam; Department of Administration; 1968.
          An historical report prepared in 1968 which basically compiles
          information on Guam's evolving political status starting with the
          Spanish Regime in 1668 and ending with the elective governorship
          law enacted in 1968. Discusses the Spanish Regime, Treaty of





                                          16







                                                                        -ECN 17


           Paris, Pre-War Naval Administration, U.S. Citizenship Movement,
           Hearings on Proposed Organic Legislation, the Civil Government,
           and the Elective Government. Contains interesting excerpts from
           testimony presented in Guam's legislature and in Congressional
           hearings. There is also a report on the Guam Elective Governor
           Act which was prepared by a review committee made up of members
           of the Territorial Government.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Evolution of A Representative Form of Government in Guam,
           1667-1954; Frederick A. Weber; 1970. A University of Guam
           Special Project.
           Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                           of Guam.


           An Analysis of  Social, Cultural and Historical Factors Bearing on
           the Political Status of Guam; Political Status Commission; 1973-
           1974. A lengthy discussion of the changes Chamorro society has
           gone through since available recorded information. Explores the
           cultural and social changes and makes a case for   political
           autonomy in hopes of preserving Guamanian culture and lifestyle.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Status of Guam's Hearings; Political Status Commission; 1974.
           Excerpts from Congressional Hearings and the First Constitutional
           Convention of Guam concerning Guam's federal relationship and the
           applicability of federal laws to the people of Guam. Excerpts
           cover issues such as citizenship, land rights and uses, civilian
           government, non-voting delegate status, land takings by the
           federal government, alien labor problems, and submerged lands.
           Hearings date from 1937 through 1974.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Status of Guam - Report of the Political Status Commission of the
           Twelfth Guam Legislature; Political Status Commission; 1974.
           Contains the Commission's conclusions and recommendations
           resulting from an examination of the legal, economic, and social
           aspects of Guam's political status with the United States. A
           brief discussion of Guam's present status and the alternatives--
           Statehood, Independence, and Commonwealth--is also included. The
           appendix contains an analysis of the United States Constitutional
           provisions that are applicable to Guam, an analysis of the
           Organic Act, and an analysis of selected federal laws which have
           significance to the conclusions and recommendations.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Economic Factors in Relation to the Political Status of Guam;
           Sub-Committee on Economic Factors to the Political Status
           Commission of the Twelfth Guam Legislature; December 1974.
           Discusses various economic issues in relation to providing the
           people of Guam a greater measure of self-determination. This





                                            17








         ECN 18



         study covers the following major topics: favorable and
         unfavorable features of Guam's economic geography; land
         ownership; immigration; foreign relations; transportation and
         communications; taxation; federal contribution to local social
         costs; and international trade.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Social-Economic Impact of Modern Technology Upon a Developing
         Insular Region: Guam - Volume IV - Part VII. Political Issues;
         University of Guam; 1975. The last part of a seven part series
         dealing with identifying and analyzing selected issues at the
        ,local, federal, and international levels which directly or
        )indirectly affect the political future of Guam. Five major
         issues were researched and included: the Organic Act with
         comparisons and contrasts to the Northern Marianas Commonwealth
         Covenant; selected legal decisions relevant to Guam and the
         application of the U.S. Constitution to an unincorporated
         Territory; the U.S. military posture; federal-territorial
         relationships; and international relationships relevant to Guam.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Applicability of Federal Law to Guam; Arnold H. Leibowitz;
         1975. An article from the Virginia Journal of International Law
         exploring the complex legal relationships which determine the
         extent of the power of the federal government with respect to
         Guam and the degree of local autonomy which can be exercised by
         the people of Guam.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         An Assessment of Development Potential and Direction for the
         Territory of Guam; United Nations Development Advisory Team;
         1975. Report summarizing observations and findings made during a
         thirty day visit to Guam. Focuses on addressing Guam's political
         status, development potential and development directions. Also
         includes a discussion of the recession that was occurring in
         1975, and short- and long-term actions that could be taken to
         stimulate development.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Report of the Special Committee on the Situation with Regard to
         the Implementation of the Declaration on the Granting of
         Independence to Colonial Countries and Peoples, Volume IV; United
         Nations General Assembly; 1975. Reaffirms the inalienable right
         of the people of American Samoa and Guam to self-determination
         and independence in conformity with the declaration on the
         granting of independence to colonial countries and peoples,
         contained in General Assembly Resolution 1514 (XV) of 14 December
         1960.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Political Status and the Economy; Political Status Commission;




                                         18








                                                                       ECN 19



          June 9, 1975. A speech by a member of the Political Status
          commission about factors affecting Guam's economy: air
          transportation; shipping; taxation; duty free status; economic
          growth; stability; and the need to diversify our economy.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          An Interim Report to the 13th Guam Legislature by the Political
          Status Commission; Special Commission on the Political Status of
          Guam; 1976. A report concerning itself with the educational
          program developed by the fifteen member commission. It also
          provides a brief summary of the village hearings that were
          conducted.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Constitution  for Guam: Project Rainbow; A Public
          Administration  and Public Policy Class Project at the University
          of Guam; May 1977. A research project by a Public Administration
          and Public Policy class at the University of Guam which involved
          preparing a Constitution for Guam, as well as a series of papers
          on various issues surrounding the preparation of a constitution.
          Document contains the following: Guam history, economic
          development, social and cultural change; Guam today; government
          structure, economy, military,.agriculture, fisheries, tourism,
          and employment; political status of Guam towards self-government;
          the Guam-federal relationship as it pertains to the drafting of a
          new constitution; history of the United States constitution, a
          constitution for Guam; effective citizen participation in the
          constitutional convention; the proposed constitution; and Con-Con
          sample survey.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Judicial Article of the Guam Constitution; Steve F. Eichner;
          1978. A University of Guam Special Project.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.


          Pacific Unity as Perc eived by Selected Pacificans in the 1970's;
          Gregoria D. Baty; 1978. A University of Guam Special Project.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.


          From Island Colony to Strategic Territory: The Development of
          American Administration on the Island of Guam; Richard R.
          Griffith; August 1978. Analyzes and appraises the full scope of
          events involved in the approximate half century of the U.S. Naval
          Administration of the island of Guam. It culminates in an
          examination of the transfer of administration from the Navy to
          the Department of Interior, from military to civil authority.
          Summarizes the interaction between constitutional changes and
          political developments, the evolution of the colonial legislative
          system, the growth of suffrage and civil rights, the changes in




                                           19







         ECN 2 0



         the concept of citizenship, and the evolution of representative
         councils and assemblies.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Proceedings of  the Guam Constitutional Convention--1977; Guam
         Constitutional  Convention; 1979. An almost 1500 page report on
         the proceedings of the Guam Constitutional Convention that took
         place from July 1977 through. October 1977. Includes a verbatim
         transcription of the proceedings, summarizes the public hearings,
         selected communication, addresses to the Convention by island
         leaders, propositions and resolutions introduced by the
         delegates, rules of the Convention, the proposed Constitution,
         the proposed Guam-Federal Relations Act, and an analysis of the
         Constitution.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         United States Federalism: The States and the Territories; Arnold
         L. Leibwitz; 1979. An article from the Summer 1979 American Law
         Review. Discusses legal and constitutional issues of the
         relationship between the federal government, the state
         government, and the territories. Subjects discussed include
         sources of federal governmental authority over the territories,
         assertion of federal authority over the territories, and
         undermining of territorial sovereignty.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Report of the United Nations Visiting Mission to Guam: 1979;
         Special Committee on the Situation with Regard to the
         Implementation of Declaration on the Granting of Independence to
         Colonial Countries and People; October 1979. A report resulting
         fr'om a two-week visit by representatives of the United Nations.
         The purpose of the visit was to develop recommendations for the
         Special Committee on Guam's relationship with the United States
         and to observe a special referendum being conducted on adopting a
         draft constitution for Guam. The report discusses basic
         information about Guam.including current political and
         constitutional arrangements; economic conditions, social
         conditions, and educational conditions; the Constitutional
         Referendum; and observations and conclusions; and recommendations
         of the visiting mission. The recommendations are concerned with
         Guam's right to self-determination, the Jones Act, economic
         development, and land holdings of the military.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Statement by William L. Dunfey, United States Representative
         Speaking Before the U.S. Special Committee on Decolonization on
         the Report of the U.N. Visiting Mission to Guam; November 1979.
         The United States' U.N. Representative's statement of the report
         outlined above.
         .Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.





                                          20








                                                                        ECN 21



           Interagency Policy Review - U.S. Territories and the Trust
           Territory; Department of the Interior, Interagency Task Force on
           Territorial Policy; October 1979. A lengthy discussion of the
           United States government's relationship to its territories and
           the position the United States should seek to achieve for each of
           its territories in the framework of its legal responsibilities,
           territorial aspirations, U.S. national security objectives, and
           the U.S. commitment to self-determination. Discusses political
           development, economic development, and social development of the
           territories and the Trust Territory. U.S. policy questions
           discussed include: Voting in the Congress by representatives of
           the territories; Senate representation for territorial delegates;
           Status talks on the territories' future political status and
           their relationship with the U.S.; Statehood and independence as,
           status options; Causing locally drafted and approved
           constitutions to replace Organic Acts; Congressional
           representative for the Northern Marianas; Judicial reform;
           Federal grants-in-aid programs for territorial residents; and
           Commissions of the application of federal laws to the
           territories.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam's Response to the Inter-Agency Policy Review, U.S.
           Territories and the Trust Territory; Office of the Governor;
           1979. Consists of scathing official kesponsesto each of the
           policy options addressed in the above report. Included with the
           responses are two resolutions jointly approved by the Governor
           and the legislature highlighting Guam's response.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           A Reassessment of Guam's Political Relationship with United
           States; Venture Development Management Resources, Inc., for the
           15th Guam Legislature; 1980. A study which attempts to explore
           all the various political options theoretically possible for
           Guam. Contains an analytical review of the present territorial-
           federal relationship from the Guamanian political point of view
           and an analysis of alternative future status relationships.
           Explores the following possibilities giving examples of
           precedents, definitions, advantages and disadvantages, and the
           feasibility of the option(s): Commonwealth; Statehood; Free
           Association; and Independence. Includes conclusions and
           recommendations, referendum results for reintegration with the
           Northern Marianas (1969), and political status referenda in 1976
           and 1979.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Oceania Today: Towards New Directions and Political Self-
           Actualization; Dirk A. Ballendorf and Frank P. King, Micronesian
           Area Research Center; 1980. A collection of papers on emerging
           Pacific governments and issues related to the region such as law,
           education, constitution development, organizational issues,





                                           21








         ECN 22



         traditional elites, communal politics, regionalism and self-
         determination.
         Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.

         Federal Territorial Policy; President Jimmy Carter; February 14,
         1980. Consists of a message to Congress announcing legislative
         proposals and administrative actions with respect to the
         territories. This statement was formulated by the Interagency
         Task Force on Territorial Policy.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Pacific Region Polic ; Office of the Governor; 1980, final draft.
         Discusses and presents general recommendations for the Reagan
         administration to address when establishing its Pacific Region
         policy. This report recommends improving federal-territorial
         decision making through establishing a White House Commission on
         the Territories, and through appointing territorial residents to
         certain federal staff positions. The role of the U.S. in
         developing the potential that exists in the Pacific Basin and the
         key role Guam can play in achieving this potential is also
         discussed.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Northern Marianas Covenant and American Territorial
         Relations; Paul M. Leary; 1980. An interesting discussion of the
         features, limitations and interpretations of the Covenant signed
         between the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas and the United
         States in 1975. This study points out the differences in
         interpretations presented by the Northern Marianas and the United
         States Governments, discusses various sections of the Covenant
         which may be disallowed by the federal courts and discusses the
         impact and significance of this Covenant with respect to other
         United States "colonies" and with the United States itself. The
         report contains the following chapters: Separate Status -
         Negotiations with the Northern Marianas; Impact on U.S.
         Territorial Relations and the United Nations's Role.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam's Political Status: Military, Airline, and Energy Aspect of
         Change; Robert Rogers, Patrick Giese, and Jay Lather, for
         Micronesian Area Research Center Educational Series; December
         1980. Contains three brief studies addressing key aspects of the
         island's political future: the role of the U.S. military on
         Guam; the airline,industry; and energy considerations. These
         studies are part of an educational effort to inform the public on
         the political status options open to Guam and their potential
         impact on the island.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Election Comparative Analysi Report Supplement Plebiscite





                                         22









                                                                             ECN 23



           Election; Guam Election Commission; January 30, 1982. Contains
           detailed statistical data which reflect the results of the
           January 30, 1982 plebiscite election held to determine Guam's
           future political relationship with the United States.
           Available:       Bureau of Planning Library.

           Public Administration for the New Commonwealth of Guam: Beyond
           the Status Quo; The Faculty and Students of the College of
           Business and Public Administration, University of Guam; November
           23, 1982. Presents a discussion and examination of questions and
           problems pertinent to Guam's political status and the local
           public administration profession.
           Available:       Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam's Future Covenant with the United States; Geronimo Anderson;
           1983. A Special Project submitted to the University of Guam.
           Available:       University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Political Status: Letter Report From Senator Eugene Ramsey to
           Governor Bordallo; Senator Eugene Ramsey; July 8, 1983.
           Discusses constitutional grounds for political status
           negotiations.
           Available:       Bureau of Planning Library.

           Attorney General of the Territory of Guam on Behalf of All United
           States Citizens Residing in Guam Qualified to Vote Pursuant to
           the Organic Act; Suzanne K. Horrigan; October 3, 1983. Presents
           briefs in a case before the U.S. Court of Appeals to allow U.S.
           citizens registered to vote in Guam to vote for President and
           Vice President of the United States.
           Available:.      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Defending Paradise: The United States and Guam 1898-1950;
           Timothy P. Maga; 1984. published research paper. An extensive
           history of the relationship of the United States to Guam, and
           directly, Micronesia, particularly the Navy colonial regime. The
           study examines the United States Pacific policy between 1898 and
           1950, and examines political issues of Chamorro's as related to
           United States Navy colonial policies.
           Available:       Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                            Collection.

           The Organic Act of Guam and Related Federal Laws Affecting the
           Governmental Structure of Guam (Act of October 5, 1984), HR5;
           Compiler of Law, Attorney General's Office; 1984. Presents the
           fundamental laws creating the Territory of Guam and its
           government. This document includes the Organic Act, the act
           authorized the drafting of a Guam Constitution, and the most
           significant cases interpreting various aspects of the Organic
           Act.
           Available:       Bureau of Planning Library.




                                              23








         ECN 24



         Guam's Search for Commonwealth Status; Micronesian Area Research
         Center, University of Guam; December 1984. Reviews the
         historical development of Guam's search for political identity,
         analyzes the issues and Current ongoing efforts to attain
         commonwealth status with the United States, and defines what the
         "Commonwealth of Guam" may be in terms of local political and
         economic powers, legal and institutional authority, and rights
         and obligations of citizens.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Report by the U.S. General Accounting Office: Issues Affecting
         U.S. Territory and Insular Policy; U.S. General Accounting
         Office; February 7, 1985. Provides information and viewpoints on
         the current state of affairs in federal-territorial relations in
         terms of federal policies, laws, programs, and organizations.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Draft Guahan Commonwealth Act; Commission of Self-Determination;
         June 5, 1985. Presents a draft covenant to establish a self-
         governing Commonwealth of Guam in political alliance with the
         United States.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Commonwealth Survey; Dr. J. Fred Springer, E. Vance Merrill,
         and Jay R. Merrill; August 8, 1985. This study is divide into
         four parts. The draft Guam Commonwealth Act is presented in
         Section One. Section Two outlines current opinions on the Act
         and its provisions. Section Three presents current opinions on
         perceived impacts of the Commonwealth Act. Section Four presents
         the methodology of the Commonwealth Survey questionnaire and the
         factor analysis of voters' positions on separate provisions.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Guam Commission on Self-Determination 1985-1986; Robert F.
         Rogers, Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam;
         1986. A summary of the progress of the Guam Commission on Self-
         Determination and their efforts with the drafts of the Guam
         Commonwealth Act, the major controversial issues of the 1986
         draft act, less controversial provisions and possible roles for
         the future of Guam's political status.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Chamorro Self-Determination; Chamorro Studies Association and the
         Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam, Laura
         Souder-Jaffery and Robert A. Underwood (eds.); 1987. A
         collection of papers on Chamorro political self-determination,
         federal-territorial relations, Chamorro rights, immigration,
         Chamorro advocacy and related materials. Excellent reference on
         the Chamorro indigenous rights movement.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.





                                          24








                                                                       ECN 25



           Guam's Commonwealth Effort, 1987-1988; Robert F. Rogers;
           Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam; 1988. The
           third monograph in a series on Guam's efforts to change its
           political status while remaining under United States sovereignty.
           Sections include (1) Guam and the geopolitics of the Pacific; (2)
           the drafting of the Commonwealth Act; (3) issues of controversy
           (Chamorro rights, protection of Chamorros and local atonomy,
           infringements on federal prerogatives); (4) the 1987 plebiscites
           (local political factors and the view from Washington; and (5)
           conclusions.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam's Draft Commonwealth Act; Commission on Self
           Determination; February 1988. Most recent draft cov  enant to
           establish a self-governing Commonwealth of Guam in alliance with
           the United States.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           An Analytical Study of Micronesia's Economic and Political,
           Management Under the United States Administration 1975 - 1985;
           Anthony C. San Nicholas; 1988. A University of Guam Special
           Project.
           Available:     University of Guam Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Report Supporting Formation of a Federal Commission on War
           Reparations For Guam; Senators George Bamba and Marilyn D.A.
           Manibusan, 20th Guam Legislature, submitted to the U.S. House of
           Representatives; 1988. A report summarizing, in detail and with
           supporting documents, that (1) the 1945 Guam Meritorious Claims
           Act did not fully resolve the war reparations issue; (2) that the
           one year deadline was insufficient; (3) the reparation program
           was inadequate; (4) the U.S. has a "moral" obligation to create a
           war claims commission on Guam.. The document maintains that the
           U.S. Congress has been misinformed that a reparation problem does
           not exist, and hence, the document provides evidence that a
           problem does still exist.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Federal Interagency Task Force Report on Proposed Guam
           Commonwealth Act (5.317, H.R.98); Department of the Interior;
           1989. A summary and section by section report on S.317 (H.R.98),
           a bill to establish the Commonwealth of Guam. Basically a
           reaction to Guam's Draft Commonwealth Act, with specific
           suggestions for change.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.










                                           25







         ECN 26



         Washington Pacific Report; Washington Pacific Publications, Inc.;
         1981 to present. Newsletter published twice a month which
         provides information on developments in the U.S. which affect -the
         Pacific Islands.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.




         IMMIGRATION AND ALIEN LABOR


         The United States' "Guest Workers": A Case Study of Korean
         Temporary Workers on Guam; Rose Marie T. Franklin; August 1975.
         Presents a sociological description and explanation of the
         experiences of alien labor on Guam with a restricted focus on the
         Korean H-2 Workers.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         The Guam Alien  Contract Worker System; U.S. Department of Labor;
         May 1977. Discusses Guam's economy, unemployment and
         underemployment, characteristics of the population, aliens in the
         labor force, working conditions of alien contract workers, alien
         contract worker wages and prices, the government's role in the
         certification process, and effect of alien contract workers on
         government training programs.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         H-2 Alien Labor Position Paper and Progress Report; Ad Hoc
         Committee on H-2 Labor; July 1977. A policy proposal related to
         non-resident alien labor developed as a result of The Guam Alien
         Contract Worker System published by the U.S. Department of Labor
         in May 1977 (above).
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         U.S. Department of Labor Adverse Effect Wage Policy; Department
         of Labor; September 13, 1977. Presents rules for the labor
         certification process governing the temporary employment of
         aliens on Guam in occupations other than agriculture and logging.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Use of Temporary Alien Labor on Guam; A Special Study
         prepared for the Sub-Committee on Immigration, Citizenship, and
         International Law, Ninety-Fifth Congress Second Session; December
         1978. A study and analysis of whether and to what extent the
         Immigration and Nationality Act should apply to Guam. The report
         traces the history of the development of the alien labor
         situation.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         ,A History of Temporary EmployLnent of Aliens on Guam and the




                                          26






                                                                         @CN,.


           Evaluation of the U.S. Department of Labor's Intervention
           Policies (1959-1979); Dr. C. Daniel Vencill, Center forAppl1e.d
           Manpower Research, submitted to the U.S. Department of Labor,;
           January 25, 1979. A review of the extent of'the lab6r:mar`ket.._1-'
           problems, the long standing nature of alien abuse and    ',
           exploitation, and the evolution of Department of Laborl's
           involvement and intervention strategies.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Immigration and Nationality Act: Impacts    and Issues on,G,ua.m;
           Bureau of Planning; June 1980. Contains informati9n,,on'--_,.,
           immigrants, refugees, and non-immigrant aliens, how their
           presence affects Guam, and Guam's lack of ccintrol over their@,'.
           entry. Includes recommendations for statutory changes,
           administrative changes, and enforcement that would overcome'
           negative impacts on economic development and@social services.,
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Final Report: The Economic Impact in Guam of the Department-.of
           Labor's Adverse Effect Wage Rate Regulation, Volume I: Textr_'
           Curtis C. Aller, Jack W. Osman, and C. Daniel Vencill, submitted   ,
           to U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Division;
           July 23, 1980. Analyzes economic, historical, political, and,
           institutional factors of the continued use of H-2 temporary.
           aliens on Guam. This lengthy report contains chapters on the
           following topics: Results of wage area surveys conducted for the
           study: description of training programs and skilled labor supply
           during and after Adverse Wage Rate implementation; an assessment
           of the impact of USDOL's Adverse Wage Rate on the working
           conditions and supplementary benefits provided by c  -onstruction
           industry establishments; results of the econometric model
           developed and estimated for Guam; conclusions about spillover
           effects on the socio-economic institutions in Guamof both the      H-
           2 program and the 1977 USDOL reforms; summary, alterhativel,
           solutions to the H-2 problem and proposed policy recommendations.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Historical Overview of Guam's Temporary Non-Immigrant Alien Labor
           Policies:  1947-1980; Bureau of Planning; December 198  ,0. An
           historical account of the use and policies of non-immigrant labor
           on Guam.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Proposed Alien Certification Authority Compliance Assurance
           System; Department of Labor; June 4, 1981. Outlines in detail
           how the Government of Guam intends to ensure and assure
           compliance to the alien certification process, once it is
           reverted to Guam. This report also proposes to implement a'
           Consolidated Manpower Center to centralize all alien importation
           needs.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.




                                            27







          ECN 28



          Proposed Revision of Alien Labor Certification and Wage
          Determination Authority; U.S. Department of Labor; June 17, 1981.
          Presents guidelines for administering the H-2 certification
          program locally. This report incorporates many federal
          guidelines which did not exist prior to the federal takeover of
          H-2 laborers prior to admission.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Comments to Revise the Adverse Effect Wage Rates; Department of
          Labor; December 7, 1981. Presents 14 letters and position papers
          in opposition to the imposition and implementation of the U.S.
          Department of Labor's Adverse Effect Wage Rates (AEWR). This
          lengthy document was submitted as comments to the USDOL, which
          intended to go into rule-making to determine whether to amend or
          completely rescind the AEWR on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Immigration and Alien Labor Policy: A Position Paper; Office of
          the Governor; December 8, 1981. Presents the Government of
          Guam's official position of the adverse impacts of national
          immigration policy as it affects Guam in general, and
          particularly as this policy applies to the certification of H-2
          aliens (temporary workers). This report also recommend changes
          to immigration and alien labor policy including delegating the
          control, administration and enforcement of immigration policy to
          the Government of Guam, and returning the authority to certify H-
          2 alien labor to the territory.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Temporary Employment of Aliens on Guam - Labor Certification
          Process; Federal Register Vol. 50, No. 3, Section VII; June 18,
          1984. The rules for the labor certification process governing the
          temporary employment of aliens on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of Labor.

          Annual Census of Establishments - Guam; Government of Guam
          Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics; annually. A
          statistical summary on employment, industry, wages and comparison
          over time (since the 19701s)     shown by citizenship status and
          type of visa.
          Available:      Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of Labor.


          TRADE

          Jones Act; Commission on the Application of Federal Laws to Guam;
          1952.    nsists of a complex of laws passed in 1920 to protect
          American shipping and supply from domination by foreign
          interests.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.





                                            28








                                                                        ECN 29



           Guam Trade: Summary of Imports and Exports by Countries, Fiscal
           Year 1975; Economic Research Center, Department of Commerce; July
           1976. A-th Occasional Paper. Compilation of nine tables showing
           import and export data by country, and cost in freight dollar
           value. Included are annual, quarterly and monthly totals and
           percents of imports and exports by method of transport: air or
           sea.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           'Open Skies' for Guam - A Position Statement of the Guam Chamber
           of Commerce Air Service Advisory Council; Lee M. Holmes and
           Charles H. Troutman; 1977. Two position papers, one focusing on
           economic issues and one on legal issues, proposing deregulation
           by the Civil Aeronautic Board of routes, carriers, fares, and air
           cargo rates for airlines serving Guam. Position states that any
           U.S. carrier be allowed to service Guam without obtaining CAB
           approval.
           Available:    Bureau of Planning Library.

           Basic Shipping Methods to Guam; James P. Balcom; November 1977.
           A University of Guam Special Project. A description of U.S.
           mail, air freight, and ocean freight as methods of shipment.
           Includes the limitations, advantages and costs of each.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Guam Trade with the United States and Foreign Countries: 1977-
           1979; Economic Research Center, Department of Commerce; 1980.
           Imports and exports yearly by 4-digit commodity classification.
           Commodity values only are reported on the basis of CIF-cost,
           insurance, freight, and handling. Trading partner countries are
           listed separately. The method of transportation is inclusive of
           shipments by air, vessel, mail, and parcel post. Copies of
           invoices and Shipper's Export Declarations were sampled and
           statistics were compiled manually. Sample sizes were 60% for
           1977, 10t for 1978, and 50% for 1979.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Briefing Paper on the Jones Act as it Relates to Guam; author and
           date not stated (about 1979). A three-page defense of the Jones
           Act and its benefits to Guam.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Impact of U.S. Maritime Policy: Guam; Peter Mayer; Department of
           Commerce; August 1979. 6th Occasional Paper, An analysis of
           federal laws and policies pertaining to domestic maritime
           carriers.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Jones Act: _An @mpact Report; Daljit Singh, University of
           Guam, Division of Business Research and Services, College of
           Business and Public Administration Monograph Series No. 1;





                                           29








         ECN 3 0



         October 1979. An analysis of the present merchant marine policy
         of the United States.
         Available:         University of Guam.

         Guam Trade with the United States and Foreign Countries: 1981;
         Economic Research Center, Department of Commerce; 1980. Imports
         and exports by dollar value for 1980. These two tables continue
         the above series.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Impact of Excluding Guam From U.S. Cabotage Requirements;
         Maritime Administration, Office of Policy and Plans, Division of
         Marine Plans; 1980. A report discussing the possible impact of
         excluding Guam from certain cabotage requirements which reserve
         trade between points in the U.S. to vessels registered under the
         U.S. flag. Report discusses only two industries - commercial
         trade and tourism. Concludes that exempting Guam from these
         requirements would not substantially benefit Guam's economy.
         Does not discuss fisheries.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Impact of U.S. Maritime Laws and Regulations on the Economy
         of Guam; Simat, Helliesen and Eichner, Inc., prepared for the
         Guam Port Authority; April (5, 1982. Analyzes existing and
         proposed U.S. maritime laws and regulations as they apply to
         Guam, its territorial sea, and its adjacent fishery conservation
         zone. This report examines their impact on the economy of Guam,
         revolving around the impact that these laws have on fishing,
         tourist charter/cruise, and ocean transportation.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Review of the Fishery Conservation and Management Act and the
         Shipping Laws (Title 46 U.S. Code); U.S. Department of the
         Interior; June 28, 1982. Presents a series of memoranda
         concerning the application of the Fishery Conservation and
         Management Act and the shipping laws to the territories and the
         Trust Territory. This report discusses each law separately,
         stating the subject, law name and number, purpose of the law,
         territorial application, recommendation, and discussion. Of
         special interest to Guam is the Fishery Conservation and
         Management Act, Vessel Documentation, and the Coastwise Laws
         (including the Jones Act).
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         South Pacific Commission - Overseas Trade; 1983. A statistical
         bulletin on overseas trade for areas within the South Pacific
         region.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Essential Air Service in the American Pacific Islands Staff
         Study; Pacific Basin Development Council; May 1985. This study





                                          30







                                                                        ECN 31



           is presented in multi-volume format. Part 1 provides an
           historical perspective of air service in the American Pacific.
           Part 2 is an analysis of the impact of airline deregulation and
           particularly its effects on service to small communities. Part 3
           provides an assessment of the role of air service in the American
           Pacific Islands. Part 4 examines the economic questions of
           providing air service. Part 5 is a supplement of point specific
           data. It is divided into nine parts: Regional figures (Appendix
           A); Guam (Appendix B); Saipan, Northern Marianas (Appendix C);
           Honolulu, Hawaii (Appendix D); American Samoa (Appendix E);
           Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands (Appendix F); Koror,
           Republic of Belau (Appendix G); Ponape, Truk, and Yap, Federated
           States of Micronesia (Appendix H); Case study data (Appendix I).
           Available:     Guam Airport Authority.

           International Banking and the Development of Offshore Lending
           Facilities on Guam; Leticia V. Nafrada; 1985. A University of
           Guam Special Project.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Sources and Uses of Financing in the U.S. Territory of Guam;
           Christina L. Lim; 1985. University of Guam Master's thesis.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Manufactured Goods Exported to the United States Under Headnote
           3(a); Department of Commerce, Customs and Quarantine; 1972 to
           present. Records  'are maintained on each firm which has exported
           watches and bands or garments under Headnote 3(a) since 1972.
           The value is noted for each shipment and is aggregated yearly.
           Totals are published in the Guam Annual Economic Review.
           Available:     Department of Commerce.



           TAXES AND TAX BASES


           Understanding Your Real Property Taxes; Department of Revenue and
           Taxation; not dated. Brochure containing general information on
           property valuation, homeowners exemptions, assessed value and tax
           rates, and tax roll, statements and appeals.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.


           The Structure and Administration of Revenues of the Government of
           Guam; Public Administration Service; May 15, 1951. Discusses
           each existing revenue source: referenced public laws;
           description of tax, exceptions and deductions; taxpayer
           requirements; amount of annual receipts; administration and
           author's comments regarding the tax's effectiveness as a revenue
           source. Recommends additional potential revenue sources, with
           estimated receipts. Gives some historical background information
           regarding the development of the revenue system from Spanish
           times.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.





                                           31







        ECN 32



        Tax Study of Guam; Leibowitz, Department of Interior; 1967.
        Lengthy study and evaluation of the whole tax structure of Guam,
        locally and federally enacted. On the basis of this analysis,
        suggestions are made as to the direction the tax system might
        take. In addition, several related issues affecting Guamanian
        revenues are examined, such as federal aid to education.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        Re2ort Covering Valuation of Land for Assessment Purposes.; Don R.
        Colwell and Associates, for Real Property Tax Division,
        Department of Revenue and Taxation; March 1972. This report
        established Bench Mark Land 'Values. These are the basic values
        of land in areas where there is sufficient homogeneity to allow a
        standard value. Tables and instructions on how to adjust these
        base values for lot size, topography, accessibility, utilities,
        and location to arrive at a fair assessment.
        Available:      Real Property Tax Division, Department of Revenue
                        and Taxation.

        Report Covering the Assessment of Improvements; Don R. Cowell and
        Associates, for Real Property Tax Division, Department of Revenue
        and Taxation; March 1972. This study reviews and modifies
        existing property assessment procedures: Determination of
        construction cost index; Assessment procedures; Grading real
        property into subclasses; Replacement cost factors; Revision of
        existing depreciation schedules.
        Available:      Real Property Tax Division, Department of Revenue
                        and Taxation.


        A Study and Evaluation of the Guam Tax Structure and Regulator
        Fees; Joaquin G. Blaz, Department of Revenue and Taxation; June
        1974. After a discussion of general economic conditions and tax
        policy, this report outlines the existing tax structure.
        Regulatory fees, possible new taxes and problems in tax
        administration are also treated. This comprehensive review of
        Guam's tax system includes tables of data collections with
        projections covering the 19701s.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        Mid-Term Report and Recommendations on Government of Guam;
        Senator Thomas V.C. Tanaka, Committee on Finance and Taxation;
        January 1976. An assessment of the economy with goals and
        recommendations. The four major areas discussed are economic
        recovery, budgeting, government organization, and taxes.
        Available:      Division of Economic Planning and Development,
                        Department of Commerce.

        Guam's Tax System: Evaluation and Recommendation; Peter C.
        Mayer, Economic Research Center, Department of Commerce; July
        1976. 5th Occasional Paper a proposal to alter Guam's tax
        system. NumeroUs tax proposals are discussed reflecting the





                                         32









                                                                        ECN 33



           different kinds of taxes used in Guam and the large number of tax
           proposals submitted over the past several years. Recommendations
           for new or higher taxes are given. In the summary, the impact of
           the full proposal on revenue is estimated.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Territorial Income Tax System: Income Taxation in the Virgin
           Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa;
           Department of the Treasury; October 1979. A technical study of
           territorial income tax systems. Reviews the essential features
           of the federal income tax laws. Describes the operation of each
           territory's "mirror" system and the problems of coordination with
           the federal income tax system. Evaluates the current systems of
           income taxation according to: raising revenue; equitable
           treatment of territorial versus stateside residents; and
           complexity of interpretation, administration and compliance.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Study of Guam's Tax System; Dr. A.B. Laffer; June 1980. This is
           the first draft of a report commissioned by the 16th Guam
           Legislature. The report is divided into two sections: "A
           Critique of the Bordallo Report" and "An Overview of Guam's
           Recent Economic History." The "Bordallo Report" is the
           Comprehensive Development Plan (CPD) written by the Bureau of
           Planning in 1978. Laffer's report represents the first analysis
           to have been done on the CDP. It is strongly critical of what
           the author views as a lack of emphasis on private sector
           development and reliance on federal government spending. The
           .second part of the study examines Guam's recent economic history
           in order to determine whether restrictive public policies have
           slowed private sector growth. In particular, the effect of
           various taxes on private sector investment and disincentives for
           private sector employment are discussed, with emphasis on the
           provision of goods and services by the government, and welfare
           payments.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Territorial Tax Act of 1980; U.S. Department of the Treasury;
           July 27, 1980. A bill to extend the Internal Revenue Code of
           1954 to American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands and
           the Virgin Islands of the United States. This bill, if adopted,
           would have caused Guam's tax collection efforts to be taken over
           by the federal government.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Response to Tax Takeover by U.S. Government; Office of the
           Governor, to the Department of Interior; October 1980. Analyzes
           the proposed Territorial Tax Act of 1980. Part I discusses the
           undesired implications for Guam's future political status,
           criticizes technical aspects of the take-over plan, and
           recommends status negotiations and technical assistance instead





                                           33








         E CN 3 4



         of the take-over. Part II contains a section by section analysis
         of the Territorial Tax Act of 1980 as it would affect Guam if
         adopted, and discusses proposed changes to the Organic Act that
         would affect local income and other taxes. Part 1, 27 pages;
         Part 11, 31 pages.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Comments on the "Laffer Rep)rt"; Russell Krueger; October 1981.
         Unpublished report; Examines the statistical evidence on the
         economy of Guam as treated J'n the Study of Guam's Tax System,
         above. This critique presents numerous cases where the
         statistical evidence to support the above report's arguments is
         lacking, misinterpreted, or inappropriate, given the structural
         features of Guam's economy. Overall, this author feels that the
         Laffer report does not produce a thorough, detailed and balanced
         analysis of the tax system.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Synthesis on Implementing N w and Increasing Existing Fees and
         Charges in the Government of Guam; Executive Branch Task Force
         Report; December 1981. Examines implementing new fees or
         increasing existing fees and charges in the Executive Branch.
         The merits, issues, and impact of revenue generation programs are
         discussed.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         An Economy Measure: Amending the Liquid Fuels Tax Legislation;
         Executive Branch Task Force Report; December 1981. Analyzes the
         impact on revenues of amending the liquid fuel tax legislation.
         This report presents an historical account of liquid fuel tax
         revenues, operating expenses and the impact of federal funding of
         the highway system under the Territorial Highway Program. The
         study then considers two measures for increasing revenue for the
         highway program: highway construction bonds and increasing
         liquid fuel tax.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Taxability of Private Interests of Federally-Owned Lands; Bureau
         of Planning; June 1983. Analyzes military leases to private
         enterprises as a possible revenue source to the Government of
         Guam. This report is limited only to those leases that involve.
         monetary consideration. Includes draft bills to amend the Real
         Property Tax Law.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Follow-Up of Guam's Administration of Its Income Tax Program;
         U.S. General Accounting Office; October 26, 1983. Presents the
         results of the follow-up review of Guam's progress in improving
         the administration of its income tax program.
         Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.






                                         34








                                                                        ECN 35



           General Information: Licenses and Registration, Taxes, Insurance
           Securities and Banking; Department of Revenue and Taxation;
           September 1984. Booklet designed to provide basic information
           relating to business licenses and registration, taxes, insurance,
           securities, and banking.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Compilation of Guam Tax Laws; Compilation of Department of
           Revenue and Taxation; approximately 1985. Provisions regarding
           annual excise and admission tax, business privilege tax, and use
           tax.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.


           TERRITORIAL BUDGET, FEDERAL EXPENDITURES, AND AUDIT POLICY
           Technical Assistance: i Way to Provide Better Management of
           Guam's Resources to Increase Its Self-Reliance; Comptroller
           General of the United States; September 13, 1977. Describes
           financial problems on the island of Guam and discusses the need
           for improved budgeting, accounting, and reporting by the
           Government of Guam and recommends that the Secretary of the
           Interior provide necessary technical assistance to help Guam
           establish an adequate financial management system.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Grant Consolidation for the U.S. Territories; Urban Systems
           Research and Engineering, Inc.; September 1981. Presents
           background information on the Insular Area, experience with
           categorical grants, and the opportunities presented by grant
           consolidation.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


           Federal Audit Function in the Territories Should Be Strengthened;
           Comptroller General of the United States; March 25, 1982.
           Discusses the results of the evaluation of the offices of the
           U.S. Government Comptroller for American Samoa, Guam, Trust
           Territory of the Pacific Islands, Northern Mariana Islands, and
           the Virgin Islands. This report contains recommendations to
           Congress for strengthening the federal audit function in the
           territories.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Annual Report of the Office of the Inspector General, Department
           of the Interior-Government of Guam, 1983 (Draft); Office of the
           Inspector General, U.S. Department of the Interior; 1983. This
           first annual report to the U.S. Congress on the Government of
           Guam provides an overview of selected aspects of the Government
           of Guam. The purpose of this summary is to provide a general
           overview of: 1) GovGuam's financial condition, 2) capital
           improvement projects and assistance programs sponsored by the
           federal government, 3) GovGuam's ca pability of meeting its



                                           35








          ECN 36


         financial reporting and audit requirements, and 4) audit
         recommendations made and implemented.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Federal Expenditures by State; U.S. Department of Commerce,
         Bureau of the Census; annually, 1981 to 1988. Lists several
         tables of federal expenditure data for each state and territory
         including Guam. Tables include: 1) summary for grants to state
         and local governments, salaries and wages, procurement, and other
         p\rograms; 2) grants by agency and for selected programs; 3)
         expenditures for salaries and wages for DOD, postal service and
         all other federal agencies; 4) direct payments for individuals;
         5) procurement contracts - value of awards; 6) loan and insurance
         programs - volume of assistance provided; 7) per capita amounts
         of federal expenditure; 8) defense expenditures; and 9)
         historical summary from 1981 to 1988. Prior to 1981, this report
         was published under the title "Federal Outlays" and "Geographic
         Distribution of Federal Funds in Territories and Other Areas
         Administered by the U.S.".
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Executive Budget for the Territory of Guam Fiscal Year 1990;
         Bureau of Budget and Management Research; 1989. Reflects the
         planned expenditures of the Executive Branch for fiscal year
         1990. The Executive Budget -contains financial statements,
         revenue statement, resource :requirements and program description,
         capital improvement projects request, and the federal programs
         inventory.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Government of Guam Federal Programs Inventory: Fiscal Years
         1986-1990; Bureau of Budget and Management Research; 1989.
         Listing of federally funded programs administered by Government
         of Guam departments and agencies under the auspices of the
         Executive branch. Information includes United States grantor
         agencies, matching fund ratio, federal catalog number, funding
         received over the last five ears, and grant period.
                                      Y
         Incorporated into the Executive Budget of Guam.
         Available:     Bureau of Budget and Management Research.

         Government of Guam Retirement Fund Annual Report; Government of
         Guam Retirement Fund; annually. This report shows the results of
         operations and the financial condition of the Government of Guam
         Retirement Fund. The report also contains the financial
         statements and audit report conducted by an independent auditor.
         Available:     Government of Guam Retirement Fund.


         Bureau of Budget and ManagemBnt Research: Annual Report; Bureau
         of Budget and Management Research; annually. This report
         presents a review of the general responsibilities and
         accomplishments of the Bureau of Budget and Management Research.





                                         36








                                                                       ECN 37



          The financial summary section describes the budget cycle and
          process, the financial plan of the Government of Guam, government
          budget appropriation for operating programs, and revenues and
          expenditures. Also explained is the Clearinghouse A-95 review
          process and capital improvement projects by project title.
          Available:      Bureau of Budget and Management Research.


          CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS, NEEDS, AND REQUESTS

          History of Guam's Public Facilities; Audrey Camba; 1976. A
          history of Guam's economy emphasizing infrastructure development
          and current needs. Discusses the depressed state of the economy
          and the urgent need for immediate capital improvements in order
          to realize Guam's economic potentials as stated.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam's Fiscal Year 1991 Capital Improvement Project Request    to
          the U.S. Department of Interior; Bureau of Planning; 1989.
          Presents a brief review of Guam's infrastructure development; an
          overview of the Department of Interior's overall funding to Guam;
          and statement of needs supporting the Government of Guam's total
          capital improvement request of $145 Million for Fiscal Year 1991..
          Available:      Bureau of Planning.

          Capability Statements: Capital Improvement Program Fiscal Year
          1987, 1988, 1989, and 1990; Bureau of Planning. Contains capital
          improvement project amendments and additions.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Status Reports  of All Capital Improvement Projects; Department of
          Public Works, Engineering Division. This file, updated monthly,
          contains information on the status of every capital improvement
          project administered by the Department of Public Works. The
          information includes source and amount of funding, fiscal status,
          extent of completion, and a description of the project.
          Available:      Department of Public Works, Engineering Division.

          Department of Public Works Annual Report; Department of Public
          Works; annually. This report,presents a review of the general
          responsibilities and accomplishments of the Department of Public
          Works by division. Data is included on construction projects
          underway during the year.
          Available:      Department of Public Works.












                                           37








          ECN 38



          TOURIST INDUSTRY


          A Study of Japanese Travel Habits and Patterns Volume I; U.S.
          Department of Commerce, United States Travel Service, Office of
          Research and Analysis; October 1972. A study of travel from
          Japan to the United States and its possessions based on
          interviews with individuals representing organizations of the
          Japanese travel trade.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Develo2ment of Guam, USA as a Travel Destination; Bob Cruz,
          University of Guam; 1973. 'Discusses the impact of tourism on
          Guam; growth patterns, public improvements projects, preserving
          and enhancing Chamorro culture, conclusions on major problems.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Physical Standards for Tourism Development; Donald Wolbrink and
          Associates, Inc., for Pacific Islands Development Commission;
          1973. States general standards and requirements for visitor
          industry development in Guam, Micronesia, Hawaii, and American
          Samoa. Examines and analyzes the needs and interests of the
          resident, the visitor industry, and the visitor. Standards for
          development pertaining to land use and facilities, densities of
          development, planning process techniques, and actual design
          control are presented in broad terms.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Development of Guam as a Tourist Destination; Harry A. Sickler
          and Martin Pray; May 14, 1973. A proposal recommending a
          strategy to develop tourism on Guam by creating a physical and
          cultural environment attractive to both short-term visitors and
          permanent residents.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Proceeding: Pacific Islands Tourism Conference; Pacific Islands
          Development Commission; September 1973. Theme: Cooperation in
          Pacific Islands Tourism Development.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Quantitive Analysis of the Economic Impact of the Tourist
          Industry on Guam; Roberick E. Young; 1974. A University of Guam
          Special Project.
          Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Growth and Effect of Air Charters on Guam's Tourism Industry;
          Martin Pray, prepared for Guam Visitors Bureau; December 1974.
          Reviews historical data on the growth of Japanese tourism and the
          charter market and predicts future patterns and results.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Visitor Industry on Guam; Peter C. Mayer; 1975. A review of




                                          38








                                                                       ECN 39



          the social and economic impacts on the visitor industry.
          Contains a historical sketch of the visitor industry, remarks
          about employment that is directly generated by tourism, income
          generation and resource use, and a description of the ways
          certain factors limit visitor industry growth and how these
          factors may be used to control growth in the visitor industry.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library, in "The Social-
                          Economic Impact of Modern Technology Upon a
                          Developing Insular Region: Guam Vol. II, Part
                          III, the Private Sector," pp. 33-42.

          Expenditure Generated From Japanese Tourism and From Transit
          Airline Passengers; Peter C. Mayer; January 1975. Estimates
          expenditure for air passage, lodging, meals, etc. for varying
          length of stay.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Impact of Tourism on the Economy of Guam; Kuriakose K.
          Athapilly;  December 1975. A University of Guam Special Project.
          Statistical study (correlation and regression analysis) of the
          growth of tourism and other sectors of Guam's economy.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Guam Image Study; Audience Studies, Inc.; February 1976.
          Presents tabulated responses to 31 survey questions asked of
          Japanese persons regarding their image of what Guam is like and
          their desire to visit. Tallied by area (Tokyo, Osaka), sex, age
          (30-45, 46-60), income (under 300000 yen, 300000 yen and over),
          and Guam interest (positive, negative). No analysis.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam's Visitor Industry: An Economic Assessment; James Mak and
          Walter Miklius, for Bureau of Planning, Economic Planning
         ,Division Technical Report No. 77-1; July 1977. A visitor survey
          was analyzed to obtain visitor profiles, estimates of visitor
          expenditures, and visitor reactions to Guam. Economic benefits
          were assessed in terms of the amount of visitor expenditures.
          Four recommendations for increasing tourism are presented.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Feasibility Study for a Convention Center in Guam; June 1978;
          and Guam In Flight Survey on Tourist Traffic To/From Guam; Nomura
          Research Institute; October 1977. An evaluation of the
          feasibility of a convention center in Guam, including
          recommendations for an effective marketing strategy.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Guam Visitors Bureau; Martin B. Pray, University of Guam
          Special Project; 1978.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Memorial
                          Library.





                                           39








          ECN 40



         A Decade of Tourism: The Socio-Economic Impact of Guam's Visitor
         Industry; Dr. Don C. Warner, President, Associated Business
         Consultant, for the Guam Visitors Bureau; January 31, 1978.
         Provides estimates of direct: income and expenditures, indirect
         income and expenditures, employment, and governmental revenues
         generated by the visitor industry; and examines attitudes toward,
         and knowledge of, tourism by local residents. The study includes
         a tourist survey, a survey of island businesses, and an
         attitudinal survey of local permanent residents.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Island Picture; Guam Visitors Bureau, Japan Office; April
         1978. A review of tourism promotional activities by GVB in Japan
         since the Japan Office was opened in January 1976, through 1977.
         The report analyzes the trend of the Japanese travel market and
         recommends future promotional efforts.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Summary Conclusions, Fifth Japan-Guam Economic Council Meeting,
         Guam; November 11, 1978. Summarizes the proceedings of the
         Japan-Guam Economic Council meeting. This report.focuses on
         factors influencing Japanese investment on Guam, particularly in
         relation to tourism development.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Tumon Bay Land  Use Inventor ; Division of Economic Development
         and Planning, Department of Commerce; December 1979. Results of
         an inventory of land uses occurring in Tumon Bay. Problem areas
         such as abandoned vehicles, unsafe structures and unsanitary
         conditions are discussed in relation'to existing legislation and
         programs developed to deal with them as well as the agencies
         responsible for their enforcement. Development trends in Tumon
         Bay over the last 5 to 10 years are investigated through building
         permits issued. A field survey was conducted to determine the
         number of developments, type of activity, appearance of buildings
         and property, and land usage.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         A Study of the Feasibility of Operating a Youth Hostel on Guam;
         Thomas K. Kallingal, University of Guam; 1980. A Special Project
         for Business Administration.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Tumon Bay: An Assessment of. Options; Guam Growth Council; 1980.
         This study  is written from the perspective of private business
         and the tourist industry. It consists of a biological
         description of the Tumon Bay reef flat and an assessment of the
         problems associated with its utilization as a tourist attraction.
         The report identifies the federal and local agencies whose
         apprQval must be obtained before any alteration of the reef flat




                                          40








                                                                        ECN 41



          can occur. It also indicates some of the positive features of
          the Bay and how they might be utilized by the tourist industry.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Tumon Bay Tourism Development Feasibility Study, Technical
          Report; Juan C. Tenorio, prepared for Department of Commerce;
          June 1980. The data base for Phase I of the proposed Tumon Bay
          Master Plan. The study included an-analysis of the Tumon
          infrastructure on a demand versus capacity basis, and the
          potential for additional development in the Tumon Bay area.
          Planimetric base maps at 1:200 were prepared for the study.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Survey Among Travelers in 16 Asian and Pacific Cities Regarding
          the Image and Appeal of Guam; International Research Associates
          (Asia) LTD, International Travel Research Institute, for the Guam
          Visitors Bureau; July 1980. This study presents results of
          surveys of persons in 16 cities in Asia and Australia, all of
          whom had travelled abroad during the previous throe years.
          Chapter include visitors' impressions and reactions; destination
          image - strengths and weaknesses of individual destinations;
          desire to revisit destinations or recommend them to friends;
          desire to visit destination not visited in the past three years;
          and Guam: Image appeal summary and conclusions. Correlations of
          data were made between the current survey, conducted in 1979, and
          previous years.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Resident Attitude Survey on Tourism; Department of Commercef
          1981. A summary of the reulsts of a survey conducted in 1981 of
          how Guam residents feel about tourism.. Numerous statistical
          tables are presented along with specific analyses. Includes
          residents' knowledge and level of benefit from tourism; knowledge
          about the Guam Visitors Bureau; attitudes toward tourism in
          general; employment and training opportunities; and development
          and policy related to Tumon Bay.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Visitor Bureau Publicity/Advertising Promotion Plan for
          Japan; Nitto Agency, Inc., for the Guam Visitors Bureau; 1983. A
          review and summary of the Guam Visitor's Bureau Japanese market
          trends for overseas and Guam's tourism. Presents plans to
          promote the island for years FY 1980 to FY 1984.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Tourism Services Manpower Development Study of the American
          Pacific Islands; School of Travel Industry Management, University
          of Hawaii at Manoa, for the Pacific Basin Development Council;
          1983. Report provides general information (geographic,
          developmental, tourism) about the Pacific region and specific
          information for Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana





                                           41









         E"CN 4 2



         Islands, and American Samoa. Includes general information,
         present stage of tourism development, and an assessment of
         tourism manpower needs for each.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Research on Japanese Consumers' Image Toward Guam; Nitto Agency
         Inc., for the Guam Visitors Bureau; 1984. A report on Japanese
         travel behavior and attitudes, in general and as it,.relates to
         Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Tumon Bay Master Plan; Duenas and Swavely, Incorporated, in
         association with Taniguichi--Ruth, AIA and Associates; 1984. A
         comprehensive plan in five parts: the setting, planning
         methodology, goals and objectives, Tumon Bay development plans,
         and implementation strategies. Part one describes the history
         and description of Tumon Bay, Guam's tourism industry, and
         visitor arrivals/accommodations. Part two describes various
         urban design plans. Part three summarizes planning and
         development objectives and the Tumon Bay image. Part four
         summarizes land use, circulation and parking, water sewage and
         storm drainage, public recreation, beach access and public
         safety, lagoon use, and shoreline development. Part five
         summarizes various strategies to stimulate and guide growth in
         Tumon Bay, financial requirements, and investment opportunities.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         1985 Merizo Tourism Surve ; Linda A. Sablan and Kenneth A. Cruz,
         Department of Commerce; 1985. This survey was conducted to
         obtain a consensus among the residents of Merizo regarding the
         development of Cocos lagoon and Merizo area. An analysis of data
         by specific categories is presented (feelings towards tourism
         development, local employment in the tourism industry,
         alternatives and types of development, use of shoreline,
         environmental impact and so on).
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Travel Industry Development In American Samoa, Guam,_.and the
         Northern Mariana Islands: A Bibliography; David Thorp and
         Carolyn Imamura, A Joint Project of the School of Travel Industry
         Management and the Social Science Research Institute, University
         of Hawaii at Manoa; 1986. More than 400 entries on tourism,
         transportation and development subjects.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Economic Benefits From Tourism to Guam; SRI International, for
         the Guam Visitors Bureau; July 1986. This report summarizes
         Guam's visitor's market trends and the benefits derived from
         tourism. Recommendations are made for promoting tourism.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library and the Guam Visitors
                         Bureau.





                                         42







                                                                       ECN 43



          Islands of the World in Perspective - Symposis Papers published
          on the occasion of the Conference of the Islands of the World;
          University of Victoria, Victoria, B.C., Canada; 1986. A
          collection of papers on development in various Pacific islands
          (within the Pacific rim countries), specifically relating to
          tourism and economic development issues.
          Available:      Bureau of,Planning Library.

          Guam Economic Data Assessment; Pacific Basin Development Council
          and the University of Hawaii at Manoa, for the Department of
          Commerce; August 1988. This report addresses the requirements
          of a tourism economic impact methodology to assess the economic
          impact of tourism on Guam, on an on-going basis. Basically, the
          report is to develop a system whereby Guam can evaluate available
          visitor industry related economic data.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Visitor's  Bureau Membership Directory; Guam Visitors Bureau;
          1988. Program   mandate, services, list of members involved with
          the Guam Visitors Bureau, tourism, and its promotion on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Improving Infrastructure Through Tourism: An Infrastructure
          Improvements Plan For the Tamuning/TumonlEast Agana Area; Duenas
          and Swavely, Inc.; July 1989. An infrastructure improvements
          plan initiated by Duty Free Shoppers, compiled by Duenas and
          Swavely Inc. and reviewed by the Government of Guam. This plan
          focuses on infrastructure improvements which are required by the
          current and anticipated future investments of private developers
          in Guam's tourism industry. The initial thrust of the plan is
          directed at the Tamuning/Tumon/East-Agana Areas. Four main parts
          are included:

                    An assessment of in frastructure capacity which is now
                    available to accommodate additional growth.

                    A projection of the types, locations and intensities of
                    economic growth, particularly within the tourism
                    industry, which are expected to occur on Guam.

                    A plan for upgrading and expanding physical and
                    community service infrastructure in order to
                    accommodate the projected economic growth in advance of
                    its occurrence.

                    A financial and administrative scheme to:
                    1)    equitably apportion the cost of infrastructure
                          improvements among those projects which create the
                          demand for such services; and
                    2)    construct the necessary infrastructure
                          improvements.





                                          43








          ECN 4 4



              The primary infrastructure improvements includes:

                    Water distribution, transmission and supply; Wastewater
                    collectors, interceptors, treatment plants and
                    outfalls; Roadways and storm-water drainage collection
                    and disposal.

               The secondary improvements include:

                    Police and-fire protection facilities; Public health
                    facilities; Schools and libraries; Public recreations.
                    and cultural facilities.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Inventory  of Existing Hotels, Proposed Hotels, and Proposed Hotel
         Expansions; Bureau of Planning; periodically. Statistical
         summary by hotel/developer, existing rooms, proposed rooms,
         vill.age, and completion date.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Visitors Bureau    Annual Report; annually. Summarizes the
         accomplishments of the Guam Visitor's Bureau, with statistics on
         visitor arrivals from various geographic areas. A Monthly
         Statistical Report, summarizing tourist/visitor arrivals is
         available.
         Available:      Guam Visitors Bureau.



         LABOR FORCE-AND EMPLOYMENT

         Report on Survey of Guam Manpower Resources, 1964-1970; Odessa
         Dubinsky; 1964. Tabulated results of a survey of 100 major
         employing establishments in 1964. Projects employment and labor
         for 1966 and 1970 by major industry and occupational category.
         Discusses manpower supply based on the aspirations of high school
         students.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         200 Jobs on Guam; Division of Career and Occupational Education,
         Department of Education;.March 1976. List 200 occupations
         available on Guam by industry and job title. This document gives
         the following information for each job on one page:. job title,
         work performed, qualifications, working conditions, earnings,
         hours, promotional opportunity, and employment outlook. The jobs
         center on private enterprises.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.










                                          44








                                                                         ECN 45



           Guam's Manpower Problems: An Analysis; Lam Yuen, Jr.; March
           1977. A University of Guam, Special Project. An analysis of
           major causes of problems encountered in efforts to train local
           people and equip them with marketable skills.
           Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Salient Characteristics of Guam Residents Employment Status
           Survey; Lawrence F. Kasperbauer, Community Development Institute,
           University of Guam; May 15, 1978; 2 volumes. Volume I contains a
           profile of the unemployed, underemployed, and economically
           disadvantaged. Frequency and percentage distributions for sex,
           age, ethnic background, family size, and U.S. military status are
           presented in table form. Also tabulated are the individual's
           family income level, type of work they would like to have, and
           how long the jobless have been without work. Volume II includes
           a village by village presentation of essentially the same
           variables as above.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library (Volume I); Community
                           Development Institute, University of Guam (Volume
                           II).

           An Analysis of the Labor Problems of the Hotel Industry    on Guam;
           Restituto J. Cruz; 1979. A University of Guam Master's     Thesis;
           Identifies some of the major labor problems relating to     hotel
           management and operations on Tumon Bay. A survey of hotel
           employees was conducted to determine management practices and
           training programs as viewed by the employee. A history of hotel
           growth on Guam is included.
           Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Results of the  Guam Contractors Association Monthly Labor Survey,
           April through July 1979; Decision Information Services; September
           5, 1979. A survey of companies and licensed individuals engaged
           in Guam's construction industry. Monthly data show the number of
           federal government, GovGuam and private employees, and the number
           of H-2 and local workers by general craft (architectural-
           structural, mechanical-electrical, equipment operators-mechanics,
           and other).
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Barriers to  Employment for Displaced Homemakers, August-September
           1980; Human  Services Corporation, for Agency for Human Resources
           Development; 1980. Analysis of a survey to identify the number
           of displaced homemakers, the characteristics of displaced
           homemakers on Guam, and the barriers to employment for displaced
           homemakers. Results are presented through tabulations and
           narrative analysis.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Census of Population - 1920, 1930, 1940, 1950, 1960, 1970, and
           1980; Bureau of the Census, United States Department of Commerce.





                                             45









         ECN 46



         Presents tables of data on employment status, occupation of those
         employed, employment by industry, citizenship, and personal
         income. The data is broken down into a wide variety of
         categories.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Occupational Employment on Guam in March 1980; Bureau of Labor
         Statistics, Department of Labor; November 12, 1980. Compiled
         from the quarterly Current Labor Force Survey. Consists of one
         table showing the number of persons in the total labor force,
         number employed and number unemployed by 3-digit Dictionary of
         Occupational Titles (DOT) code.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Pacific Occupational Information Project by the SOICC's of
         American Samoa, Guam, Hawaii., Northern Mariana Islands, and the
         Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands; coordinated by the Hawaii
         SOICC; not dated, but approximately 1981. This report puts forth
         a plan to develop an organizational capacity to assess the
         potential market for alternative data bases and delivery modes,
         and to measure approaches and costs to installing localized
         career and occupational information systems in the Pacific sites.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Comparative Study of Civilian Labor Force Between Guam and
         Hawaii, 1974-1980; Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of
         Labor; July 1, 1981. One table showing the-number in the labor
         force, number unemployed, Percent unemployed and number employed.
         Yearly averages derived from quarterly data.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Projecting  Guam's Supply of Manpower by Occupation: 1981-1986;
         Department  of Commerce and Guam Occupational Coordinating
         Committee;  May 1981. Projections of manpower supply by
         occupation  yearly from 1981 through 1986. Tables include
         projections of Guam's supply of manpower by occupation, and
         occupation of the labor force, employed and unemployed in March
         1980. In order to estimate the number of probable entrants into
         the labor force, there is a series of tables depicting enrollment
         at the University of Guam, Guam Community College, and the Naval
         -Apprenticeship Program.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Occupational Information, A_Directory of Sources and
         Services; Guam Occupational Information Coordinating Committee,
         for the Agency for Human Resources Development; July 1981. A
         booklet listing the major sources and services of occupational
         information in Guam, both local and federal.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Occupational Information: Demand and Supply Report; Guam




                                          46








                                                                        ECN 47



          Occupational Information Coordinating Committee, for the Agency
          for Human Resources Development; October 1981. Presents the
          first and second components of Guam's occupational information
          system. The demand portion of this report lists the number of
          jobs filled in a specific occupation by job title (SOC) code,
          the number of job vacancies, the annual growth demand, and the
          projected demand in 1986. The supply portion of this report
          lists the number of persons who applied for positions under each
          occupational category during Fiscal Year 1980, the number of
          persons who completed training programs at public institutions,
          the number of persons who completed training at private
          institutions, and the number of persons who completed short-term
          training programs through CETA and CIRO.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Occupational Information: Interface of Demand and Supply
          Report; Guam Occupational Information Coordinating Committee, for
          the Agency for Human Resources Development; May 1982. Presents
          the third component of Guam's occupational information system.
          The demand and supply components were published earlier (see
          above). The major concern of this report is to interface or
          match available supply of local manpower to the jobs available in
          the labor market. Statistics indicate the specific occupational
          categories where shortages or surpluses occur.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Comprehensive Study of Public and Private Sector Employment
          Requirements on Guam for the Years 1985-1987; Dr. Don C. Warner
          and Dr. Hans C. Blaise, submitted to the Agency for Human
          Resources Development and Private Industry Council; 1984.
          Analyzes economic trends on Guam, with projected employment
          requirements for FY 1985 - FY 1987. This study relies on
          published statistics and interviews with local business and
          government officials. Past employment trends are analyzed, in
          total and by sector, ratios between number of hotel rooms and
          hotel employees were developed, and tourism multipliers were
          utilized.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Guam Labor  Supply Report; Guam Occupational Information
          Coordinating Committee; July 30, 1985. Describes the potential
          work force and supply of trained workers. This report lists, in
          table format, occupational categories by the number of persons
          graduating from instructional and apprenticeship programs. Row
          labels are occupational titles taken from the Dictionary of
          Occupational Titles (DOT). Column labels are the major providers
          of instructional programs in local public and private
          institutions and in apprenticeship programs.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.






                                            47








         ECN 48



         Guam Occupational Information System Employment Projections by
         Industry and Island-Wide, 1984-1990; Guam Occupational
         Information Coordinating Committee; October 1985. Provides
         employment projections for occupations to assist users in
         decision-making for program planning relative to training program
         development. In separate tables are Industry Employment
         Estimates, Industry Employment Distribution by Occupation,
         Occupational Employment by Industry and Average Annual Job
         Openings, and Summary by Occupational Groups. These projections
         for future employment are biased primarily on past trends.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         A Comprehensive Study of Public and Private Sector Employment
         Requirement on Guam for the Years 1985-1987; Dr. Don C. Warner
         and Dr. Hans C. Blaise, College of Business and Public
         Administration, University of Guam, submitted to the Agency for
         Human Resources Development and Private Industry Council; 1987.
         Includes projection of employment requirements for Fiscal Year
         1985-1987. This study applies various mathematical techniques to
         published data to develop employment demand estimates by
         occupation. Table 3 lists the following information by
         occupational title: Annual growth demand; total demand; supply
         in training; and annual training needs. The report recommends
         that training efforts be targeted toward entry-level positions in
         tourist-related businesses.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Occupations of the Labor Force - Employment and Unemployment on
         Guam; Guam Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics; 1988.
         A statistical report providing current and projected levels of
         employment and unemployment by occupation and sex on Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Occupational Employment Statistics; Guam Department of Labor,
         Bureau of Labor Statistics; 1988. A periodic report providing
         statistical tables by occupation and type of industry on Guam
         conducted every three years. Occupational categories used are
         Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) groupings, within
         industry and listed as a percentage of employment within
         industry. Three major industrial categories are used:
         construction; banking, insurance and real estate; and other
         services.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Contractors Association Directory; Guam Contractors
         Association; 1989.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Current Employment Report; Guam Department of Labor, Bureau of
         Labor Statistics; quarterly. This report contains employment,
         wage, hours and earnings information classified by ownership,




                                         48








                                                                        ECN 49



           through a quarterly survey of business establishments.
           Available:Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Unemployment Situation on Guam; Guam Department of Labor,
           Bureau of Labor Statistics; quarterly. Contains statistics on
           the civilian labor force by selected categories including
           unemployment rates for the categories which include age, sex,
           household heads, full-time/part-time, U.S. citizens immigrant
           aliens, veterans, not in the labor force, and average duration of
           unemployment. This information is based on the Current Labor
           Force Survey (CLFS) of households on Guam.
           Available:      Bureau of Labor Statistics, Guam Department of
                           Labor.


           Guam Occupational Information Coordinating Committee Annual
           Report; Guam Occupational Information Coordinating Committee;
           annually. This report describes the development, delivery and
           use of occupational information.
           Available:      Guam Occupational Information Coordinating
                           Committee.


           Annual Census of Establishments, March     Guam Department of
           Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics; annually. This publication
           reports the number of employees on payrolls by ownership (private
           sector, federal government, Government of Guam), industry (using
           4 digit Standard Industrial Classification SIC Codes), sex,
           full/part-time status, and citizenship. It also contains
           historical summaries of information printed in the Current
           Employment Survey (CES) report including number of employees,
           production workers, wage rates, hours worked, and average weekly
           earnings for each industry division. The data for this report is
           collected through a census of business establishments conducted
           in March of each year.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Occupational Injuries and Illnesses Survey; Department of Labor,
           Bureau of Labor Statistics; 1974 to present (annually). Presents
           survey results based on employers' records of recordable cases
           which resulted in death, illness or injury to all employees in
           both the public and private sectors.
           Available:      Bureau of Labor Statistics,  Department of Labor.



           INCOME AND WAGES


           Guam Personal Income Statistics--1973; Economic Research Center,
           Guam Department of Commerce; February 1976. Third in a series on
           personal income statistics. Data was obtained from income tax
           returns and excludes those filed directly to the federal
           government. Income distribution, level of income and population
           growth are included in 17 tables. Comparative data is available





                                            49








         E CN 5 0



         for 1970, 1971, 1972, and 1973.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.
         The Study of Factors Affecting Household Per Capita Income on
         Guam; Margarita C. Macario; 1977. A University-of Guam Special
         Project.
         Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Guam Household Income; 1975 and 1978; Bureau of Labor Statistics,
         Department of Labor. Periodic report derived from the Current
         Labor Force Statistics survey. Two tables show median and mean
         money income of families by district, and the number and percent
         of family money income.
         Available:     Bureau of Labor Statistics, Guam Department of
                        Labor.


         Construction Wage Surve ; Bureau of Labor Statistics     Department
         of Labor; 1985 and 1987. Survey of establishments in the
         construction industry conducted every two years. Information
         includes occupation and hourly wage.
         Available:     Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of Labor.

         The Real Earnings Report; Bureau of Labor Statistics, Guam
         Department of Labor; monthly. Discontinued September 1981.
         Contains actual wage rates and rates adjusted for the rising
         Consumer Price Index (CPI). The actual earnings section is
         continued in the Current Employment Report published quarterly
         after 1981, and contains employment, wage hours and earnings
         information classified by ownership, industry division, and sex.
         Available:     Bureau of Labor Statistics, Guam Department of
                        Labor.


         Area Wage Survey Territory oE Guam; Bureau of Labor Statistics,
         U.S. Department of Labor; annually, in December. A statistical
         report of wages from data collected since 1974 through December
         1985. Tables show straight-time hourly earnings information of
         office workers, professional and technical workers, maintenance
         and power plant workers, custodial and material movement workers,
         and general construction workers. Also included is the number of
         establishments and workers within the scope of the survey and the
         number studies. In addition to monetary wages, the survey
         examines scheduled work hours, shift differentials, paid holidays
         and vacations, health insurance and pension plans, free lodging,
         and free meals.
         Available:     Bureau of Labor Statistics, Guam Department of
                        Labor.













                                         50








                                                                        ECN 51



           JOB TRAINING AND JOB PLACEMENT PROGRAMS

           The Outline of Department/Agencies Involved in Manpower Training
           and Development; Department of Commerce; September 1980. Lists
           each government and private organization involved in manpower
           training and development, its statutory basis, its program goals,
           and the activities and services provided.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Complementary Report: Inventory and Description of Educational
           and Training Programs in Guam; Guam Occupational Information
           Coordinating Committee; January 1985. Compiles an inventory and
           description of educational and training programs available in
           Guam. This report outlines the name, address, and location of
           each program, plus pertinent information such as admission
           requirements, graduation requirements, tuition, and courses
           offered.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Discretion Grant Application Title III Dislocated Workers
           Program, Territory of Guam; Agency for Human Resources
           Development; July 1989. Describes a program to assist dislocated
           workers and the long-term (15 weeks) unemployed. This grant
           application briefly discusses the economic climate and the need
           for funds, and estimates the number of persons to receive
           vocational assessment and guidance testings, the number expected
           to undergo tralning, and the number expected to enter
           unsubsidized employment. The training/retraining/modified
           training activities were primarily in the construction and
           tourism areas.
           Available:     For the most recent grant applications, contact
                          the Agency for Human Resources Development.

           Guam Job Training Coordinating Council: Bylaws and List of
           Members; Agency for Human Resources Development; 1985. Sets
           forth the bylaws of the Council, with a list of its members
           attached. These bylaws state that the purpose of the council is
           to advise on the availability, responsiveness, and adequacy of
           the Territory wide employment and training and related service
           deliverv systems, and on ways to improve the effectiveness of
           such programs or services.
           Available:     For the most up-to-date listing, contact the
                          Agency for Human Resource Development.













                                           51









          ECN 52



          Guam Employment Service, Department of Labor State Plan, Progra
          Years 1986, 1987; Department of Labor.    Discusses the goals,
          objectives and basic administrative operating plan of the Guam
          Employment Service (GES). The GES is responsible for public
          referral and placement services of the islands's unemployed
          persons. A portion of the :report is an economic overview -
          population, labor, labor force, earnings, housing and tourism.
          Available:     For the most recent plan, contact the Department
                         of Labor.


          Statewide Job Training Plan, Territory of Guam, Program Years
          1988-1989; Guam Private Industry Council and Agency for Human
          Resources Development; April 1988. States the goals and
          objectives of the Territory for the planning, management,
          coordination, and oversight of the Job Training Partnership Act
          programs. Service Delivery Plans are presented for Adult and
          Youth Programs and the Summer Youth Employment and Training
          Program.
          Available:     For the most recent plan, contact the Agency for
                         Human Resources and Development.

          Governor's Coordination and Special Services Plan Program   Years
          1988 and 1989; Guam Job Training Partnership Act Council and the
          Agency for Human Resources Development; 1988. An updated special
          plan for implementation of the Job Training Partnership Act.
          Plan summarizes an evaluation of the program since 1986 and a
          strategy to coordinate this job training program via nine
          different governmental agencies. Plan summarizes goals and
          objectives; the coordination and special service priorities
          (criteria and activities); allocation and utilization of
          resources; the role of the oversight Job Training Partnership Act
          Council; performance standards tor the programs; and non
          performance policy and plan modification procedures.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Senior Community Service Em)loyment Program; Department of Labor;
          Fiscal Year 1987. This project provides subsidized part-time
          opportunities in community employment for low income persons,
          aged 55 and above.
          Available:     Department of Labor.

          Guam Employment and Training Program, Fiscal Year 1989 State
          Plan; Department of Public Health and Social Services; July 1988.
          This federally funded program provides employment and training
          opportunities to welfare recipients who are between 16 to 59
          years old and who are not gainfully employed. The plan describes
          the program, which is in coordination with the Department of
          Public Health and Social Services, the Department of Labor, the
          Agency for Human Resources Development, and the Guam Community
          College.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.




                                          52









                                                                        ECN 53




           Summer Youth Employment and Training Program (SYETP); Agency for
           Human Resources Development; Annually. Describes the SYETP under
           Title II-B of the Job Training Partnership Act. The purpose of
           this Program is to provide eight weeks of work and training
           experience to participants, with emphasis on public assistance
           recipients, offenders, dropouts, and the handicapped.
           Available:      For the most recent annual plans, contact the
                           Agency for Human Resources Development.

           Guam Employment Service; A division of the Department of Labor
           established to assist employers find workers and to help job
           seekers find employment on a "no-feel' basis. It functions as a
           labor exchange agency and facilitates the job match between job
           seekers' backgrounds and employers' requirements. Guam
           Employment Service reports quarterly to the U.S. Department of
           Labor Employment & Training Administration, Region IX in the 9002
           Report and the Standard Form 272. Information contained in its
           9002 report includes the total number of applicants processed by
           gender; total number of individuals provided referral and
           placement services and total number of job openings received.
           Report SF272 is the federal cash transactions report and is
           comprised of the financial status of the division operating under
           federal funding. SF272 is submitted to the Regional Office
           within 30 days after the end of each program year report quarter
           only and does not report cumulative data. Also in report form is
           the bi-weekly Job Inventory listing providing the number of job
           openings/vacancies filled by employers requesting recruitment
           assistance by occupation, number of openings, minimum required
           months experience and rate of pay.
           Available:      Guam Employment Service; Department of Labor.



           PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND REGULATION

           Uniform Securities Act; Department of Revenue and Taxation; 1958.
           Act relating to securities, prohibiting fraudulent practices, and
           requiring registration of broker-dealers, agents, and investment
           advisers.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Evolution of the Legislative Process on Guam, 1950-1968; Gary
           S. Victor; 1969. A University of Guam Master's Thesis.
           Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Developing  Professionals: Developing the Profession, The
           Challenge of Public Administration on Guam in the 19801s;
           December 3, 1980. Paper and Proceedings, First Island Conference
           on Public Administration, University of Guam. Presents issues
           discussed at the conference comprised of Management in Government
           Service; Government Fiance; Community Planning; Personnel
           Management; Public Personnel Administration; and Special Projects



                                            53









          13CN 54




          in Public Administration.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Government of Guam: A Reference Guide; Daljit Singh, College of
          Business and Public Administration, University of Guam; 1981.
          Describes the missions, objectives, functions, staffing patterns,
          budget, and leadership styles of all agencies of the Government
          of Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Waste and Inefficiency in the Government of Guam: The Need for
          Change and Reforms; Judith Guthertz, Alan Leader, and Daljit
          Singh; December 10, 1981. Papers and Proceedings, Second Island
          Conference on Public Administration, University of Guam.
          Presents a discussion and examination of questions and problems
          pertinent to the local Public Administration profession.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          License Packet for Doing Busingss on Guam; Department of Revenue
          and Taxation; not dated. Summarizes general data relative to the
          requirements of the Business License Branch on individuals or
          entities wanting to open business on Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Banks and BankiM; Department of Revenue and Taxation; September
          1981. Contains provisions and regulations of the Guam Banking
          Code.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Insurance Law; Department of Revenue and Taxation; September
          1981.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Real Estate Law of Guam; Department of Revenue and Taxation;
          December 1981.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Licensed OccuRations on Guam; Guam occupational Information
          Coordinating Committee; July 1982. This index is an exhaustive
          listing of existing occupational requirements. The regulatory or
          licensing body, personal requirements, education and/or
          experience required, examination requirements, test fees, license
          fee, and renewable period are noted.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          DeRartment of Natural Resources; Bureau of Planning; 1982.
          Outlines an alternative under the option of consolidating natural
          resource programs under the Department of Natural Resources,
         .conducive to more efficient management and administrative costs
          in m4naging the territory's resources.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.



                                          54









                                                                       ECN 5 5



          Political Parties and Elections in Guam; Joe Dizon; January,
          1982. A history and description of Guam's political system,
          political parties and elections since 1950. By using Guam
          Election Commission statistics, the two-party system, its
          factions, competition, and issues are discussed.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Analysis of Gov Guam's Office Space Leases, FY 1982; Bureau of
          Planning; May 1982. Lists all Government of Guam departments,
          agencies and commissions renting private office space. This
          listing includes lessor/building name, lessee, monthly/annual
          rental cost, total square feet of office space, federal funds
          allocated toward office space, location, and other provisions.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          1982 Census of Government: Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, and
          Guam; U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census; 1984.
          Presents available comparable data on public employment and
          governmental finances for Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, and Guam.
          Table 1 shows gross assessed valuation of real property in 1981;
          total number of government employees; total payroll; average
          monthly earnings per employee; total general revenue; and total
          expenditure. Table 9 shows gross and net assessed value of
          property subject to local general property taxation in 1981 by
          village. Table 10 shows selected financial items including
          revenues from various sources.; expenditures; and debt outstanding
          in 1982. This Census is conducted every 5 years, in years ending
          in "2" and "T'.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Organizational Analysis: How to Analyze Organization with the
          Purpose of Improving Governmental Effectiveness and Efficiency;
          Vicente M. Mendiola; 1983. A Master's Thesis for the University
          of Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          An Evaluation of the Government of Guam Political Activity La
          Ronald Aguon; 1983. A Special Project submitted to,University of
          Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Government Office Space 1983-2000; Bureau of Planning; 1983.
          Presents an analysis of Government of Guam current office space
          utilization, and forecasts future needs based on the number of
          employees per agency and department. This study outlines various
          options for meeting office space demands. Tables include number
          of employees per department by year, 1979-1983; current office
          space utilization by agency and department in leased and
          government owned buildings, 1983; projected office space







                                           55









         ECN 56



         requirements in the year 2000 by agency and department; and an
         inventory of public building office space.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Reorganizing the Government of Guam for Effectiveness and
         Efficiency; Judith Guthertz, Alan Leader, and Daljit Singh;
         November 23, 1983. Paper and Proceedings, Fourth Island
         Conference on Public Administration. Discusses and examines
         questions and problems pertinent to government reorganization in
         Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Contracting For Personal Services - Government of Guam; Office of
         the Attorney General; 1984. A handbook designed to ensure a
         consistent approach to the use of contracts for personal service
         agreements as an aid to Government of Guam officials.
         Definitions of contracts, sources, laws, rules and regulations
         and procedures are delineated along with model contract forms and
         applicable laws regarding contracts for personal services.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Government of Guam Executive Branch: Department Reorganization
         and Management Improvement Plan; Government of Guam
         Reorganization Committee; September 1984. Presents a lengthy
         proposal to reorganize public services to increase efficiency and
         effectiveness at the least possible cost. The plan focuses on
         the Executive Branch, which includes its autonomous agencies and
         boards and commissions.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Privatization of Government of Guam Services; Georgio B. Andres,
         Jr.; 1986. A University of Guam Special Project.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Government Ethics and Corruption on Guam; Dr. Judith Guthertz and
         Dr. Daljit Singh; 1986. Explores various dimensions and
         community perspectives on the question of public sector ethics of
         Guam, and chronicles the historical development of administrative
         practices and bureaucratic behavior in the island's public
         sector.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Conference on Privatization; College of Business and Public
         Administration, University of Guam, and the Office of the
         Governor of Guam, in cooperation with the Department of the
         Interior and the Guam Chamber of Commerce; June 7, 1986.
         Presents the issues discussed at a conference held to provide a
         public forum on the process, policies and administrative
         procedures necessary to implement a successful privatization
         program on Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.




                                         56









                                                                       ECN 57



           Final Report of the Resource Management Task Force; Resource
           Management Task Force; December 1986. This report reviews the
           operations of and recommendations for improvement in various
           Government of Guam agencies.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Winning Ways; Joe Dizon; 1987. A summary of the 1986 election
           year by the political scientist who predicted accurately via a
           poll the results of the election. Presents numerous tables and
           figures
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Government of Guam Retirement Fund - Actuarial Valuation of
           September 30, 1987; Retirement Fund; 1987. A biennial report of
           the funding status of the retirement system. Report ascertains
           the appropriate contribution rate of the government and the
           membership. Statutorial report required every 5 years, but done
           biennially.
           Available:     Government of Guam Retirement Fund.


           Rule-making Guidebook - Government of Guam; Department of Law
           Solicitor's Division; 1987. A concise explanation of the rule
           making process for agencies given rule making authority, required
           by the Administrative Adjudication Law. Rule making,
           regulations, and repeal or amendment of existing regulations areL
           discussed along with other factors involved in the rule making
           process.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam Product Seal; Department of Commerce; 1987. A summary of
           the eligibility, application procedure, use permits, exemptions,
           and fines related to P.L.18-42 which created the Guam Product
           Seal to identify products manufactured on Guam.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Western Pacific Education Center - An Assessment of Training
           Needs and Operating Capabilities of the Financial Management
           Systems in the Island Governments of the Pacific; College of
           Business and Public Administration, University of Guam, and the
           Rose Institute of State and Local Government, Claremont McKenna
           College; 1988. This report was submitted to the Department of
           the Interior to fund a training center in computerized financial
           management to Pacific governments (American Samoa, Guam, CNMI,
           FSM and the Republics of Belau and the Marshall Islands) so that
           these governments could assume total responsibility for their
           government management and operation.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


           Election Comparative Analysis Reports -- 1976, 1977, 1978, 1983
           and 1984, 1985, 1987, 1988; Guam Election Commission; series.





                                           57









         ECN 58

         Each year the Guam Election Commission publishes a compilation of
         election statistics covering any elections which have occurred
         during the previous year. The report includes general
         information such as requirements to be a registered voter and
         qualifications for elective offices. Also included is the total
         number of registered voters, the number by district and the
         number of votes received by each candidate.There is an extensive
         statistical abstract chapter that shows the voting record in
         general for primary and general elections, with tables and graphs
         by election district from 1950 through 1986.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         A-95 Clearinghouse Grant_Lko)lications. All applications for
         federal financial assistanCe in the form of grant awards must go
         through what is called A-95 Clearinghouse Review. This review is
         made by a group of government officials to assure that the
         application for the funds is consistent with policies and goals
         of the Government of Guam and does not duplicate efforts of other
         agencies or other people. These grant applications contain a
         wealth of information about the program requesting funding and
         most often contain supporting data/information that may not be
         available elsewhere.
         Available:     A complete file of all grant applications is
                        maintained at the Bureau of Planning and the
                        Bureau of Budget and Management Research.
                        Applications are filed by Department, Agency, or
                        Organization making the application.

         Annual Reports of the Government of Guam. Each year all
         department and agencies of the Government of Guam must submit
         annual report for the Government. These annual reports follow no
         specific format and are available at each agency.

         Public Utility Commission Annual Report; Public Utility
         Commission; annually. This report describes the goals, functions
         and activities of the PUC as a regulatory agency. The regulated
         agencies include PUAG, GPA, GTA, taxicab service, and tourist
         buses.
         Available:     Public Utility Commission.

         Office of the Suruhanu -- Annual Report; Office of the Suruhanu.
         Annual report of the functions of the Suruhanu's office for each
         calendar year. Presents the number of cases opened and closed by
         month and by department complained against; nature of the
         complaints; sex and residence of complainants. Also includes
         selected case summaries and recommendation for policy changes for
         certain Government of Guam agencies.
         Available:     Office of the Suruhanu.










                                         58








                                                                       ECN 59



          GUAM CIVIL SERVICE


          Status of Women in GovGuam; Civil Service Commission; 1975.
          Staffing patterns, analysis of disparity, tables of agency
          employment broken down by sex. Attitude survey results.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library (Part II).

          Analysis of Guam Public Employment Collective Bargaining Law;
          Francisco R. Agulto; 1981. A University of Guam Special Project
          for Public Administration.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          An Evaluation of the Government of Guam Political Activity Law;
          Ronald Aguon; 1983. A Special Project submitted to University of
          Guam.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kenedy Library.

          Discrimination  Complaint Process; Civil Service Commission; 1984.
          Sets forth the  process and procedures involved in the processing
          of a discrimination complaint based on race, religion, creed,
          color, sex, age, national origin, marital status, handicap, or
          political affiliation. This report also serves as a working
          manual for EEO officials, and as a source of information for
          management and employees.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Procedure for Layoff, Demotion or Salary Reduction, Executive
          Order No.  84-16; Civil Service Commission; June 1984.
          Establishes the Procedures for layoffs or demotion and salary
          reduction in lieu of layoffs for the Government of Guam service
          adopted by the Civil Service Commission.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Ethics Regulations, Government of Guam, Guam Procurement Act,
          Chapter II; Civil Service Commission; June 1984. Provides
          regulations relating to ethical standards for Government of Guam
          employees involved in public contracting or in the procurement or
          disposal of supplies, services, or construction, in accordance
          with the Guam Procurement Act (Public Law 16-124). These
          regulations apply to all governmental bodies and employees
          covered by the Act.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Annual Report,  Civil Service Commission, Fiscal Year 1984; Civil
          Service Commission; 1985. Discusses the role of the Civil
          Service Commission in overseeing equal employment opportunity and
          the merit system within the Government of Guam service. The
          Fiscal Year 1984 report contains the Commission's decisions on
          adverse action appeals (suspension, demotion, dismissal),
          grievance appeals (complaints), discrimination complaint/appeals,






                                           59









         ECN 60


         and classification and pay appeals.
         Available:      For the most recent annual report, contact the
                         Civil Service commission.

         Qccupational Listing of Classes-and Class Standards; Civil
         Service Commission; 1987. Lists class titles and pay wage levels
         of all established classified positions. Includes a description
         of classes of positions.
         Available:      Civil service commission.


         Monthly Employment Report; Department of Administration; monthly.
         This report is a table showing employment data for 35 departments
         within the Government of Guam. Citizenship, local or off-island
         hire and contract hire are shown.
         Available:      Department of Administration.



         BUSINESS DIRECTORIES AND LISTINGS


         Guam Business News; 1984 - )resent. News magazine of business
         endeavors, advertising, published by Glimpses of Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Business Directory 1986 - 1987; Guam Department of Commerce;
         1987. A listing of businesses having business licenses on Guam
         organized by industry sector. Each business listing includes the
         mailing address an the geographical location of the business.
         Also includes addresses for Government of GUam agencies, fede  *ral
         agencies and foreign consulates; long distance telephone rates
         from Guam, cablegram rates, and RCA Q-Fax Rates.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Association of Terminal Operators and Steredoring Companies
         of Micronesia - Directory 1989. A directory list of shipping
         companies in Micronesia, their facilities and equipment and
         terminal/storage capabilities.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Chamber of Commerce - Directory of members: 1989-1990; Guam
         Chamber of Commerce; 1989. These directories list members of the
         Guam Chamber of Commerce by type of business/services.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Local Business Directory, 1989; Star Publishing, Inc. This
         directory lists Guam businesses by type of business/service.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Real Estate Directory, 1989; Department of Revenue an
         Taxation; updated annually. Contains a listing of salesmen and
         number and expiration date. Unpublished.
         Available:      Department of Revenue and Taxation.




                                          60








                                                                       ECN 61



          Directory of Lawyers Admitted to Practice in Guam (Including
          Government Lawyers Not Admitted In Guam) and Law Related Offices;
          August 1989. Available upon request from the Superior Court of
          Guam. List of practicing attorneys on Guam.
          Available:      Superior Court of Guam.

          Annual Roster,  Territorial Board of Registration for Professional
          Engineers, Architects, and Land Surveyors; updated periodically.
          Contains the name, mailing address, telephone number, branch, and
          certificate number for each registered professional engineer,
          architect and land surveyor. Unpublished.
          Available:      Territorial Board of Registration for Professional
                          Engineers, Architects, and Land Surveyors.

          Day Care and Family Day Care Listing; Department of Public Health
          and Social Services; updated periodically. Contains the name of
          each day care center and director, mailing address, and telephon.e
          number. Unpublished.
          Available:      Division of Public Health, Department of Public
                          Health and Social Services.


          List of Attorneys; Guam Bar Association; updated periodicaly.
          Contains active list of practicing attorneys and inactive list of
          judges and attorneys who have passed the bar but are not
          practicing in Guam. Lists attorney's name, mailing address and
          firm of employer. Unpublished.
          Available:      Guam Bar Association.


          Annual Report of the Banking Commissioner; Department of Revenue
          and Taxation; annually. This report includes a directory of
          licensed financial institutions and a brief synopsis of the
          economic trend among the various classifications of the financial
          institutions in the Territory of Guam.
          Available:      Department of Revenue and Taxation.

          Annual Report of the Insurance Commissioner; Department of
          Revenue and Taxation; annually. Contains statistical data on
          insurance transactions in the Territory of Guam. Contains the
          names of foreign insurance companies, classes of insurance and
          date admitted; amount of deposit and type of security by company;
          financial statement information by company; and summaries of
          types of insurance written, premiums and claims by company.
          Names and addresses of all insurance companies and their general
          agents licensed to transact insurance business in Guam.
          Available:      Department of Revenue and Taxation.

          Guam Healing Arts Fiscal Year 1989 Annual Report; Health
          Professional Licensing Section, Bureau of Professional Support
          Services; Department of Public Health and Social Services;
          annually. This report contains a narrative report, statistical
          data, and listing of all health professionals issued licenses to





                                          61









         ECN 62



         practice their respective healing arts. The licensing
         authorities comprise:

              1.    The Commission on Licensure
              2.    Guam Board of Medical Examiners
              3.    Guam Board of Nurse Examiners
              4.    Guam Board of Dental Examiners
              5.    Guam Board of Examiners for Optometry
              6.    Guam Board of Examiners for Pharmacy
              7.    Guam Board of Allied Health Examiners who is
                    responsible for multi-disciplinary health
                    professionals. Theses are:


                              a.   Acupuncture
                              b.   Chiropractic
                              C.   Clinical Psychology
                              d.   Osteopathic Medicine
                              e.   Physician Assistants
                              f.   Physical Therapy
                              g.   Veterinary Medicine
         Available:      Department of' Public Health and Social Services.



























                                          62










                                                                         EDU 1



                                        EDUCATION



          CONTENTS:


          General Educational Planning and Management                   EDU 2

          Education Statistics                                          EDU    8

          Education Studies                                             EDU  10

          Curriculum and Program Planning/Evaluation                    EDU  14

          Vocational Education, Career Education,
          Adult Education                                               EDU  17

          Bilingual/Bicultural Education                                EDU  22

          Special Education                                             EDU  27

          Head Start                                                    EDU  28

          Teachers                                                      EDU  29

































                                           63









         .EDU 2



         GENERAL EDUCATIONAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT


         Feasibility Study for Regi)nal Educational Laboratory in the
         Pacific Basin; U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare;
         November 1966. A study with the purpose of assessing the
         feasibility of developing a Pacific Regional Educational
         Laboratory. Subsidiary goals were to assess the interest in
         cooperation for research and development among educational
         agencies in the region, gather data on educational concerns,
         consider possible strategies for cooperation, etc.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Master Plan of Schools; Department of Land management; 1967. A
         study that examines existing school conditions, defines the needs
         for improving and expanding public educational facilities, and
         recommends strategic sites for these facilities to serve
         population centers. Contains discussions of population
         characteristics and projections, school enrollment information,
         and facilities and construction timetables.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         History of Catholic Education in the Marianas; Diocese of Guam;
         1968. A brief description and history of each Cathqlic school on
         Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Schools of  Guam During Japanese Occupation; Arlene B. Smith;
         1970. An unpublished Master-Is Thesis at University of Guam.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Proiect to Strengthen Elementary and Secondary Education in Guam,
         Volume I; Education Objectives Commission and Northwest Regional
         Educational Laboratory; July 1970. Final report presented in
         fulfillment of a contract funded under U.S. Office of Education.
         Objectives in project were to establish, train, and provide
         technical support to an Education Objectives Commission, to
         coordinate educational developments on Guam, and to train
         educational personnel to function as long-range educational
         planners. Report presents overview, procedures, and activities,
         implemented and recommended, to meet objectives stated above.
         Available:      Research Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.

         Guam Master Plan - Public Education; William L. Thuemmel; not
         dated but after 1970. This report is a summary of "A Study of
         the Public Education Factors of Guam," a portion of the first
         phase of the General Master Plan prepared by same author.
         Discusses the public school system, the University of Guam,
         educational characteristics, and projects requiring educational
         facilities through 1990.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.




                                          64









                                                                         EDU 3



           Self-Study Reiport to the senior Commission - Western Association
           of Schools and Colleges; University of Guam; 1973. A very
           detailed report submitted for accreditation to WASC. The report
           contains a summary and evaluates statements on various aspects of
           the University of Guam and explores the following issues:
           Educational task of the institution. Is the institution organized
           to have the necessary resources to carry out the task? Are the
           programs of instruction and research adequate to serve the
           institution's purposes? Is student life on campus relevant to
           the institution's educational task? Are the objectives being
           achieved?
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           System Manuals for Management of the Guam Department of
           Education; Department of Education and EPIC Diversified Systems
           Corporation; 1973. A series of systems manuals designed for each
           major division of the Department of Education; one manual for
           each Associate Superintendent and each Division Administrator.
           Manuals record and communicate a management design for
           systematically planning and organizing, installing and operating,
           communicating, and evaluating each DOE activity or function.
           Each manual contains goals, organization chart, critical work
           activities, systems and tasks for each critical work activity,
           and Gantt chart.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Working Papers for an Operational Philosophy of Education in the
           Guam Schools; Worldwide Education and Research Institute;
           February 1973. Results of six committees' analyses of what
           values, in an operational sense, should guide the philosophy of
           education on Guam. Booklet contains value statements covering
           all aspects of education operations and was to serve as a
           beginning for a more thorough and comprehensive development of an
           operational philosophy.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           An Analysis of Educational Concerns for Guam; Worldwide Education
           and Research Institute; February 1973. Working papers of six
           committees established to assess and identify the most critical
           needs of education for Guam. Twenty-six concerns were
           identified, analyzed, and assigned a critically factor (extremely
           critical, critical, or important). A brief analysis of each
           concern included facts, values, and a narrative validation of
           need.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Directions in Education - 1974; Guam U.S.A.; Department of
           Education; November 1974. A study of public education on Guam in





                                           65









          EDU 4



          terms of past activities since 1970, major administrative
          achievements, education programs from 1970-1974, and goals for
          continued progress toward problem solution for years 1974-1978.
          Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


          Blue Ribbon Committee Report; Blue Ribbon Committee; January
          1.975. A report commissioned by Governor Bordallo that attempts
          to determine the major problems facing the educational system on
          Guam at that time. The Committee recommends a complete
          reorganization of the Department of Education.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Territorial Board of Education Policies; updated periodically.
          Specific business administrative/personnel mandates and policies,
          instructional policies, emergency procedures, community
          relations, policies and other information regarding policies of
          DOE and the Board of Education.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Mission of A Multi-cultural University: Advanced Training or
          Continuing Education ?; James A. Newby, University of Guam; 1979.
          A discussion of philosophical issues regarding the mission of
          multi-cultural universities, and the University of Guam in order
          to do justice to the educational needs of its constituency.
          Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


          Laws Governing the Department of Education; Charles H. Troutman
          and Kevin L. Mannix; April 1979. All laws concerning the
          Department of Education are specified by titles, chapters, and
          sections. No interpretations are given.
          Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of' Education.

          The Mission of the University of Guam 'Inina Fina'Na' Gue Yan
          Setbisio; University of Guam; 1980. A planning information
          document which describes the goals and objectives of the
          University of Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam, President's Office.

          University of Guam Physical Master Plan; University of Guam;
          1982. A physical plan that addresses the physical resources and
          potentials of the University with suggestions and recommendations
          based on prioritized needs. Includes a status assessment of
          physical resources and an overlay with suggested additions and
          renovations.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          University of Guam Academic Master Plan; University of Guam; 1988
          (biennial). An academic master plan that articulates the




                                          '66









                                                                         EDU 5



           educational goals of the University for the future. A history of
           the University, its system and organization, and a summary of
           issues involved in implementation of the mission are described.
           Each college and research institutes' plans are included, along
           with instructional and other academic objectives.
           Available:      University of Guam, President's office.

           Physical Master Plan - A University In Transition - A Plan For
           Acheiving Excellence (Draft); Vicente R.L.G. Perez, et al.,
           University of Guam Physical Master Plan Committee; 1985. A
           physical master plan including an assessment of the University's
           physical resources, a resources utilization plan, and suggestions
           for implementation.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           University of Guam Facts and Figures 1952-1982; University of
           Guam; 1985. A reference guide for facts and figures about the
           University since 1952. General and historical information is
           presented along with data on students, faculty, physical
           facilities, and finances.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Blueprint for Excellence; Territorial Board of Education,
           Guam Department of Education; 1986. A mini plan addressing the
           basic philosophy and goals of the Guam Department of Education,
           and how these goals will be implemented.
           Availablet      Bureau of Planning Library.
                   I
           St. John's School - Conference Report; St. John's School Long
           Range Planning Committee; 1986. A report which summarizes
           activities of a planning conference for long range goals of the
           school.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           St. John's School; after 1986. This document contains basic
           information about St. John's School in Tamuning including
           financial, enrollment and staff/faculty data and both national
           and local information relevant to St. John's School goals and
           future plans regarding education. Good summary of the local
           educational system (public and private) and economic indicators
           and national demographic changes relevant to education.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           University of Guam Physical Master Plan; Space Management
           Consultants; 1987. A physical plan in eight sections:
           introduction, existing space analysis, departmental analysis,
           projections, design guidelines, facility program, the physical
           master plan implementation and preliminary cost estimates, and
           concepts regarding financing of the physical master plan
           implementation.
           Available:      University of Guam, President's Office.





                                            67









         EDU 6



         University of Guam Physical Master Plan: Executive Summary of
         the Final Report; Space Management Consultants, Inc.; November
         1.987. Executive Summary of the final planning and programming
         report for the University of Guam Physical Master Plan.
         Available:      Bureau of Planninq Library.

         University of Guam - Building the Future - Physical Master Plan -
         Phase I; University of Guam; 1988. A physical plan to expand the
         University of Guam's Robert F. Kennedy Library Learning Resource
         Center (LRC), and construction of a new Micronesian Area Research
         Center (MARC) and new Computer Center.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Partnership for Im2rovement - Guam and the Department of Defense;
         Department of Education; 1988. This planning document summarizes
         and discusses the results of the Nevarez Report (sponsored by the
         Department of Defense and the U.S. Department of Education) on
         the quality of education in Guam's schools. Specific agreements
         reached and targeted improvements are listed.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Department of Education - Goal Statements, School Years
         1989-1991; Department of Education; 1988. A summary of the Guam
         Department of Education's overall goals and specific objectives
         for 1989 through 1991. Goals and objectives summarized include:
         instruction, curriculum, operations, support, and
         school/community relations.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Attendance Policy Impact; Jeffery Shafer, Ed.D., Guam Department
         of Education; 1989. A study which evaluates and analyzes the
         impact of a new attendance policy established by the Territorial
         Board of Education in February 1988 for Guam's public schools.
         Immediate impact is assessed and data for six years of absentee
         averages for the month of February are presented.
         Recommendations and suggestions for monitoring absenteeism are
         made.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Research Council Policies of the University of Guam; University
         of Guam, Office of Graduate School and Research; June 1989.
         Summarizes policies and procedures of the University of Guam's
         Research Council. This report includes policy guidelines for the
         approval of research grants, research council funds, human
         subjects research, disposition of funds, and organizational
         matters pertaining to research under the auspices of the
         University of Guam.
         Available:      University of Guam, Office of Graduate School and
                         Research.









                                          68








                                                                        EDU 7



           University of Guam - Coming of Age; The University of Guam
           Endowment Foundation Inc; 1989. This concise report presents an
           overview and history of the University, its role in the Pacific
           region, the University's Master Plan, and descriptions of each
           college and research center/institutes.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Description of Federal Programs-School Year-Department of
           Education; Federal Programs Office, Department of Education,
           annually since 1979. An annual publication that provides a
           compilation and overview of current federal education grant
           programs. This handbook provides, for each program, the
           following information: federal domestic assistance catalog
           number, authorizing federal legislation, program's objectives and
           purposes, brief history of funding, grant period, grant number,
           and method of payment. The major programs covered include
           educationally deprived children, libraries and learning
           resources, educational innovation and support, bilingual
           education, emergency and special programs, teacher corps, teacher
           centers, handicapped children, gifted and talented children, head
           start, and administrative programs.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library, and Department of
                          Education, Federal Programs Office.

           General Educational Planning and Management Projects-Federally
           Funded.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library or from the specific
                          program.

                     Leadership In Educational Administration Development
                     (LEAD), FY 1989; Department of Education; 1988. A
                     program which is designed to improve school
                     amdinistrators leadership skills.

                     Territorial Teacher Training Assistance Program, FY
                     1981 through 1989; Department of Education. A
                     continuing program of training assistance to enable
                     teachers to meet certification requirements.

                     State Administrative Expense (SAE) Funds, FY 1974
                     through 1989; Department of Education; 1988. A
                     continuing program to be used for administrative cost
                     incurred in connection with School Breakfast and Lunch
                     Programs, Food Distribution Program, and Child Care
                     Food Program.

                     Drug Free Schools and Communities Fund, FY 1987-1988;
                     Department of Education and the Office of the Governor,
                     1987. A program of drug abuse prevention.






                                           69








         EDU 8


                    Family Living Skills and Concepts, FY 1988; Department
                    of Education; 1987. A program to provid-eeducational
                    and intervention/counseling services.

                    School Drop-Out Prevention Program, FY 1988-1989;
                    Department of Education; 1988. A program to reiiuce the
                    number of dropouts in the public school system through
                    prevention efforts and services.


         Analysis of Selected Variables and Their Influence on Reported
         Incidence of Vandalism in the Guam Public Schools; Jeff Shafer,
         Department of Education; 1975. A preliminary study to determine
         if there are factors that might influence the rate of vandalism
         in the schools. Four variables were hypothesized and the
         Spearman-Rank Correlation Coefficients were computed.
         Recommendations are also presented.
         Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.

         Department  of Education Space Utilization Study; Department of
         Education,  February 1983. A report which summarizes statistics
         on enrollment and subsequent, utilization of space within schools
         A document for planning space and classroom usage.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Proposed Southern High School; Department of Education; April
         1983. A report which provia-es supportive documentation, data,
         and information for a southern high school on Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         University of Guam Equal EmRloyment ORRortunity Program -
         Affirmative Action Plan; University of Guam; May 20, 1988. A
         summary of the University's policies relating to equal
         opportunity based on laws prohibiting discrimination.
         Available:      University of Guam.


         EDUCATION STATISTICS


         Systems Analysis Report on Information Retrieval System; EPIC
         Diversified Systems Corporation; June 1974. This study assesses
         the Department of Education's informational needs; analyzes
         status of information retrieval capabilities of the Statistical
         Services unit, recommends a program for development and expansion
         of the functions of the Statistical Services Unit; and presents
         in detail an Enrollment Statistics System including data
         collection procedures, processing requirements, and output
         specifications and procedures.
         Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division.,
                         D partment of Education.






                                          70








                                                                         EDU 9



           Guam Department of Education Statistical Tables 1953-1988;
           Division of Research, Planning and Evaluation, Department of
           Education; January 1989. A compilation of thirty-five years of
           active enrollment of the Guam Department of Education. Data on a
           variety of subjects within the field of education are presented
           including:. enrollment (public and private); teachers and other
           personnel; graduates; finances - federal funds for education;
           enrollment projections; attendance; per pupil costs; and other
           related data.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Guam Projectio s of Public School Enrollments, 1977-78 to 1984-
           85; Department of Education; updated periodically. Public school
           enrollment projections for grades kindergarten through twelfth
           grades. Tables include school enrollment projections based on
           live births 1976-1980; school enrollment projections based on
           cohort survival ratios; summary of enrollment projections, and
           enrollment projections by grade level.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Parent-Pupil Survey Impact Aid Application; Department of
           Education. Annual survey conducted by Department Of Education to
           gather information for preparation of reports required under
           Federal Law. Survey requests information concerning each
           student's parents and their employer.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Student Roster; Department of Education. Yearly report
           distributed to the schools during September of each year listing
           all students attending that school. Report lists Student Number,
           Name, Sex, Grade, and Homeroom Number.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Monthly Active Enrollment Report; Research Planning and
           Evaluation Division, Department of Education. Monthly summary
           report prepared by Statistical Services listing each public
           school and the number of students enrolled in each grade/level by
           sex. Also provides summary statistics for enrollment.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Student Personnel-Military Breakdown; Research Planning and
           Evaluation, Department of Education. Monthly summary report
           listing all elementary and secondary schools with the number of
           military-connected (both active military and civilian) students






                                            71









         EDU 10



         in each school.
         Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.

         Entry and Re-Entry Information Report; Weekly report prepared by
         each school and sent to Research Planning and Evaluation
         Division, Department of Education. Report lists all students
         entering or re-entering the Guam Public School System. Report
         includes date, student's name, sex, grade, transferring from
         (where) and reason.
         Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.

         Transfer-Out, Withdrawal or Drop-Outs; Weekly report prepared by
         each school and sent to Department of Education. Report lists
         all students transferring, withdrawing, or dropping-out of that
         particular school. Report includes date, sex, grade, reason,
         age, name of student, residence, and transferring to (where).
         Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of' Education.

         Monthly Attendance Summary; Monthly report prepared by each
         school and sent to Department of Education. Date is entered into
         report on a daily basis and indicates the number of absences by
         grade and sex for all grades/levels and special education
         programs for each school.
         Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.

         Monthly Statistical Information; Department of Education.
         Monthly report presenting statistical information for each school
         on Guam. Report includes enrollment by sex and grade/level,
         ethnic and military student information, staffing and personnel
         information, and facilities for each grade/level.
         Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.



         EDUCATION STUDIES


         A substantial number of Master's theses, dissertations and
         special projects related to education on Guam are available from
         the University of Guam's Robert F. Kennedy Memorial Library, the
         Office of Graduate School and Research, or the Micronesian Area
         Research Center's Pacific Collection. A bibliography of master's
         theses and special projects is available at the University of
         Guam's Robert F. Kennedy Memorial Library which lists these
         studies from 1969-1988.


         In Search of a Home: Colonial Education in Micronesia; Francis
         X. Hezel, S.J., University of Guam-MARC; no date. A reference




                                           72








                                                                       EDU 11



          paper that addresses issues of conflict involved in a colonial
          based ideological educational systems in Micronesia. The cross
          cultural conflicts of goals and values of the colonial system(s)
          are discussed along with the subsequent effect on Micronesians,
          and political discontent related to educational based
          'citizenship'.
          Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

          A Study of Early School Leavers on Guam; Northwest Regional
          Educational Laboratory; May 1971. Objectives were to: 1)
          identify the personal and school related characteristics which
          distinguish the early school leaver from those students who
          graduated from high school, and 2) identify factors which cause
          students to leave the Guam public school system before graduating
          without transferring to another school. Study used school
          records, personal interview techniques, and group seminars for
          data collection. 62 statistical tables included.
          Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

          Abstracts--Guam Educational Variable Survey Report, February 1974
          and September 1974; Halpin-Croft Organizational Climate
          Description Questionnaire Report, February 1974; Jeffrey Shafer,
          Department of Education; 1974. A collection of three studies
          done in 1974. An Education Variable Survey was done to collect
          information on selected variables with respect to their degree of
          influence on third, sixth, ninth, and twelfth grade students in
          the areas of mathematics and language arts. The February 1974
          report presents the results of a validation study conducted
          across the total island to determine validity of the Pilot
          Survey. The Halpin-Croft Organizational Climate Description
          Questionnaire Report presents the results of a study on the
          organizational climate of the schools.
          Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

          Assessment  of the Effect of Drug Education on Students in a Guam
          Public High School; Ray Lee Smith; 1977. An unpublished Master's
          Thesis for University of Guam.
          Available:      University of Guam Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          A Comparison of Observed and Expected Suspensions in Guam
          Secondary Schools; Jeffrey E. Shafer; December 1978. This report
          outlines the ethnic and sex makeup of Guam secondary schools and
          compares the number of suspensions across ethnic groups to the
          proportions of these groups represented in the population.
          Certain recommendations are offered with respect to investigating
          the area of suspensions further.
          Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.





                                           73









         EDU 12


         Micronesian Student Percep:ions of Four Critical Components of
         Higher Education at the University of Guam; Fran Lather; 1980. A
         study reporting on a survey of 43 Micronesian students at
         University of Guam to determine their level of satisfaction with
         faculty advisors, activities, course work, campus activities and
         services, and cross-cultur'al communication. The report includes
         an historical review on post-secondary education and a review of
         problem areas in educational reform.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Deficiencies of Norm-Referenced Achievement Tests; Jeffrey E.
         Shafer; January 1980. A paper discussing four weaknesses of
         standardized achievement tests (norm-referenced tests): Extreme
         generality of description leads to mismatches between what is
         tested and what is taught; Provides insufficient guidelines to
         improve substandard instructional programs; Systematic tendencies
         to eliminate test items covering the most important things
         taught; and Possibilities of' cultural bias.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Bridging Cultural Gaps, and the Problems of Cross Cultural
         Education in Micronesia; Dirk A. Ballendorf, University of Guam
         Micronesian Area Research Center; July 1980. A paper which
         discusses cultural differences in values which influence
         education and educational/cultural dilemmas in Micronesia.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Island Voyagers in New Quests: An Assessment of Degree
         Completion Among Micronesian College Students; Randy L. Workman,
         et al.; 1981. An empirical study of Micronesian college
         dropouts. Purpose of the study was to examine the situation of
         postsecondary education in Micronesia and why some students
         complete their college degrees while others "drop out" or "stop
         out" temporarily. Document includes discussions on education and
         knowledge in Micronesia, description of the study population,
         assessment of the situation with regard to Micronesian college
         completers and non-completers from Ponape and Kosrae, and
         detailed explorations of potential factors of why some
         Micronesian college students do not complete degree programs.
         Study was based on interviews and surveys of 152 Micronesians.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Effects of Three Strategies on Listening Comprehension of
         Second Grade Remedial Students on Guam; Dorothy R. Wintteile,
         Department of Education, Curriculum and Instruction Division;
         1987. A study on improving listening skills among two groups of
         2nd graders. A pre/post testing of listening comprehension using
         modified SRA subtests for listening comprehension was used.
         Available:     Curriculum Instruction Division, Department of
                        Education.







                                         74








                                                                       EDU 13



           Parent Involvement in Public and Private Schools on Guam; Louanna
           Watt; 1988. A dissertation for the University of Oregon.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

           High School and Beyond: The Class of 1988, Our Seniors; What are
           Their Plans?; Jeffrey Shafer, Department of Education; February
           1988. This study presents data for SY 1988 and represents the
           sixth consecutive year results of the High School and Beyond
           Survey administered to high school seniors in public and Catholic
           Schools. Data from the study and for previous years provide
           information to school administrators on how to improve education
           in their schools, program planning, counseling, and guidance.
           Data is presented for comparison of Guam with the National
           Longitudinal Survey of High School and Beyond conducted by the
           ETS (Educational Testing Service).
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library and Department of
                          Education.


           Basic Skill Mastery Test Results: School Year 1987-1988; Jeffrey
           Shafer, Department of Education; August 1988. A summary of the
           test results for school year 1987-1988 on two measures of student
           achievement: the Guam Basic Skills Mastery Test (BSMT) and the
           Science Research Associates (SRA) Achievement Test. Mastery
           criteria, goals, and student performance are summarized.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Long-term Enrollment Behavior of Degree Seeking Students At Guam
           Community College; David Graham Watt; 1988. A dissertation for
           the University of Oregon.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center, Pacific
                          Collection.


           Department of Education Dropouts, Problems and Solutions; Jeffrey
           Shafer, Department of Education; February 1989. A summary of
           available data and previous studies on dropouts in Guam's public
           schools, as well as recent studies and procedures used to assess
           Guam's dropout rate and comparison with the national dropout
           rate. Data collection problems are assessed, and dropout
           prevention strategies summarized.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Compact of Free Association: The Impact of Students From These
           Areas on Guam's School System; Jeffrey Shafer, Department of
           Education; not dated but around April 1989. This report assesses
           the impact of the Compact of Free Association on Guam's school
           system. The Compact allows citizens from the Freely Associated
           States the right to attend school in the United States and its
           possessions. Migration issues are discussed along with specific






                                            75








         EDU 14



         enrollment and financial cost information. Potential problems
         are summarized.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Student Alcohol and Drug Use Survey 1989-1990; Department of
         Education, Cirriculum and Instruction Division; 1989. The
         results of an alcohol and drug use survey administered to high
         school students as part of the Drug Free Schools agenda. A
         student alcohol and drug use: survey of 60 (sixty) questions
         comprised of concerned with the knowledge students have regarding
         different drugs and alcohol and actual experiences and attitudes
         of young people.
         Available:     Curriculum and Instruction Division, Department of
                        Education.


         The National Association of State Boards of Education (NASBE)
         HIV/AIDS Education Survey: Profiles of State Policy Actions;
         Marie Shumacher and Katherine Fraser for the Department of
         Education, Curriculum and Instruction Division; 1989. The Survey
         is NASBE's second effort to collect and analyze state policies
         related specifically to HIV/AIDS education. It is designed to
         communicate important information to state board of education
         members, legislators, & other state policymakers. The
         information contained in the survey includes:

         1.   State policies that require HIV/AIDS education for
              elementary/secondary students.
         2.   Recommendations of state education leaders & state education
              agency regarding HIV/AIDS education.
         3.   General health education requirements and intergration of
              HIVAIDS education into these requirements.
         4.   Resources,- state funding, and number of staff members within
              state education agency dedicated specifically to HIV/AIDS
              education.
         5.   A broad overview of state education agency activities such
              as teacher and staff in-.service training, materials
              development, educational. surveillance, and evaluation
              activities.

         Available:     Curriculum Instruction Division, Department of
                        Education.


         CURRICULUM AND PROGRAM PLANNING/EVALUATION

         An Examination of Rescheduled School Year Plans and Their
         Implications for Guam; Richard G. Tennessen and Atanacio
         Gutierrez; 1969. A more detailed report than the one developed
         by the same authors in 1971 with the same information. This
         report discusses the differences between traditional and
         rescheduled school calendars, presents a description of,schools




                                         76








                                                                        EDU 15



          currently using rescheduled calendars, reports on experimentation
          projects using a rescheduled school calendar. Discusses at
          length the implications and schedules that could be used on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Report of Rescheduled School Year Plans and Recommendations for
          Action; Richard G. Tennessen and Atanacio Gutierrez; 1971. A
          report describing national developments, local realities and
          suggesting a course of action with regard to developing a
          rescheduled school year for Guam. Discusses rescheduled school
          year terminology and plans, advantages and disadvantages, Guam's
          need for classrooms, recommended actions, statement on year-round
          education, comments from theorists and comments from
          practitioners.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Feasibility Study, Final Report, Year Round Schools; Sid Cottrell
          and Jeffrey Shafer, Department of Education; July 1973. Results
          and recommendations for a study to determine the feasibility of
          revising the 9-month school year to a year-round school year.
          Target Study Area Schools were recommended and results of
          operational considerations were presented. The year-round
          system, 45-15 plan for elementary, and four-quarter or quinmester
          plan for secondary are described.
          Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

          Impact Evaluation of Cooperative Extension Education on Guam;
          Carmen L.G. Pearson; 1979. A Master's thesis for the University
          of Arizona 1979.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

          1978-79 Needs Assessment Report; Department of Education and
          Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory; 1978. The 1979
          language arts needs assessment. Seeks to answer: What is the
          language arts curriculum? What is the degree of implementation
          of efforts currently underway to revise the curriculum? What
          district-wide, written processes and procedures are involved in
          developing changes or revisions to the curriculum? What is their
          status?
          Available:      Office of Research, Planning and Evaluation
                          Division, Department of Education.

          Guam Department of Education Program Budgeting Workshop; James
          Rose and Edwin Steinbrecher, Northwest Regional Educational
          Laboratory; August 1980. Notebook for the Planning, Programming
          and Budgeting System workshop held in August 1980. Chapters
          include a bibliography, account codes, planning requirements,





                                            77







        EDU 16



        programming, budgeting, and -the systems concept.
        Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                        Department of Education.

        Proceedings of  the First Annual Symposium on Reading Education;
        University of Guam; 1981. A collection of papers on reading
        development, reading education, reading and language, and
        problems *
        Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.


        Status of Planning, Programming and Budgeting System
        Implementation for the Guam Department of Education; Dr.
        Katherine B. Aguon, Department of Education; March 1981. A
        report submitted to the Guam Legislature on the status of
        implementation of the PPBS system. The goals of the system are:
        determining the most efficient and effective use of resources;
        improve planning and decision-making; increasing participation of
        all personnel in planning and budgeting; and improving
        evaluations, communication and reporting.
        Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                        Department of Education.

        Tests and Measurements For Teachers; Anthony Kallingal,
        University of Guam; 1982. A concise guide of tests and
        measurements for teachers. Includes basic concepts, planning
        teacher-made tests, basic statistics for measurement, evaluating
        tests, test score interpretation and norm, measuring skills or
        psychomotor outcomes, measuring effective outcomes, standardized
        tests of aptitude and achievement, and assessment of exceptional
        children.
        Available:           Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                             Collection.


        A High School Anthology of Literature Relative to The Island of
        Guam; Mary H. Crisostomo; 1987. A University of Guam Master's
        Thesis.
        Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

        The Development and Validation of A High School Textbook on The
        Ancient Chamorros of Guam; Lawrence J. Cunningham; 1987. A
        dissertation for the University of Oregon.
        Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.


        Pacific Post Secondary Education Council's Upward Bound Program
        External Evaluation Report; Kenneth L. Carriveau and Associates;
        1988. An evaluation of the Upward Bound project, it's providing
        of services, performance outcomes, finances and accomplishments.







                                         78








                                                                         EDU 17



           Conclusions and recommendations for the future are given.
           Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.


           Cooperative Extension Service - University of Guam - Plan of
           Work; annually since 1975. A plan that lists proposed activities
           each year for the Cooperative Extension Service at the University
           of Guam. Includes administration, agriculture and natural
           resources, home economics, 4-H youth programs, and community
           development.
           Available: Cooperative Extension Service, University of Guam.

           Curriculum and Program Proposals -- Federally Funded.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library or from the specific
                           program.

                      Consolidated Grant Program, FY 1982 through 1989;
                      Department of Education. A continuing program which
                      implements several educational programs including
                      gifted and talented education, basic skills
                      improvement, drivers education, and others.

                      School Health Education To Prevent the Spread of AIDS,
                      FY 1988-1989; Department of Education; 1988. A program
                      to design and implement a curriculum to combat the
                      spread of AIDS.

           Audit Reports; Department of Education. Each year many programs
           at Department of Education are audited - either for federal
           funding purposes or evaluated as to the effectiveness or success
           of the program. These audit reports can be found at the Office
           of Federal Programs and/or the Research, Planning and Evaluation
           Division, Department of Education.

           Annual Report, Office of Research, Planning and Evaluation,
           Department of Education; Dr. Jeffrey Shafer-,* annually. A report
           on the objectives, status of objectives, studies, services, and
           long range goals of this office.
           Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                           Department of Education.



           VOCATIONAL  EDUCATION, CAREER EDUCATION, ADULT EDUCATION

           Guam-Based  Career Education; Division of Career and Occupational
           Education,  Department of Education; June 1975. A document
           presenting  the conceptual foundation for Guam-Based Career
           Education. Includes the philosophy, rationales, and expected
           outcomes for Career Education on Guam.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.





                                            79








         EDU 18



         Program Evaluation of Adult Education in Guam-Phase 1: 1976 -
         1977; The Committee for Needs Assessment and Evaluation of Adult
         Education on Guam and Far West Laboratory for Educational
         Research and Development; 1977. A report on the first year of a
         three year evaluation with the intent to define current priority
         needs and collect program baseline data to form a basis for
         obtaining evidence of Adult Education program effectiveness.
         Contains baseline data from surveys, program evaluation forms,
         and other sources. Summaries and recommendations are made.
         Phase 11: 1977-1978; The purpose of the second phase was to
         describe the program as it existed in FY 1978, better define
         priority needs of students and instructional staff, and assess
         the effectiveness of the program for the purpose of improving it.
         Available:     Guam Community College, President's Office.

         Competency-Based Adult High School Diploma Program - Guam Study;
         Far West Laboratory; 1979. A study to determine what specific
         knowledge and skills adults living on Guam believe are needed to
         succeed in today's world. A survey was administered to students,
         teachers, administrators, and the general population to develop a
         prioritized list of essential "core competencies" which was then
         translated into curriculum content for a competency-based adult
         high school diploma program. Presents results of survey.
         Available:     Guam Community College, President's Office.

         Adult Education Programs in the Pacific Territories: Assessment
         Issues; Far West Laboratory; 1980. A study to explore those
         factors in the Pacific basin territories which might affect the
         conduct and validity of assessments of their adult education
         programs. The study determined what special factors need to be
         considered and whether the Pacific territories should be
         evaluated in the same way as stateside communities. Procedures
         involved questionnaires, interviews of key personnel, review of
         printed materials and observations. The report contains specific
         conclusions and recommendations.
         Available:     Guam Community College, President's Office.

         Guam Community College Master Plan; Albert Tsutsui, Inc., for the
         Guam Community College; 1981. A report presenting a facility
         planning program for a new Guam Community College at a Barrigada
         site. Preliminary space and facility requirements were based on
         an abstract of four existing community college education
         specifications. The report presents discussions on the Guam
         Community College's role, organization, history, programs,
         project site, design plans, and projected costs.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Community College Student Services Division Counselina
         Department - Description and Services Delivery Plans; Guam
         Community College; 1983. A summary of service delivery and
         program description for vocational guidance and counseling,




                                         80








                                                                       EDU 19



          testing and placement, health counseling and education, health
          screening and emergency first aid, consultation and research,
          recruitment and public relations and student rights advocacy.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Inventory and Description of Educational and Training Programs in
          Guam; Guam Occupational Information Coordinating Committee;
          January 1985. A list of education and training programs on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Community  College Graduate Follow-up and Employer Survey,
          1987; Guam Community College; 1979 to present. A survey to
          determine the employment status of students who graduated from
          the Guam Community College.
          Available:      Guam Community College, President's Office.

          Guam Community College - A Guide To The Vocational High School
          Program, 1988-1989; 1988. A student guide to programs at the
          College's Vocational High School.
          Available:      Guam Community College, President's Office.

          Guam Community College Counseling Department Tasks and Estimated
          Man-Hours (School Year 1988-1989); Guam Community College; 1988.
          A discription of program tasks for counselors and estimated
          person-hours for accomplishing these tasks.
          Available:      Guam Community College, President's Office.

          Tourism Educational Needs Assessment - Volume I; Peat-Marwick
          Management Consulting, for Guam Community College; July 1988. An
          assessment of job and educational needs relative to Guam
          Community College as well as the wider community. An executive
          summary is included, along with an economic and demographic
          overview of Guam, a summary of Guam's tourist industry and job
          market, available tourism industry resources and recommendations
          for visitor industry educational programs. Funding and
          information sources are suggested and numerous exhibits
          (statistical tables) presented. Appendix (Volume II) contains
          Recommended Tourism Industry Educational Programs For Guam. The
          appendix makes specific suggestions, along with descriptions and
          comments, on tourism awareness and hospitality industry
          vocational training and education.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Community College Five Year Master Plan 1990-1995; Guam
          Community College; 1989. Includes a summary and overview of the
          college, its mission and goals, programs, staff, students,
          facilities, regional role and the conditions for future
          development, strategies for action, plan of action, resources and
          data appendices.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.




                                           81









         EDU 20



        Western Pacific Educational Center Work Plan; College of Business
        and Public Administration, University of Guam, and the Rose
        Institute of State and Local Government, Claremont McKenna
        College; 1989. This program plan summarizes the need for and
        establishment of, a Western Pacific Educational Training Center,
        and summarizes the work plan for the center. Designed as a
        region "school without walls" to serve the region, the center
        would focus on financial management and information systems
        training. The work plan includes a summary of the purpose,
        goals, and administrative structure of the center, and its
        programs and course content.
        Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

        Vocational Education Data Sy3tem Reports; Guam Community College.
        An annual statistical report submitted to the National Center for
        Education Statistics which covers data about vocational education
        on Guam. Contains the following information: Secondary Program
        Enrollment and Completion Report (program enrollment by ethnicity
        and sex); Post-secondary Program Enrollment and Completion Report
        (program enrollment by ethnicity and sex); Secondary Teacher -
        Staff Report (number of instructional staff for each program
        assignment by sex and ethnicity); Financial Status Report;
        Completer/Leaver Follow-up Report (number of students completing
        and/or leaving programs by programs they completed, and those
        employed in a field related to training and employed in a field
        not related to training by program); Completer/Leaver Follow-up
        Report (employment status by instructional program for leavers
        who completed over half of the program by type of employment:
        civilian or military); Employment Status by Racial/Ethnic/Sex
        Designation; Employment Status of Handicapped Completers/Leavers.
        Available:      Guam Community College, President's Office.

        Semester Enrollment Report - Guam Community College; Guam
        Community College. Enrollment report produced each semester for
        the Adult Education, Apprenticeship and Training, Post-Secondary,
        and Secondary Programs. Report breaks down enrollment by
        instructional programs, racial/ethnic designation, sex, full-
        time/part-time, alien status, and work-study enrollees.
        Available:      Guam Community College, President's Office.

        Apprenticeship  and Training ivision Monthly Activity Report;
        Guam Community  College. A monthly report specifying information
        on apprentices  enrolled at GCC. Includes number of registered,
        pending and active apprentices; number applying, recruited,
        terminated. Also reports age, sex, and ethnic characteristics of
        apprentices for each trade.
        Available:      Guam Community College, President's Office.








                                         82








                                                                        EDU 21



          Vocational Education Plans - Federally Funded.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library or from the specific
                          program.

                     Integating Engineering Technology With Diverse Island
                     Cultures, FY 1989; Guam Community College; 1989. A
                     program to upgrade and modernize the electronics
                     engineering program.

                     Two Year State Plan for the Administration of
                     Vocational Education - FY 1989, 1990; Guam Community
                     College; 1988.

                     Vocational Education State Plan - FY 1986, 1987, 1988;
                     Guam Community College; 1985.

                     Annual State Plan for Vocational Education - FY 1985;
                     Guam Community College; 1984.

                     Annual State Plan for Vocational Education - FY 1984;
                     Guam Community College; 1983.

                     Five Year and Annual State Plan for Vocational
                     Education - FY 1983-1987; Guam Community College; 1983.

                     Territorial Annual Program Plan for Vocational
                     Education - 1981; Guam Community College; 1980.

                     Annual Program Plan for Vocational Education - 1980;
                     Guam Community College; 1979. An application for funds
                     in support of the vocational education programs
                     administered through the Guam Community College.

                     Territorial Plan for Career Education - FY 1980-83;
                     Guam Community College; 1979.

                     Territorial Plan for Vocational Education - FY 1979;
                     Guam Community College; 1979.

                     Guam Five-Year and Annual State Plan for Vocational
                     Education; Department of Education; 1977.


          Adult Education Plans - Federally Funded.
            Available:    Bureau of Planning Library or from the specific
                          program.

                     Guam Adult Education State Plan; Guam Community
                     College; 1989. FY 1990-1993. Most recent adult
                     education plan for Guam.






                                            83








         EDU 22



                   Guam Adult Education State Plan; Guam Community
                   College   FY 1979 through 1988. A continuing program
                   to address adult education needs.


         Other Program Plans - Federally Funded.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library or from the specific
                        program.

                   Title III Non Competing Continuing Application, FY 1985
                   through 1990; Guam Community College.
                   An institutional plan focusing on management
                   improvement, instructional computerization and
                   programs, student retention.

                   Student Support Services Program,--F',.' 1989; Guam
                   Community College; 1988. A program for tutorial
                   assistance and peer counseling to eligible
                   disadvantaged students.

                   Undergraduate Faculty Enhancement Program, FY 1989;
                   Guam Community College; 1989. A program to enhance and
                   upgrade undergraduate faculty skills.

         Annual Report - Guam Community College; Guam Community College.
         Annual reports discuss the accomplishments of GCC during the past
         year. Presents the organization of GCC, an overview of the
         curriculum, personnel staffing information, finance, facilities,
         manpower resource development, and a section on statistics
         relating to GCC.
         Available:     Guam Community College, President's Office.


         BILINGUAL/BICULTURAL EDUCATION

         A Survey of Language Use and Attitudes in Guam; University of
         Hawaii; December 1972. Survey conducted in June-July of 1972 to
         determine general directions in language use and language
         attitudes. Report contains results of a sociolingustic survey of
         Chamorro/English bilingualism. Survey methodology includes the
         interview technique employed among a sample of 220 Guamanians.
         Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                        Department of Education.

         Profile Pacific: A Midyear Assessment; William A. Broadbent;
         March 1973. An overview and evaluation of the Hawaii English
         Project as applied and implemented in American Samoa, Guam, and
         the Trust Territory. The Hawaii English Project is oriented
         towards acquiring proficiency in communication skills; study of
         the nature and structure of language; and the appreciation of the
         artistic uses of language in literature. Specifically analyzes





                                         84









                                                                        EDU 23



           the program's results on Guam; includes statistical information.
           Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                           Devartment of Education.
           Bilingual vs. Monolingual English Instruction: The Effects on
           the Chamorro Predominant Student; Sr. Ellen Jean Klein; 1975. An
           unpublished Master's Thesis for the University of Guam.
           Available: University of Guam Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Limits of Cross-Cultural Education in Solving Ethnic/Race
           Conflict in Guam; Dr. Samuel Betances; 1977. A study to
           determine if cross-cultural education should be attempted on
           Guam. The report contains a profile of each ethnic group
           detailing why they came to reside on Guam; the kinds of
           expectations each group has about Guam including land, resources,
           and institutions; how members of each group view Guam in relation
           to their future; a discussion of the implications of attempting
           to promote cross-cultural education as a way of securing peace
           and group harmony.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Project BEAM - Bilingual Education Assistance In Micronesia -
           Reports; Project BEAM, University of Guam; 1987-1989. Project
           BEAM is a multi-functional resource center at the University of
           Guam which provides training and technical assistance to local
           educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and state
           educational agencies in Guam and Micronesia. Reports available
           include:

                      Project BEAM   Annual Reports 1987-1989,

                      Project BEAM   Symposium on the Indigenous Languages of
                      the Micronesian Region; Jan. - Feb., 1989.

           Available:      Project BEAM, University of Guam.

           An Annotated Bibliography on ESL and Bilingual Education in Guam
           and Other Areas in Micronesia; Nicholas Goetzfridt, University of
           Guam; 1988. A compilation of available materials on English as a
           Second Language and bilingual education on Guam and other parts
           of Micronesia.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library and Robert F. Kennedy
                           Library, University of Guam.

           Bilingual Education Documents. The Office of Federal Programs,
           Department of Education has available numerous documents on the
           various Bilingual Educational programs. Documents include
           proposals, designs, and evaluation plans for all programs for
           each year since 1970.







                                            85








         EDU 24


         PILlinqual and Bicultural State Plans and Programs -- Federally
         ]C, unded.
         Available:     All documents; are available at the Bureau of
                        Planning Library or from the specific program.

                   ESEA Title VII Bilinqual-Bicultural Education: State
                   Educational-Agenc', FY 1987-1990; Department of
                   Education; 1987. This project is to assist the
                   Department in coordination of technical assistance to
                   the Bilingual-Bicultural Education Program assisted
                   under the Bilingual Education Act of Guam. Funds for
                   this Project will be used to aggregate, analyze, and
                   publish data and information on the Limited English
                   Proficient (LEP) persons and the educational services
                   provided or available to them, and to provide training
                   to key SEA/SEP personnel in the selection of effective
                   innovative training instruction.

                   ESEA Title VII Bilingual-Bicultural Education Program
                   (pre-School), FY 1988-89; Department of Education;
                   1987. A program which uses both federal and local
                   monies for a new two year program at the preschool
                   level.

                   Bilingual Education: State Educational Agency Program

                   (SEA); FY 1980 through 1988; Department of Education;
                   1988. A continuing program for bilingual/bicultural
                   education in Guams schools.

                   ESEA Title VII Bilingual-Bicultural Education Program
                   (Grades 10-12); FY 1984-1989; Department of Education;
                   1988. A continuing program which combines both federal
                   and local monies for bilingual-bicultural education.


         Chamorro Language Issues and Research on Guam - A Book of
         Readings; Mary L. Spencer, (Ed.), University of Guam; 1987. A
         book of readings compiled for researchers on Chamorro language
         issues in three sections: (1) language history and policy
         issues; (2) research on Chamorro language and education; and (3)
         implications for research and development. A very interesting
         and valuable resource for those interested in understanding the
         Chamorro language and its continuation and preservation.
         Available:      University of Guam and Bureau of Planning Library.

         Island Engligh - A Text/Workbook; Thomas Tinkham; 1986. A
         text/workbook intended to improve the English usage of students
         in advanced English as a second language classes. The focus of
         the book is on the speaking and writing of English on Guam as
         well as the other islands of Micronesia.
         Available:      University of Guam and Bureau of Planning Library.





                                         86








                                                                       EDU 25



          Curriculum Decision-Making for Chamorro Instruction: Special
          Projects and Reports; William M. Paulino, Guam Department of
          Education, Chamorro Studies and Special Projects; unpublished,
          1987. In this study of issues facing the Chamorro Language
          Mandate Program, the author offers numerous suggestions for
          strengthening the program in the classrooms and examines the
          problems created by the passage of Public Law 14-53 that mandated
          the teaching of Chamorro in all public elementary schools on
          Guam. According to this study, Public Law 14-53 did not address
          the lack of adequately trained teachers of Chamorro on Guam.
          Public Law 14-53 was eventually amended by Public Law 15-9,
          changing the deadline for Chamorro language instruction at all
          levels from 1980 to 1985 to allow more time and opportunity for
          the Department of Education to secure qualified teachers. The
          author believes the University of Guam should establish a degree
          program to improve Chamorro instruction.
          Available:      Chamorro Studies Division, Department of
                          Education.

          Procedural Manual for the Language Other Than English (LOTE)
          Program; LOTE Task Force Committee, Department of Education,
          Chamorro Studies Division; 1988. This manual was developed to
          help administrators, teachers, and other staff members carry out
          goals of the program. The procedures for implementing segments
          of the program may be found in this manual such as:

               1.    Forms needed for the program
               2.    Flowchart and management matrix

          Available:      Chamorro Studies Division, Department of
                          Education.

          Sensuran Fino'_Haya - Test Data Base; Chamorro Language Mandate
          Program, Department Of Education; 1987. This document contains
          the following information:

               a.    Mean Scores and Standard Deviations of Regional Groups'
                     Pretest, Posttest and Gains.
               b.    ANOVA on Regional Groups' Pretest, scores.
               C.    ANOVA on Regional Groups-' Posttest scores.
               d.    ANOVA on Regional Groups' Pre-Posttest Mean Score Gain.
          Available:      Department of Education, Chamorro Studies
                          Division.


          Annual Progress Report - Emergency Secondary Education Act (ESEA)
          FY 1987-88; Masa-Aki N. Emosiochl, Department of Education,
          Chamorro Studies-Bilingual-Bicultural Education Program; 1987.
          The major focus of this project was to design activities to build
          the capability of the Department of Education to meet its needs
          in documentation, evaluation, management, materials develop, and
          increasing educators' awareness of the status of educational





                                           87








         EIDU 2 6



         services on Guam. The project maintains two major objectives:
         (1) to collect, aggregate, analyze and publish information on
         Limited English Proficient children and educational services
         provided or available to them, and (2) to provide training to key
         SEA/LEA personnel in the selection of effective innovative
         training instruction in bilingual education, in the
         administration of oral language proficiency test, in the
         selection of instructional materials for bilingual education, and
         OBEMLA operations.
         Available:     Chamorro, Studies Program, Department of Education.


         Evaluation Report - ESEA Title VII Bilingual-Bicultural Education
         Program (preschool), FY 1988-89; Jose A. Crisostomo, for the
         Department of Education, Chamorro Studies-Bilingual-Bicultural
         Education Program; 1988. A formative and summarized evaluation
         based on the Programfs management plan of project activities,
         review the program's records, activities evaluations, filing
         system, and other program documentation to provide
         recommendations and a status report of the project for Fiscal
         Year 1988-89 (a 100% federally funded program).
         Available:     Chamorro Studies Program, Department of Education.


         Evaluation Report - ESEA Title VII Bilingual Education: State
         Educational Agency (SEA), FY 1988-89; Lawrence Kodiyanplakkal,
         for the Department of Education, Chamorro Studies-Bilingual-
         Bicultural Education Program; 1988. A formative and summative
         evaluation report on the 1001 federally funded ESEA Title VII
         Bilingual Education: State Educational Agency (SEA) for FY 1988-
         89. The evaluation includes the following activities:

               (1) Program's management plan of project activities.
               (2) Review of the program's records, activities
                   evaluations, filing system, and other program
                   documentation to provide recommendations; and   a status
                   report of the project.
               (3) Review and analysis of student data collected

         Available:     Chamorro Studies Program, Department of Education.

         Evaluation Report - ESEA Title VII Bilingual-Bicultural Education
         Program (preschool), FY 1988-89; Jose A. Crisostomo, for the
         Department of Education, Chamorro Studies-Bilingual-Bicultural
         Education Program; 1988. A formative and summative evaluation
         based on the Program's management plan of project activities,
         review the program's records, activities evaluations, filing
         system, and other program documentation to provide
         recommendations and a status report of the project for Fiscal
         Year 1988-89 (a 100t federally funded program).
         Available:     Chamorro Studies Program, Department of Education.




                                          88








                                                                        EDU 27



          SPECIAL EDUCATION


          Handbook-Homebound-Hospitalized Instruction Program (H/HB);
          Special Education Division, Department of Education; not dated.
          Manual describes H/HB Program, method of operations, and includes
          forms used in the program.
          Available:      Special Education Division, Department of
                          Education.

          Handbook-Special Education Instructional Material Center (SEIMC)
          1975-1976; SEIMC Staff; not dated. This manual presents an
          overview of SEIMC; its history and objectives; operations,
          policies, and procedures; and evaluation model procedures.
          Available:      Special Education Division, Department of
                          Education.

          Handbook-Special Education--1973-1974; Department of Education;
          not dated. A handbook describing special education programs and
          services available as of the 173-174 school year. Also includes
          the forms used for each program.
          Available:      Special Education Division, Department of
                          Education.


          Handbook--Guam  School for the Deaf and the Blind--1973-1974;
          Department of Education; not dated. Handbook presents an
          overview of the program for the deaf and the blind. Includes
          background, objectives, currIculum, progress report forms,
          admission requirements, and program expansion plans.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Effects of a Bilingual Teaching Approach as Compared to an
          "English Only"  Teaching Approach of Mentallly Retarded Children;
          Sr. Maria T. Cruz; 1972. A University of Guam Special Project.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.


          An Evaluation of the Implementation of the Education for All
          Handicapped Children Act of 1975 (P.L. 94-142) and of the New
          Local Law P.L. 13-207 by Guam's Department of Education; Margot
          C. Yackus; 1978. A University of Guam Special Project; 1978.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.


          Special Education State Plans and Programs-Federally Funded.
          Available:      All documents are available at the Bureau of
                          Planning Library or from the specific program.

                     Territory of Guam Annual Program Plan - Special
                     Education - FY 1988-1990; Department of Education;
                     1987.


                     Territory of Guam Annual Program Plan - FY 1984-1986;
                     Department of Education; 1983.



                                           89








         h"DU 2 8


                   Chapter 1 - Handicapped Program For Services To
                   Handicapped Children in State Operated and State
                   Supported Schools, FY 1970 through 1989; Department of
                   Education; 1989. A continuing program which provides
                   educational programs and services to handicapped
                   students.


                   Education of All Handicapped Children Title VI, Part B,
                   FY 1989.; Department of Education; 1988. A program to
                   provide a comprehensive range of Special Education
                   programs for handicapped children.

                   Special Education Preschool Grant., FY 1987 through
                   1989; Department of Education. Alprogram to identify,
                   evaluate and deliver services to handicapped preschool
                   children.


                   Early Intervention Services for Infants and Toddlers
                   with Handicaps and Their Families, FY 1987 through
                   1988; Department of Education, Division of Special
                   Education. A program for services for infants and
                   toddlers with handicaps.

                   Training Personnel for the Education of the
                   Handicapped, FY 1985 through 1989; Department of
                   Education. A continuing program for the training of
                   school personnel involved with the education of the
                   handicapped.

                   Guam Services to Deaf-Blind Children and Youth, FY
                   1987, 1988, 1989; Department of Education. An on-going
                   program to provide supplemental educational training to
                   teachers and parents of deaf-blind children.



        HEAD START


        Head Start Projects -- Federally Funded.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library or from the specific
                        program.

                   Head Start Program, FY 1965 through 1989; Department of
                   Education. A child development program which provides
                   comprehensive, inter-disciplinary services.

                   Child Development Associate Representative Training
                   Program, FY 1965 through 1989; Department of Education.
                    A supplemental to the Head Start Program for training.







                                         90








                                                                       EDU 29



                    Head Start Expansion Proposal, FY 1989-1990; Department
                    of Education; 1989. A program to expand Head-Start to
                    non-Chamorros (mainly Micronesians and Filipinos).

          An Analysis of the Effectiveness of a Short-Term, Intensive
          Training Program in Changing Attitudes of Participants Toward
          Head Start Goals in Micronesia; Janice E. Pusc; 1972. An
          unpublished Master's Thesis for University of Guam.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Guam Head Start Program; Micko F. Crowell; 1972. A University of
          Guam Special Project.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.



          TEACHERS


          A Survey of First Year Contract Teachers and Their Placement in
          the Public Schools of Guam; Charles L. Hill; 1971. A University
          of Guam Special Project.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.


          A Compendium-And On-Site Model for Improving the Ouality of
          Elementary Student Teaching on Guam - An Experimental Program;
          Stephen Collica, University Of Guam; December 1973. Presents the
          design, implementation, evaluation, and assessment of an
          innovative Student Teacher Training Program conducted during the
          fall semester of 1973. The report also seeks @o evaluate the
          validity of the model theory and examines the implications of the
          project for future student teacher programs. Statistical
          analysis included.
          Available:      Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

          A Survey of Teacher Strikes in America from 1972-1976 with
          Special Focus on Current Attitudes of Guam's Parents and
          Students; Ernestina T. Antolin; 1976. A University of Guam
          Special Project.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.


          A Study of  Stateside Teachers on Guam: The Relationship of Work
          - Living Conditions and Personality Characteristics to Job
          Satisfaction; Brenda M. Scotton; 1976. An unpublished Master's
          Thesis for University of Guam.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          The Teacher Training Graduates of the University of Guam: How
          Good Are They?; Lorraine C. Yamashita, Ed.D., College of





                                           91








         EDU 30



         Education, University of Guam; 1981. An evaluation of the
         University's Teacher Training Program via evaluation of UOG
         graduated teachers by their prinicpals and other supervisors.
         Extensive tables and analyses are presented.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        ICollection.

         Determining Teacher Needs In Guam Public Schools; Jeffrey Shafer,
         Keith Taton, and William W. Smith, Department of Education; April
         1983. This report presents the method the Department of
         Education used to determine teacher needs and allocation in it
         schools. The report also looks at the effect of different class
         sizes and scheduling patterns on teacher needs. Findings are
         summarized and suggestions made depending upon possible scenarios
         regarding staggered preparation and class size(s); cost variables
         are also analyzed.
         Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

         An Investigation into Guam Public School Principal's Satisfaction
         with the Selection Process For Teachers; Evangeline Quitigua San
         Nicholas; 1987. A unpublished Master's Thesis for the University
         of Guam.
         Available: University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         A Comparative Study of Filipino and U.S. Teachers' Attitudes
         Toward The Public Schools; Salvacion P. Labello; 1988. A
         University of-Guam Special Project.
         Available: University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Staffing Pattern-Department of Education; Statistical Services,
         Department of Education. Computerized report listing all
         Department of Education employees with position, salary, and
         other personnel information for each. Report is usually prepared
         once a year; but is updated frequently by Standard Personnel
         Action Notices and can be prepared upon request.
         Available:      Research, Planning, and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.

         Professional Personnel Data Listing; Statistical Services,
         Department of Education. Computerized report listing all
         Department of Education professional employees. Report includes
         position and salary information, and professional background
         information for each employee. Data is generated by a form
         (Professional Personnel Data) completed by each DOE professional
         staff member at the beginning of the school year. Report is
         usually prepared at that time.
         Available:      Research, Planning, and Evaluation Division,
                         Department of Education.

         Teacher and Other Staff Information-Quarterly Report; Department
         of Education. Report prepared quarterly by each school listing





                                          92







                                                                        EDU 31



           the names, positions, status, and other information of all staff
           employed by the school. Reports are sent to the Statistical
           Services Section, DOE.
           Available:      Research, Planning, and Evaluation Division,
                           Department of Education.

           Professional Staff Training Programs-Federally Funded.
           Available:      Documents available from Bureau of Planning
                           Library or specific program.

                     Territorial Teacher Training Assistance Program, FY
                     1980 through 1989; Department of Education; 1989. A
                     continuing program for teacher training.

           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.








































                                            93








                                                             HIS 1



                       HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES



         CONTENTS:



         Historic Preservation Plans                        HIS 2


         Historic and Prehistoric Sites and Studies         HIS 3


         Arts and Humanities                                HIS 18























































                                    95








        HIS 2



        HISTORIC PRESERVATION PLANS


        Territory of Guam Preliminary Historical Preservation Plan;
        Department of Commerce, Division of Parks and Recreation
        Resources; June 30, 1972. Includes an inventory of individual
        sites with location, history, and ownership status. Some beach
        sites included.
        Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

        Guam Historic Preservation Plan; Department of Parks and
        Recreation, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, and Belt, Collins and
        Associates, Ltd.; January 1976). Covers history of Guam,
        philosophy and plans for historic preservation, and inventory of
        sites. Proposes the designation of the Umatac Historic
        Preservation District, and development of two sites: Fort San
        Jose and Pagat Village.
        Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

        Guam Historic Preservation Plan; Department of Parks and
        Recreation; December 1981. This document is an update of the
        Historic Preservation Plan completed in 1976, above.
        Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                       and Recreation.


        Historic Chamorro and Historic Spanish Sites of Guam: A
        Preliminary Plan for Development and Preservation; Michael J.
        McNerney, American Resources Group, Ltd., for Department of Parks
        and Recreation; July 1983. Explores the research, interpretive,
        and developmental potential of historic Spanish and historic
        Chamorro-Spanish sites of Guam. This report outlines a master
        plan for the Historic Interpretive Development and recommends
        planning approaches to stabilization, restoration, and
        integration of Fort Soledad into the Territorial Seashore Park.
        Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                       and Recreation.


        Archaeology and Historic Preservation: Secretary of the
        Interior's Standards and Guidelines; National Park Service,
        Department of the Interior; Feder'@il Register, September 29, 1983.
        Provides the technical advice of the National Park Service about
        archaeological and historic preservation activities and methods.
        These standards and guidelines are advisory, not regulatory.
        Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                       and Recreation.


        Report of Phase I Work, Development of a Comprehensive Plan For
        the Guam Historic Preservation Office; Scott Russell and Michael
        A. Fleming, Department of Parks and Recreation; March 1989. A
        summary of how the Historic Presentation Office is organized and
        administered, explanation to the Review Board on the planning
        process and solicitation of views from various agencies




                                        96








                                                                         HIS 3'



           concerning problems confronting the program, and a summary of
           consultations. Document outlines the planning process for
           historic preservation on Guam, particularly as a result of
           construction activities.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.



           HISTORIC AND PREHISTORIC SITES AND STUDIES


           Prehistoric Pottery from Tarague Beach, Guam: A Description and
           Classification; Erwin R. Ray; not dated. Describes the results
           of an analysis of prehistoric pottery shreds recovered from the
           four lowest levels of a controlled salvage excavation at Tarague
           Beach during 1968 and 1969. This paper establishes a relative
           chronology for the site based on paste color, temper ratios,
           surface treatment, decoration, and establishes a formally
           described pottery type, Mariana Redwood with several named
           varieties.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           Preliminary Report of the Pagat Site; Dr. Fred M. Reinman; not
           dated. Discusses the archaeology of the Pagat site: Pre-Latte
           period, Latte period, and historic period.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.

           Stabilization Plans, Fort San Jose, Umatac, Guam; Pacific Studies
           Institute; not dated. Historical and archaeological construction
           data obtained through excavation at the Fort San-Jose site.
           Specific stabilization measures were determined from this data.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Slide Presentation of the History and Geography of Guam; Anthony
           L.G. Ramirez, William L. Hernando, and Alejando B. Lizama, for
           the Territorial Archaeological Laboratory, Department of Parks
           and Recreation; not dated. Presents the history and geography    of
           Guam, focusing on the Historic Preservation Program, Guam
           Chapter. This program discusses four areas: architectural,
           archaeological, historical, and cultural.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           Archaeology of the Mariana Islands; Laura M. Thompson, Bishop
           Museum Bulletin No. 100; 1932. Analysis of some of the earlier
           significant archaeological studies in the Marianas which were
           conducted by the German scholar, Hornbostel.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.









                                           97








         HIS 4



         The Function of the Latte in the Marianas; Laura Thompson, Ph'.b;
         1940. Discusses the function of the Latte. This report presents
         archaeological, historical, and ethnographic data on the Mariana
         Islands obtained in Guam and in the Bishop Museum.
         Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                        and Recreation.


         General Report on Archaeology and History of Guam; Erik K. Reed,
         National Park Service; 1952. One of the first inventories of
         Guam's natural, historic, and archaeological resources, and
         recommended measures for use and preservation of these assets.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Preliminary Report on the NCS Latte Site, South Finegayan, Guam;
         Terje G. Birkedal and David McCarty, Department of Anthropology,
         University of Guam; 1973. Study of the latte stone area with
         recommendations for its preservation.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         An Archaeological and Historical Site Survey--1974 Final Report;
         Bernice P. Bishop Museum; 1974. The Bishop Museum was authorized
         by GovGuam to evaluate the known archaeological and historical
         sites on Guam. This report and the following two inventories
         contain their findings.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Inventory of Historical Sites; Bernice P. Bishop Museum;
         1974. Detailed information about and evaluation of known
         historical sites.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Inventory of Archaeological Sites, Volumes I, II, and III;
         Bernice P. Bishop Museum; 1974. Detailed information about and
         evaluation of each of the known archaeological sites.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guidebook to the Architecture of Guam; The American Institute of
         Architects, Guam and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
         Chapter; 1976. Contains black and white photographs and
         descriptions of examples of architecture in the categories of
         prehistoric, historic, religious, institutional, hotel,
         commercial, industrial, and residential.
         Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.


         An Archaeological Survey and Preliminary Test Excavations on the
         Island of Guam, Mariana islands, 1965-66; Fred M. Reinman; 1977.
         The most systematic archaeological survey on Guam at the time.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.







                                          98








                                                                         HIS 5



           Inarajan Village Historic Architectural District; Jack B. Jones;
           1977. Nomination of Inarajan to the National Register of
           Historic Places. The present and original physical appearance of
           Inarajan and the significance of each building is detailed. An
           inventory of significant structures gives the name, date of
           construction, and photograph. Sketch maps of the village show
           the location of structures.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Cultural Resources Reconnaissance, Cabras Island, Apra Harbor,
           Territory of Guam; Samuel T. Price, Pacific Studies Institute,
           prepared for U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Pacific Ocean
           Division; July 1977. A documentation of prehistoric or other
           cultural remains in the vicinity of the proposed expansion of   the
           Commercial Port. Includes a brief history of Cabras Island.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Cultural Resources Reconnaissance Alternative Project Sites for
           Agat Small Boat Harbor, Territory of Guam; Samuel T. Price,
           Pacific Studies Institute, prepared for U.S. Army Corps of
           Engineers; July 1977. A survey of six areas along Agat shoreline
           to document any prehistoric or historic remains in the vicinity
           of the proposed Agat Small Boat Harbor. The project was composed
           of a literature review of pertinent material at MARC, and a walk-
           through inspection of the areas. Photographs were taken of all
           survey areas including overviews depicting terrain, vegetation,
           and historic sites.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Offshore Historic Artifact Survey Gaan Point, Agat Small Boat
           Harbor, Territory of Guam; Samuel T. Price and John Craib,
           Pacific Studies Institute, prepared for U.S. Army Corps of
           Engineers; February 1978. An underwater survey of the reef and
           channel immediately south of Gaan Point, along Agat Beach, in the
           area proposed for a small boat basin.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Ancient Chamorros Origin and Migration; Lawrence J.
           Cunningham; May 1978. This workbook presents notes on theories
           on cultural and physical change; physical and cultural
           similarities; ancestors of the Micronesians/Polynesians; and why
           the Chamorros migrated to the Marianas.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


           Archaeolo2ical and Historical Reconnaissance Survey of the Ugum
           River Valley, Guam, Mariana Islands; Thomas S. Dye (Bernice P.
           Bishop Museum), Samuel T. Price and John L. Craib (Pacific
           Studies Institute), prepared for U.S. Army Corps of Engineers,
           Pacific Ocean Division; August 1978. Results of a reconnaissance
           level survey of the upper Ugum River drainage area to determine




                                           99








         F1 I'S 6



         the presence or absence of archaeological and/or historical
         sites. This study used a stratified systematic-interval transect
         sampling strategy, with strata defined by four microenviromental
         zones and subzones.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Archaeological Review of Orote Historical Complex, Orote Point,
         Guam; Patrick C. McCoy (Department of Anthropology, Bernice P.
         Bishop Museum), and Samuel T. Price and John Craib (Pacific
         Studies Institute); October .1978. Determines the physical
         boundaries and significance of archaeological and historical
         features in relationship to -the proposed ammunition port facility
         at Orote Point.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Spanish Forts of Guam; Yolanda Degadilo, Thomas McGrath and
         Felicia Plaza. Micronesian Area Research Center Working Paper
         No. 7; 1979. Documents the Spanish forts of Guam. This
         publication contains the history of each fort, existing maps and
         drawings, and photographs of remains.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Spanish Era Historical Research, Report on Search Mission, 1977;
         Micronesian Area Research Center Working Paper No. 5; 1979.
         Presents the results of an archival study to inventory documents
         dealing with historic properties of the Spanish period in Guam.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         American Era Historic Sites Research June 1 - August 4, 1978;
         Thomas B. McGrath, S.J., Micronesian Area Research Center; 1979.
         This report consists of a listing of written material covering
         the American Naval period on Guam (1898-1950), from the arrival
         of the U.S.S. Charleston to the inauguration of Governor Skinner.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         American Era Historic Sites Research April - June 1978; Emily G.
         Johnston, Micronesian Area Research Center, Working Paper No. 10;
         1979. Documents research into archival sources of information
         about Guam from the Spanish American War to the time of the
         Organic Act of Guam in 1950. This report lists the sources of
         written materials and photographs.
         Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

         Archaeological Reconnaissance Survey in the Inarajan River
         Valley; Thomas S. Dye, Department of Anthropology, Bernice P.
         Bishop Museum, prepared for the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers,
         Pacific Ocean Division; March 1979. Uses walking transects
         through the survey area to determine the presence or absence of
         archaeological and/or historic sites.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.





                                         100









                                                                       HIS 7



         Remote Sensing and Cultural Resource Management: A Preliminary
         Report; Laurence Kruckman, submitted to Department of Parks and
         Recreation; March 1979. A feasibility study of the role remote
         sensing can play in archaeological research, especially site
         detection and mapping, and cultural resource management,
         particularly planning and maintenance.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam: Two Invasions and Three Military Occupations, A Historical
         Summary of  War in the Pacific National Historical Park, Guam;
         Russell A.  Apple, National Park Service, published as Micronesian
         Area Research Center Publication No. 3; 1980. Contains notes on
         historic uses of various sites within the park, and recommends
         other sites of historical significance to the park that are
         located in the other parts of the island.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Land and Lagoon Use in Prewar Guam: Agat, Piti, and Asan; Jane
         Jennison Nolan, Micronesian Area Research Center     rking Paper
         No. 15, University of Guam; 1980. Describes land and lagoon
         appearances and uses in the prewar villages of Agat, Piti, and
         Asan, areas which figured prominently in the retaking of Guam and
         which are designated as part of the War in the Pacific National
         Historical Park. The sites are detailed in maps at the end of
         each section, and photographs illustrate the prewar appearance of
         some of the areas.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Navigating the Micronesian Culture Area: A    Guide to Source
         Materials;  Stephen C. Woodworth, Historic Preservation Office,
         Trust Territory Headquarters, Saipan; 1980. Lists sources of
         historic and cultural information in Micronesia. This
         bibliography discusses the prominent sources of information on
         Micronesian history, archaeology, anthropology, and related
         source materials, and spans the literature from the earliest
         published accounts to the most recent scientific analyses. Guam
         is included in the section on the Mariana Archipelago.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         A Cultural  Resources Reconnaissance of the Asan Flood Control
         Study Area, Asan, Guam; Michael R. Thomas and Samuel T. Price,
         Pacific Studies Institute, prepared for the U.S. Army Corps of
         Engineers; January 1980. Present results of research into the
         possible occurrence of archaeological and historical sites in the
         study area that might be impacted by a proposed flood control
         project.
         Available:      Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                         and Recreation.








                                         101









           HIS 8



           Intra-Site Variation at Ypio Beach, Guam: A Preliminary
           Assessment; Helen Higman Leidermann; August 1980. An
           unpublished Master of Arts Thesis, University of Guam. August
           1980. Presents archaeological information and data on the Ypao
           beach site. This thesis describes specific attributes in
                    to the classification of earlier archaeologists, and
           'Canalyzes artifacts and environmental materials from the site in
           an attempt to establish cultural patterns within the
           archaeological record at Ypao.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           Shoreline Reconnaissance Survey, Taleyfac to Umatac; William
           Hernandez and Anthony Pangelinan, Department of Parks and
           Recreation, submitted to National Park Service; September 1980.
           A resurvey of previously recorded prehistoric sites located along
           the coastline of the proposed Seashore Park. Contains maps and
           photographs of significant features not previously investigated.
           Recommends specific sites for future stabilization efforts.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Pre- and Proto-Historic Cultural Occurrences at Tarague, Guam;
           Hiro Kurashina, Darlene Moore, Osamu Kataoka, Russell Clayshulte,
           with Erwin Ray, University of Guam; 1981. Summarizes the
           preliminary findings made at Tarague during the 1980-81 survey
           and excavations.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           The Material Culture of Prehistoric Tarague Beach, Guam; Erwin
           R.Ray; May 1981. Master of Arts Thesis, Arizona State
           University. Analyzes archaeological findings excavated from
           Tarague Beach sites.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           Archaeological Historical Evaluation: Asan Communit
           Redevelopment Project; Fred M. Reinman and R.E. Taylor, for the
           Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority; February 28, 1981.
           Presents the results of an archaeological/historical evaluation
           of the Asan project area. This report consists of a general
           overview of the cultural/ecological/historic context of the Asan
           Village site, a detailed review of the current physical condition
           and inspection of collections from the site at the University of
           Guam, as well as discussions with archaeologists from the Office
           of the Territorial Archaeologist.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.









                                           102








                                                                         HIS 9



           Latte: Occasional Papers in Anthropology and Historic
           Preservation, Volume I; Guam Territorial Archaeology Laboratory,
           Historic Preservation Section, Department of Parks and
           Recreation; September 1981. Includes three reports of field work
           accomplished by the personnel of the Territorial Archaeology
           Laboratory.

                1.   Investigations of the As Nieves Quarry and Tatgua Site:
                     Rota, M.I.
                2.   Conservation Archaeology Report: Toguan Bay
                     Archaeological Excavation, Guam.
                3.   Ylig Archaeology Assessment - Marine and Riverine
                     Archeo-Survey.

           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           A Bibliography of Archaeology in Micronesia and Related Subjects;
           Emily G. Johnston and Shirley Ann Arriola; Micronesian Area
           Research Center Working Paper No. 33; 1982. Contains over 1,600
           entries pertaining to Micronesian archaeology, ethnography,
           ethnohistory, folklore, linguistics, geology, and other relevant
           literature. This bibliography arranges the entries
           alphabetically by the author's name and are coded numerically
           according to the geographic areas of interest. Guam is included
           with the Mariana Islands area.
           Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.


           An Annotated Bibliography of Prehistoric and Protohistoric
           References Pertaining to the Mariana Islands and Micronesia;
           Michael Graves, Research Council, University of Guam; 1982.
           Consists of annotations of 78 separate references relevant to the
           prehistoric and protohistoric periods in the Mariana Islands.
           Each entry gives the major findings supported by the author and
           an evaluation of those conclusions by Mr. Graves.
           Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.


           U.S. Naval Station Guam: Its Historic Features; U.S. Naval
           Station, Guam; 1982. Locates and identifies significant
           historical relics and sites on the U.S. Naval Station. This
           inventory discusses the historic values of each site, and
           includes archival research with respect to the history of the
           Naval Station and Marine Barracks.
           Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.

           Cultural Resources Survey, Merizo Small Boat Harbor; H.
           Kurashina, E. Ray, J. Stevens, D. Moore, and K. Moore,
           Micronesian Area Research Center, for U.S. Army Corps Engineers,
           Pacific Ocean Division; September 1982. Presents the research





                                            103








         HIS 10



         findings of an historical analysis and an archaeological survey
         undertaken along the coastal. area in Merizo adjacent to Cocos
         Lagoon. This report was accomplished through a literature search
         and through extensive fieldwork.
         Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                        and Recreation.


         Historical Sites Survey and Review - Umatac District, Guam;
         Rosalind Hunter-Anderson, Pacific Studies Institute, for the
         Department of Parks and Recreation; 1982. Includes:

              1.   a historic sketch of Umatac village;
              2.   historical archaeological expectations (sites), such as
                   Spanish Colonial structures and historic Chamorro
                   locations related to colonial activities;
              3.   historical archaeological findings.

         A concise narrative is presented and a list of each site and a
         statement of significance is presented. Excellent reference on
         historic sites and some prehistoric in Umatac district, and
         includes a discussion related to development/preservation.
         Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                        and Recreation.


         Dulce Nombre De Maria Cathedral; Silver Jubilee: 1958-1983.
         Narrates a detailed history of the Agana Cathedral until the
         present time. This pictorial brochure is written in both English
         and Chamorro.
         Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.

         Measuring Changing in Marianas Pottery: The Sequence of Potter
         Production at Taraque, Guam; Darlene Moore; 1983. Master of Arts
         in Behavioral Science Thesis, University of Guam. Analyzes
         pottery remains as a method of measuring cultural change and
         diversity. This study describes the environmental setting, gives
         an ethnohistorical background, discusses findings at the Tarague
         Beach site, and analyzes other cultural material such as fish
         hooks and adzes.
         Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                        and Recreation.


         Archaeological Correlates of Ranking in the Mariana Islands:
         Architectural Variation in Latte Sets; Dr. Michael W. Graves;
         1983. Documents how latte sets were structured. This paper
         presents information that shows considerable variation in the
         number of foundation posts employed and in the space contained
         within latte structures.
         Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                        and Recreation.







                                         104









                                                                        HIS 11



           Site Formation Processes and Cultural Sequence of Pottery
           Production at Tarague, Guam; Hiro Kurashina, Micronesian Area
           Research Center, University of Guam, and Russell Clayshulte,
           Water and Energy Research Institute of the Western Pacific,
           University of Guam; 1983. Presents the findings of
           archaeological field research conducted at Tarague.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           Analysis of Pottery from the South Profile Tarague, Guam,
           Archaeological Site; Darlene R. Moore, University of Guam;
           February 1983. Paper read at the 15th Pacific Science Congress,
           Duneden, New Zealand. Presents the results of analysis of
           pottery from the excavation at Tarague. This study was designed
           to determine the rate of change of each class of attributes and
           whether the changes occurred simultaneously or independently.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           Archaeological Analyses of Ceramic Material from the Asan
           Drainage Corridor, Guam; Michael W. Graves, University of Guam;
           October 1983. Presents the results of the analysis of pottery
           shreds found during the excavations within the Asan Drainage
           Corridor.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


           Archaeological Assessment Drainage Channel - Asan Development
           Project; Rosalind L. Hunter-Anderson, Pacific Studies Institute,
           for Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority; 1983. A study
           conducted to determine the presence or absence of cultural
           remains in the project area. The results positively confirmed
           the significant presence of cultural remains in the Asan Drainage
           Corridor. Recommendations and suggested studies for mitigation
           are summarized.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


           Archaeological Test Excavations at Fort Soledad, Umatac Guam;
           Darlene Moore and Michael J. McNerney, American Resources Group,
           Ltd., for the Guam Department of Parks and Recreation; 1984. The
           results of archaeological test excavations and archival research
           at Ft. Soledad (ca. 1803), Umatac, Guam, are presented in a
           narrative volume (Volume I) and set of detailed drawings (Volume
           .II). Excavations provided very little artifactural material from
           the Spanish period. Detailed structural and architectural
           information was gathered and recommendations offered for
           restoration.
           Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.







                                           105








          HIS 12



          Guide to Guam's World War II Sites; Guam Visitors Bureau.,-1984.
          Identifies World War II sites on a fold-out map. This brochure
          gives a brief history of each site and describes the trails that
          can be used to reach each site.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Organization and Differentiation within Late Pre-historic Ranked
          Social Units in the Mariana Islands of the Western Pacific;
          Michael W. Graves, University of Guam; Not dated but after 1984.
          This paper discusses the relationship between architectural
          features (in this case, latte features) and social organization,
          social stratification, and resource distribution.
          Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


          A Reconnaissance Survey Report of a Proposed Guam-Micronesian
          Cultural Center and Resort Complex Site, Turtle Cove, Yona;
          Victoriano April, Department of Parks and Recreation; 1984. A
          description of expectations and findings of sites located within
          a proposed development area (latte sets, firepits) and
          recommendations for further study excavation and preservation.
          Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                         and Recreation.


          Guam Register of Historic Places; Department of Parks and
          Recreation; 1985. Lists the name, date of entry, and site number
          of each place in the Guam Register.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          National Register of Historic Places; Department of Parks and
          Recreation; 1985. Lists the name, date of entry, and site number
          of each place on the National Register. This listing is updated
          as new entries are added.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Tumon Bay Area Overview: Cultural and Historical Resources;
          Michael Graves and Darlene Moore, for the Department of Parks and
          Recreation; May 1985. Presents a cultural-historical overview of
          the Tumon Bay area. Archival research, personal interviews and
          field excavations were used to recover archaeological and
          historical data. Unpublished manuscript.
          Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                         and Recreation.

          Preliminary Case Report for the Installation of a Heliport on
          Orote Airfield; Guam Department of the Navy, Naval Magazine;
          November 1985. Identifies U.S. Navy plans to construct a
          heliport at Orote Port on a runway of the Orote Airfield, a
          property that is listed in the National Register of Historic
          Preservation. This report outlines the construction project,
          lists alternatives, and evaluates the effect of the project on




                                         106








                                                                         HIS 13



            those characteristics that qualify the Orote Airfield for listing
            in the National Register of Historic Preservation.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

            Archaeological Reconnaissance Survey for the Proposed Clean-Up of
            Military Debris at Uruno Point, Guam; Charles F. Streck, Jr.,
            U.S. Army Engineer Division, Hawaii; 1986. An investigation of
            the site for proposed removal of military debris and to determine
            the likelihood of adverse impact to significant historic
            properties. A variety of cultural remains (including latte
            sites) were identified and recommendations for intensive
            archaeological study and excavation were made. It was suggested
            that depending upon the results of the proposed intensive
            archaeological investigation, it may be possible for the Air
            Force to design an alternative dumping area that would not
            adversely affect this significant archaeological area.
            Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                           and Recreation.

            Archaeological Testing At the West End of Tara2ue Beach; Darlene
            Moore and Judith Amesbury, for the Department of Air Force; 1986.
            A study conducted to determine whether proposed improvements to
            the present Anderson Air Force Base Tarague Beach recreation area
            would adversely affect prehistoric cultural resources.
            Available:     Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                           and Recreation.

            Marine Archaeological Survey, East Agana Bay, Guam; Pacific
            Studies Institute; 1986. Presents the results of a study to
            verify the presence or absence of World War II aircraft or debris
            thought to be within the shallow water of the bay. This project
            consisted of a literature review and a physical inspection of the
            study area.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning  Library.

            Prehistoric Settlement Patterns on Guam; Hiro Kurashina,
            Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam; 1986. The
            nature of prehistoric settlement patterns on Guam is examined
            from earliest archeological records and using recent
            archeological data. Environmental variables that may impact site
            selection processes are discussed.
            Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.


            Archaeological Investigations of the Agana and Fonte River
            Basins, Gua ; Ross Cordy and Jane Allen, for the U.S. Army Corps
            of Engineers; January 1986. Presents the results of intensive
            and reconnaissance site surveys to determine the presence of
            archaeological materials in the Agana swamp. The study consisted
            of test excavations to evaluate surface deposits of coastal
            areas; coring in the lower area of the marsh to evaluate




                                           107








          HIS 14



          depositional history related to human land use; and a survey of
          dry terrain in and around the marsh to determine if sites were
           resent and, if so, determine their size and nature. This study
          .P
          was in conjunction with the Agana River Flood Control Project in
          Agana and was done to determine possible impacts of this project
          on historical sites.
          Available:      Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.

          The Prehistoric and Historic Development of a Beach and Community
          at Asan, on the West Central Coast of Guam; Michael W. Graves and
          Darlene R. Moore, University of Guam, prepared for the Guam
          Housing and Urban Renewal Authority; January 1986. Discusses the
          results of additional archaeological research conducted in the
          village of Asan during 1984 and 1985. This report documents
          archaeological evidence pertaining to the transition from the
          early prehistoric to the late prehistoric periods at Asan.
          Chapters in the report include the background of archaeological
          research, results of excavations, analyses of cultural materials
          found, environmental analyses, and a discussion of the prehistory
          of Asan.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Archaeology of the Governor's Palace, Plaza De Espana, Agana,
          Guam; Mardith Scheutz, Micronesian Area Research Center, prepared
          for the Department of Parks and Recreation and Department of
          Public Works; March 1986. Presents results of archaeological
          excavations completed on the Governor's Palace in 1983 and 1984.
          This report documents the remains of the building itself and
          describes artifacts that were uncovered. The evolution of the
          Governor's Palace from 1709 until its destruction in 1944 is
          described based on archival research. Evidence of prehistoric
          and pre-contact Chamorro habitation is also discussed.
          Unpublished manuscript.
          Available:      Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.


          Continuity  and Change in the Material Culture of Micronesia;
          1987. Collection of papers from the Micronesian Archaeological
          Conference on Guam in 1987 sponsored by the University of Guam
          and the Indo-Pacific Prehistory Association.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

          Archaeological  Survey of Proposed Quarry, Site; Darlene     Moore,
          for Sammi Rock  Products; Inc., 1987. A study conducted     in Pagat
          regarding a proposed guarry site. The investigation revealed a
          prehistoric archeological site and recommended that the site be








                                          108









                                                                        HIS 15



          protected, if possible, by excluding it from quarrying
          activities.
          Available:      Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation.

          Archaeological  Investigations in the Small Boat Harbor-Project.
          Area, Agat, Guam; Rosalind L. Hunter-Anderson; Final report
          submitted to United States Army Corps of Engineer, Hawaii by
          International Archaeological Research Institute, Inc. An
          extensive report on archaeological investigations in the Agat
          small Boat Harbor Project Area. Includes a summary of the
          previous archaeological studies done on this site and extensive
          analysis of the shoreline sites and documentation of a major
          erosional episode resulting in new paleoenvironmental information
          about southwestern Guam. Extensive tables, graphs and figures
          are presented.
          Available:      Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks
                          and Recreation, Micronesian Area Research Center
                          Pacific Collection.


          The following reports were done by Micronesian Archaeological
          Research Services. These reports are available from the Historic
          Preservation Office, Department of Parks and Recreation.

                     Archaeological Survey of the Huchunao Area on the East
                     Coast of Guam; Darlene R. Moore, Judy Amesbury and
                     Rosalind Hunter-Anderson, prepared for Duenas and
                     Swavely, Inc.; 1988. A summary and analysis of several
                     prehistoric sites located during archaeological
                     investigations, particularly on the coastal and middle
                     terrace areas of Huchunao. A mitigation plan, prior to
                     land alterations is recommended.

                     Final Report - Route I Reconstruction (Route 8 to Camp
                     Watkins Road) Archaeological Analysis of the East Agana
                     Area Materials; Darlene Moore, Rosalind Hunter-
                     Anderson, and Judith Amesbury)for Tokyo Seikitokyu
                     Joint Venture; 1988. Archaeological remains from
                     prehistoric and historic periods on Guam were recovered
                     during this project. Prehistoric material was from the
                     latte era including a mortuary site, and minor deposits
                     at the Maria Cristina Burial Site. The Maria Cristina
                     barrio in Agana was a Carolinian settlement during
                     historic times.

                     Archaeological Investigations of the Ylig Trench, Yona
                     Guam; Darlene Moore and Judith R. Amesbury, Micronesian
                     Archaeological Research Service; 1989. Summary report
                     of findings on a site utilized during the latte period
                     and early historic period (Ylig river).





                                           109










                   Archaeological investigation of Rt.2, Agat-Umatac Road
                   (Santa Ana Chapel. to Memorial Park); Rosalind Hunter-
                   Anderson, Darlene Moore and Judith Amesbury; 1989.

                   Archaeological Investigations In Agana Swamp; Rosalind
                   Hunter-Anderson, Darlene Moore, and Judith Amesbury,
                   for Jones and Guerrero, Inc; 1989. A study conducted
                   to assess the swamp area for cultural resources prior
                   to expansion of the Agana Shopping Center and filling
                   the northwest end of the swamp. Recommendations are
                   for a Data Recovery Project be designed and implemented
                   to mitigate the adverse impacts of filling the marsh on
                   the significant cultural resources of this area
                   (depositional history and biological conditions).

                   Native Fishing Rights and Limited Entry In Guam (draft
                   report); Judith R. Amesbury and Rosalind-Hunter
                   Anderson; June, 1989. A report which collected and
                   evaluated the existing evidence (archaeological,
                   ethnological, historical) for preferential fishing
                   rights for indigenous peoples of Guam. Four evidence
                   areas were considered and evaluated as evidence for the
                   use of limited entry to manage Guam's fisheries:

                         (1)  Current and historical fishing practices for
                              species (listed in Appendix A) in the areas
                              now encompassed by Federal Waters in Guam;
                         (2)  Current and past dependence by native people
                              of Guam on these species;
                         (3)  Indigenous cultural practices of Guam
                              (social, religious, traditions) derived or
                              based upon fisheries of these species;
                         (4)  Present participation by native fishermen in
                              Guam (together with non-native fishermen) in
                              the fisheries of these species.

                Appendix A lists various species including snappers,
              groupers, tunas, mahi-mahi, bill fishes, jacks, sharks,
              crustaceans, and precious corals, which are associated with
              the above mentioned evaluation.


         The following reports were done by Paul H. Rosendahl, Ph.D.,
         Inc., Archeological - Historical - Cultural Resources Management
         Studies and Services. All of' these reports are available from
         the Historic Preservation Office, Department of Parks and
         Recreation.


                   Final Report: Archaeological Inventory Survey -
                   Proposed Golf Course Near Talofofo Guam; Alan E. Haun,
                   prepared for Pricia, Inc.; March 1989. A cave,
                   perhaps used by a Japanese World War II straggler was




                                         110









                                                                   HIS 17



                  noted during archaeological investigations but the site
                  was concluded to be of low significance.

                  Final Report: Archaeological Inventory Survey -
                  Proposed Guam First Green Golf Course near Pulantat,
                  Yona, Guam; Alan E. Haun, Theresa K. Donham, Bradley J.
                  Dilli, and Bert F. Rader , prepared for Duenas and
                  Swavely, Inc; March 1989. During archaeological
                  investigations three newly identified prehistoric
                  habitation sites were located. All three sites are
                  assessed as significant for information content.
                  Further data collection is recommended for two sites
                  and potential archaeological consultation is
                  recommended during future development activities. Two
                  sites are from the latte period and one site is
                  considered transitional from pre-latte to latte
                  periods.

                  Final Report: Archaeological Inventory - Proposed Lake
                  Agat Golf Courses,,Santa Rita, and Yona Municipalities,
                  Guam; Alan E. Haun, Theresa K. Donham, and Mike Fager,
                  prepared for Winzler & Kelly; April 1989. A
                  prehistoric probable short term site was located during
                  archaeological investigations and concluded to be of
                  significance solely for information content. The site
                  is highly significant since (1) deposits illustrate
                  intensive occupation and (2) the site is relatively
                  intact and has potential regarding intrasite
                  variability, non-latte architectural forms; temporal
                  relationships in Pre-latte, Transitional and Latte
                  Phases. Further data recovery and archeological
                  monitoring during earthmoring activity was recommended.

                  Subsurface Archaeological Reconnaissance Survey -
                  Continental BoutiqueProject Area, Tumon, Guam;
                  Roderick S. Brown, Alan E. Haun, and Theresa K. Donham,
                  prepared for Asanuma Gumi Co., Ltd.; June 1989. No
                  significant cultural deposits were identified during
                  the investigation; however, archaeological monitoring
                  was recommended during construction activities.
                  Extensive disturbance during to past and recent
                  construction in project area was noted.

                  Subsurface Archaeological Reconnaissance Survey -
                  Teraza Hotel Project Area (Tumon), Gua ; Roderick S.
                  Brown, Alan E. Haun, and Theresa K. Donham, prepared
                  for Asanuma Gumi Co., Ltd.; June 1989. The site
                  appears to be a disturbed portion of a large habitation
                  complex which covered most of Tumon Bay in the Latte
                  Phase. Site considered significant for information
                  content.









          HIS 18



                    Subsurface Archaeological Reconnaissance Survey - Ryoko
                    Condominium Project Area (Tumon), Guam; Roderick S.
                    Brown and Alan E. Haun, prepared for Ryoko Construction
                    Co., Ltd.; June 1989. Investigations revealed that
                    unmitigated recent and historic activity has damaged
                    the integrity of the site. Site was considered
                    significant solely for information content.

                    Subsurface Archaeological Reconnaissance Survey - AB
                    Hotel Project Area (Tumon), Guam; Roderick S. Brown,
                    Alan E. Haun, and Theresa Donham, prepared for Kumagai
                    Gumi Co., Ltd., Japan; June 1989. The site appears to
                    be a very disturbed portion of a large habitation
                    complex which covered most of Tumon Bay during the
                    Latte Phase. Site considered significant for
                    information content.



          ARTS AND HUMANITIES


          Proposed Center for the Performing Arts; Bureau of Planning,
          Department of Land Management, Insular Arts Council, and
          Department of Public Works; December 1979. Describes a
          recommended site in the Agana Swamp area for construction of a
          Center for the Performing Arts. Space requirements in square
          feet are listed for a gallery, museum, theater, and parking.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Civic Center of Guam; J.B. Jones, Shirley Rediger, and Tenorio,
          Duenas and Associates; not dated, but approximately 1983.
          Presents a plan for a Guam Civic Center for the arts. This
          report addresses site evaluation and master planning, needs
          assessment, program development and identification of square
          footage requirement, concept studies along with identification of
          major design elements, and project costs estimated for both
          initial and projected annual factors.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Folk Arts Directory; Guam Council on the Arts and
          Humanities; 1989. A resource book of the traditional arts and
          artists of Guam, index list by type of art/craft.
          Avaijable:     Guam Council of the Arts and Humanities Agency.

          Guam Council on the Arts and Humanities Basic State Grant; Guam
          Council on the Arts and Humanities; annually. An application for
          federal funding submitted to the National Endowment of the Arts.
          Programs focus on promotion and support narrative on the
          objectives of the Guam Council on the Arts and Humanities Agency,
          priority needs of the community with respect to the arts, program







                                         112









                                                                       HIS 19



          categories and activities, a description of each program, and
          budgetary information.
          Available:     Guam Council of the Arts and Humanities Agency.

          Promotion of the Arts, Artists-in Education Program; Guam Council
          on the Arts and Humanities Agency; annually. This grant
          application describes the Artists-in-Education program, which
          places artists in the schools for special innovative projects in
          arts education.
          Available:     Guam Council of the Arts and Humanities Agency.

          Folk Arts State Apprenticeship Progra ; Guam Council on the Arts
          and Humanities; annually. This grant application will insure a
          continual flow and preservation of the island's arts and crafts.
          The three programs considered by CAHA as promoting and preserving
          local/traditional art/crafts are: weaving, blacksmithing, canoe
          building and navigating, Kanton Chamorrita, Belembaotuyan and
          others.
          Available:      Guam Council of the Arts and Humanities Agency.

          Knowledge, Enrichment, Education: Guam Public Library and Guam
          Museum Annual Report; annually since 1987-1988.
          Available:      Nieves M. Flores Memorial Library.


































                                          113









                                                                         HSG 1



                                         HOUSING



          CONTENTS:



          Government Housing Assistance Programs                         HSG 2

          Reports, Studies, and Plans                                    HSG 3

          Laws, Permits, and Regulations                                 HSG 6














































                                           115









          HS G 2



          GOVERNMENT HOUSING ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS


          Assisted Housing Programs--Loans and Grants--Under the Preview of
          Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority: Information Brochure;
          Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority; not dated. This
          brochure briefly describes the eligibility requirements for low-
          income public housing (rental), Section 8 housing assistance
          payment (rental), and relocation payment grants.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority Briefing Paper; Guam
          Housing and Urban Renewal Authority; March 13, 1979. A listing
          of federal programs that GHURA is participating in. It includes
          ongoing and completed projects and long-range plans of the
          Community Development, Section 8, and Low Income Housing
          programs.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          U.S.D.A Farmers Home Administration Rural Housing Program; Bureau
          of Planning; April 1980. Briefly outlines factual information on
          the Farmer's Home Loan Program on Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Housing Assistance Programs, Guam 1980; Bureau of Planning;
          November 1980. This booklet offers an overview of the home
          ownership programs and rental assistance programs available to
          families and single persons.. Information includes a brief
          description of the programs, where to apply, mailing address,
          telephone numbers, office hours, and eligibility requirements.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Government Housing Progra ; Department of Administration; 1980.
          Discusses the history, purpose, and management of the Government
          Housing Program, which is administered by the Housing Management
          Division of the Department of Administration.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Market Feasibility Study for Guam Residential Mortgage Revenue
          Bonds, Draft; Questor Associates, for the Guam Economic
          Development Authority; October 31, 1980. This study provides an
          evaluation of the market feasibility of the Residential Mortgage
          Finance Program. The purpose of the Program was to provide
          below-market interest rate mortgages for the purchase of housing.
          This study describes the program regulations; analyzes
          demographic and economic factors which may affect demand for
          housing units; analyzes the Guam housing stock, trends, and
          market; evaluates competitive mortgage financed programs that may
          affect the demand for Program mortgages; and analyzes risks that
          may occur and their consequences.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.






                                         116








                                                                        HSG 3



          Guam Housing Corporation monthly Loan Activity Report; Guam
          Housing Corporation; monthly. Summarizes the housing loan
          activity of the Guam Housing Corporation. This list shows the
          amount, location, type of loan, rate and terms for each loan
          approved during the month; estimated number and amount of loans
          for the following month; number and amount of loans under
          processing; number and amount of new applicants; and number of
          construction projects.
          Available:      Guam Housing Corporation.

          Guam Housing Corporation, Annual Report; Guam Housing
          Corporation; 1988 and annually. Report on activities of the Guam
          Housing Corporation for each fiscal year, including its legal
          authority, loan activity overview, new construction, home
          rehabilitation and new purchase statistics, and various financial
          statements.
          Available:      Guam Housing Corporation.


          REPORTS, STUDIES, AND PLANS

          United States Census of Housing 1960 - Guam; Bureau of the
          Census, United States Department of Commerce; 1963. Frequencies
          are tabulated for housing units, occupancy characteristics by
          civil and military portions of election districts, type of
          construction, cooking fuel, plumbing facilities, structural
          characteristics, and financial characteristics.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          United States Census of Housing 1970 - Guam; Bureau of the
          Census, United States Department of Commerce; 1972. General
          housing characteristics are tabulated for occupancy and
          structural characteristics, utilization characteristics, plumbing
          characteristics, facilities and equipment characteristics, and
          financial characteristics of housing units on Guam in 1970.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Residential Development Policy Report; Bureau of Planning;
          October 1976. Analyzes current housing stock through data
          .collected during the Bureau of Labor Statistics Universe Housing
          Survey in March-April 1976. A resurvey was done in August 1976,
          just after Typhoon Pamela, to obtain additional data for typhoon
          damage assessment. See HSG-Housing Surveys (below) for a
          description of the data collection form used during the Universe
          Housing Survey. A sample household survey was also conducted
          which gives a profile of household members and an assessment of
          housing quality from the exterior of the house. Analyzes the
          future demand for housing. Discusses construction costs,
          financing and subsidized programs.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.





                                          117









          HSG 4



          1980 Census of Housing, Guam: Characteristics of Housing Units;
          United States Department of Commerce. All housing data in these
          reports are shown for the 19 municipalities and for Census
          Designated Places. The tape file also contains Enumeration
          Districts data. Where applicable, data is further classified by
          year-round housing units (including vacant units), owner-occupied
          housing units, and renter-occupied housing units.

                    General Housing Characteristics; may 1983. Frequencies
                    are tabulated for housing units, vacancy status and
                    rates, plumbing facilities, water supply (hot and cold
                    piped water), bathtub or shower, toilet facilities,
                    number of rooms per unit, number of persons per room,
                    value.of owner occupied housing; price asked for vacant
                    for sale units; contract rent for renter occupied units
                    and rent asked for vacant for rent units.


                    Detailed Housing Characteristics; June 1984.
                    Frequencies are tabulated for year structure built,
                    number of bedrooms, type of material used for outside
                    walls and for roof, number of units in structure,
                    source of water, sewage disposal, air conditioning,
                    type of cooking facilities, source of electric power,
                    refrigerator,number of vehicles available, mortgage
                   .status and selected monthly owner costs, gross rent,
                    household income in 1979, and income in 1979 below
                    poverty level.

                    Summary Tape File 3A; 1985. This computer tape file
                    contains most of the data items in the two printed
                    housing reports above on a much smaller geographic
                    level. Some financial data such as value of housing,
                    price asked, household income in 1979 and income in
                    1979 below poverty level are not included; however,
                    gross rent and owner occupied selected monthly owner
                    costs are in the report. The data in the tape file is
                    available on microfiche, and as a photo-copied report.

          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Efficiency in Guam's Construction Industry; Max G. Howard,
          VECTER, for Bureau of Planning; March 31, 1981. A detailed
          analysis of all aspects of production within the construction
          industry, focusing on labor, management, overhead, taxes and
          financing. Those factors influencing the cost and quality of a
          home are located and analyzed in depth.
          Available:     Bureau-of Planning Library.








                                          118








                                                                         HSG 5



          Guam Housing Numbering System; Bureau of Planning; February 1981.
          Proposes the method for assigning street addresses that was used
          for Guam's house numbering project.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Energy Conscious Residential Design for a Tropical Isle; J.G.
          Jones, Stephen F. Lander, and H. Mark Ruth, for the Guam Energy
          Office; not dated, but approximately 1983. Provides basic
          background on the design factors necessary to construct energy-
          efficient homes in the tropics. Several local residences are
          described and photographed to illustrate the concepts.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Report of Guam's Housing Market; Merrill & Associates; October
          1984. Presents analyses and recommendations of the local housing
          market in terms of residential construction industry, financial
          markets relating to the housing industry, economic factors, and
          consumer demographics.
          Available;      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Guam Multi-Family Rental Housing Report; Merrill & Associates
          for Guam Economic Development Authority; August 1985. Market
          analysis report on establishing the actual demand for rental
          housing in 1988. Information includes demand for multi-family
          rental units, construction and labor costs, and availability of
          financing.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam's People: A Continuing Heritage, Statistical Profile of the
          Territory of Guam 1920-1980; Interagency Committee on Population,
          Government of Guam; June 1988. This report contains statistical
          information and analysis from the 1980 cenus of housing on
          housing units, household income, occupancy/vacancy, plumbing
          facilities, and other housing characteristics.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Monthly Summary of Building Permits; Building Permits Division,
          Department of Public Works. Monthly summary report of building
          permits issued. The number and value are aggregated quarterly
          and published in the Quarterly Economic Review by the Department
          of Commerce.
          Available:      Department of Public Works.

          Monthly Housing_Report (Summary of Housing Activity); Housing
          Division, Department of Administration. Monthly report
          specifying the number of total leased units available for the
          month; total occupancy; total vacancies.
          Available:      Department of Administration, Housing Division.

          Housing Survey--Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority; Guam
          Housing and Urban Renewal Authority. Housing Survey conducted




                                           119








           HSG 6



           for villages which become projects for urban renewal. Universe
           survey within village, conducted house to house by personal
           interviews and observation. Survey conducted only when village
           becomes an authorized urban renewal project. Results are not
           published.
           Available:     Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority.

           Survey of Unoccupied Units; Housing Referral Office, Anderson Air
           Force Base. Survey conducted by telephone and physical
           inspection to verify vacancies for rental units listed with the
           Housing Referral Office and those desiring to list with the
           Housing Referral office on a daily basis. Majority of rental
           units listed cover Agana and north of Agana. For more
           information, contact the Housing Referral Office, Anderson Air
           Force Base.
           Available:     Housing Referral Office, Anderson Air Force Base.


           LAWS, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS

           Time Share Ownership, Government Code Title VII, Public Law 16-
           20; June 16, 1981. A copy of the law governing time share
           ownership of real property.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Building Permits and Inspection Rules, Regulations and Forms;
           Department of Public Works; updated periodically. Policies,
           Standard Operating Procedures and Forms. Department of Public
           Works. These rules and regulations provide an overview of zoning
           requirements, set backs, minimum design criteria, building permit
           fees, grading permit fees, valuation, procedures and requirements
           for obtaining a construction permit, inspection of work in
           progress, stop work order, and certificate of occupancy.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Also available from the Department of Public Works:

                     1988 Uniform Building Code
                     1988 Uniform Mechanical Code
                     1988 Uniform Plumbing Code
                     1988 National Electrical Code


















                                           120









                                                                        HTH 1




                                        HEALTH



          CONTENTS:

          Health Planning                                               HTH   2

          Health Status and Health Care Programs                        HTH   5

          Traditional Health Care                                       HTH 13

          Women and Child Health and Family Planning Services           HTH 13

          Nutrition                                                     HTH 16


          Dental Health                                                 HTH 18


          Mental Health and Substance Abuse                             HTH 19

          Hospital Services and Administration                          HTH 23

          Health Information Systems and Statistical Reports            HTH 26

          Specific Health Problems - Surveys, Studies, Reports          HTH 29

          Communicable Disease Statistics                               11TH 36


          Environmental Health                                          HTH 39




































                                          121








          HTH 2



          HEALTH PLANNING


          Comprehensive Health Plan for the Territory of Guam--First
          Component--Health Problems and Goals of Guam; Office of
          Comprehensive Health Planning, Department of Public Health and
          Social Services; February 1971. This document presents the
          framework for prioritizing health problems and goals. The seven
          topics of discussion include: Background Information;
          Classification and Inventory of Health Problems and Hazards;
          Assessment of Priority Health Problems and Hazards; Summary List
          of Goals; Assessment of the Present Health System; Guide for
          Health Policy and Action; and a Summary of Accomplishments.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Comprehensive Health Plan for the Territory of Guam--Second and
          Third Components--Health Problems and Goals of Guam; Office of
          Comprehensive Health Planning, DPHSS; August 1972. This document
          deals with the medical care delivery system on Guam and includes
          an expanded discussion of means, goals, and objectives in solving
          health problems.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Master Plan: Health Services; Greenleaf/Telesca-Ahn; June
          1971. This component to the 1972 Guam Master Plan evaluates and
          tabulates the incidence of health problems and hazards, and
          analyzes Guam's resources to deal with them.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Master, Phase I: Opportunities and Alternatives;
          Greenleaf/Telesca-Ahn; approximately 1971. This report
          summarizes the major concepts, conclusions, and alternatives
          presented in "Guam Master Plan: Health Services."
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Comprehensive Health Planning, Government of Guam, Training
          Seminar on Plan Development; James P. Lovegreen and James N.
          Heverman, Arthur Young & Co..; April 30, 1975. A seminar training
          manual covering the approach to development of a Comprehensive
          Health Plan.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Final Report Regarding the Provision of Technical Assistance to
          the Health Planning Agencies on Guam and in the Trust Territory;
          Arthur Young and Company, prepared for Department of Health,
          Education and Welfare, Region IX; 1977. A report describing the
          activities of health planning agencies on Guam during the
          Technical Assistance period of DHEW. Discusses a history of each
          local agency, course of events during the assistance period,
          general comments, and recommendations.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.





                                          122









                                                                             HTH 3



            Guam Preliminary Health Plan; Guam Health Planning and
            Development Agency; 1979. A 350 page report outlining health-
            related goals of the Territory. Includes narrative sections on
            Health Planning and Development Overview, Description of the
            Planning Area, Health Status,Profile, and Health Delivery System.
            Each section includes a narrative description, priorities
            associated with that area, goals and objectives, and recommended
            actions. The Appendix includes over fifty maps, graphs, and
            tables which present statistical information on Guam's economy,
            social status, and health status.
            Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

            Health Manpower Planning; World Health Organization; 1980. A
            report developed as a part of WHO's advisory services. This
            document focuses on the training of nurses, environmental health
            technicians, and emergency medical technicians. Evaluates health
            manpower training needs and training resources, and presents
            recommendations for the best source of continuing education to
            meet licensure. Includes graphs and tables on employed health
            care personnel.
            Available:      Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                            and Social Services.


            Guam Health Plan 1978-1983; Guam Health Planning and Development
            Agency; March 28, 1980. Describes the comprehensive State Health
            Plan for the Territory of Guam. Includes: general information
            on the development and implementation of the plan; demographic
            information; health status profile of the people of Guam; an
            examination of the health care delivery system on Guam using an
            analytical taxonomic system; major problems, goals, objectives,
            and recommended actions.
            Available:.     Bureau of Planning Library.

            Health Care in Guam: Current Status and Future Policy Options;
            Robert Mytinger Associates, Inc.; December 1981. Presents a
            clear view of the current status and organization of Guam's
            health care system coupled with a massive blueprint of
            alternative policy options.
            Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

            Guam Health Plan 1982-1985; Guam Health.Planning and Development
            Agency; 1982. An interim health plan that summarizes health
           .planning data including demography, a health status assessment of
            the island, health concerns, policy analysis, and medical
            facilities. Numerous tables and data are presented.
            Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

            Indigent Health Care on Guam: Review and Recommendations;
            Department of Public Health and Social Services, for the 16th
            Guam Legislature; May 1982. A compilation of data related to
            laws and status, and recommendations regarding the indigency




                                              123









          HTH 4


          status on Guam. Legislation relative to medical indigency,
          review of finances and guidelines are presented along with
          comparative and alternative plans to provide health,care to the
          medically indigent on Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam: National Health Development Situation; World Health
          Organization; 1985. A developmental planning report which
          indicates WHO",s role in assisting Guam in health development.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Report to the Congress on Health Services in the United States
          Pacific Island Jurisdictions; Department of Health and Human
          Services, and the University of Hawaii at Manoa School of
          Medicine; 1985. Reviews health and medical service.delivery in
         .the U.S. Pacific. A summary of facilities, programs, manpower,
          available services.and other information regarding the future
          direction and planning needs are presented. Several approaches
          to plan for and implement changes are made.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Evaluating the Strategies For Health For Allby the Year 2000 -
          Common Framework and Format - Territory of Guam; Guam Health
          Planning an.d.Development Agency; March 1985. WHO guidelines for
          Health For All Program. This plan evaluates and summarizes the
          plans and strategies used by the Territory of Guam for health
          promotion and policies.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Health Plan 1985-1990; Guam Health Planning and Development
          Agency; October 1985. This planning document provides a
          comprehensive framework for addressing key problem areas and
          priority issues surrounding the provision of health care for
          Guam. It contains a wide range of information relevant to health
          care planning through 1990.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Long Term Health Care Plan; Guam Health Planning and Development
          Agency, Ulla-Katrina Craig; 1986. This plan describes what long
          term care is and how it relates to health services. Discussed in
          the plan are long term care in the national perspective and on
          Guam, service gaps in the long term care continuum, financial
          issues and a proposed model of long term care for Guam.
          Appropriate demographic and health information which determine
          the needs and services for long term care are discussed.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Governor's Conference on Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
          -Guam Health Objectives for 1990 and Beyond: A Pre-conference
          Report; Steering Committee for the Development of the Guam Health
          Objectives for 1990 and Beyond; September 1987. Report prepared




                                         124









                                                                         HTH 5




           to familiarize conference participants and other interested
           parties with the draft objectives pertaining to Preventive Health
           Services, Health Protection, and Health Promotion. The report
           includes a summary of the initiative behind the Guam Health
           Oblectives for 1990 and Beyond, a description of the planning
           process, and drafted problem statements and objectives for
           discussion at the Governor's Conference.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Monitoring Report for Guam: The Guam Country Health Report for
           WHO and the National Strategies for Health for All 1985 to 1987;
           World Health Organization; 1988. A description of the National
           Health for All plan as it relates to Guam and health planning for
           Guam via health programs, agencies, and groups.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.



           HEALTH STATUS AND HEALTH CARE PROGRAMS


           The Health Problem Index: An Oblective Method for Health Problem
           Prioritization; Robert Haddock, Department of Public Health and
           Social Services; not dated. Briefly describes an objective
           method for determining the relative importance of health problems
           in given area utilizing morbidity, mortality and hospital use
           data. The *method is recommended for use in setting health
           problem priorities and evaluating progress in attacking specific
           health problems as well as for comparing health problem profiles
           in different areas.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Health Inventory of Guam; Iva V. Hiscrock, S.C.D. and Richard
           K.C. Lee, MD, DPH; 1962. A historical reference on health
           problems affecting Guam in the early 19601s.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Infant and Fetal Mortality of the Indigenous Population of Guam,
           1965-1967; Office of Comprehensive Health Planning, Department of
           Public Health and Social Services; March 1969. Study to describe
           infant and fetal mortality. Explores mortality differentials
           among significant demographic groups within the indigenous
           population, identifying high risk groups. Provides baseline for
           measuring progress towards improving general level of health on
           Guam.
           Available:      Guam Room, Nieves Flores Library.

           observations on Health Care in the Territory of Guam; Kaiser
           Foundation International; September 1971. Assesses health care
           resources including the Guam Memorial Hospital; evaluates
           proposals for new facilities; and comments on alternate means of
           organizing and financing health care on the island. In addition




                                            125








         FITH 6



         to a summary of findings, this study presents an overview of the
         health situation and recommendations. Health service resources,
         .health insurance coverage and the potential for a prepaid health
         plan on Guam are also discussed.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         A History of Health on Guam; Robert L. Haddock; 1973. An
         overview of the health care system on Guam. Presents historical
         and traditional health care methods used on Guam. Outlines
         health care facilities and resources as of 1973.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Health and Medicine in Guam and Micronesia -- A Bibliography;
         Lynn Van Houten; 1974. A compilation of articles and reports
         written about health and medicine in Micronesia and Guam.
         Includes over 400 references on Anatomy, Physiology, Personal
         Hygiene, Public Health topics, and Medical Treatment. Period
         covered is from the 1950's through about 1973.
         Available:      Guam Memorial. Hospital Medical Library.

         Report on Food and Drug Legislation Control in the Territory of
         Guam; R. A. Chapman, SPC Consultant, Food and Drug Legislation;
         February 1976. Report outlines: present legislation and
         controls in effect pertaining to food, drugs, cosmetics, and
         devices; recommendations for new legislation; and recommendations
         concerning changes in administrative guidelines and
         responsibilities of the Food and Drug Branch, Consumer Protection
         Section, Department of Public Health and social Services.
         Available:      Bureau of Environmental Health and Consumer
                         Protection, Department of Public Health and Social
                         Services.


         Country Health  Information Profiles for Guam; World Health
         Organization; February 1977. Presents an overview of the
         organizational and functional structure of the government; the
         economy; infrastructure and other facilities; educational level
         and structure; National Health Plan: vital and health statistics;
         health structure; health resources and facilities; health
         manpower; environmental health; and additional information.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         History of Health Care on Guam (Unpublished); Department of
         Public Health and Social Services; September 1978. A brief
         history of Guam's cultural, economic, and political development;
         health service facilities; para-medical education; environmental
         health; communicable disease problems; chronic disease problems;
         nutrition; and maternal and child health. The goals and
         objectives of the Department of Public Health and Social Services
         are also outlined.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.





                                         126









                                                                        HTH 7



          Off-Island Referral Patterns in the Pacific Basin: Findings an
          Recommendations; Vivian Lin and Russell C. Coile, for the Pacific
          Basin "1536" Agency Training Sessions; June 1979. A study which
          describes the off-island referral patterns in the Pacific, their
          implications on health delivery systems, and findings and
          recommendations.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Survey to Determine the Health Need for the Northern Part of
          Guam; Community Development Institute, University of Guam; 1979.
          A household survey with a total of 53 questions asked of each
          member of the household. The questions were designed to
          determine the health status of each household, and to determine
          if a northern area health center should be established.
          Available:      University of Guam, Community Development
                          Institute.

          Needs Assessment Document on the Proposed Northern Area Health
          Center; Guam Health Planning and Development Agency; 1980. This
          report analyzed the results of a survey of health needs for the
          Northern part of Guam. The areas studied were Yigo, Dededo,
          Latte Heights, Tamuning, and Agafa Gumas. The report evaluates
          the health status of the residents, the types of health services
          and facilities currently available and those needed, types of
          manpower and types of funding resources available to the
          Government of Guam.
          Available:      University of Guam, Community Development
                          Institute.


          Cross-Cultural  Caring: A Handbook for Health Care Professionals
          in Hawaii; University of Hawaii; 1980. This book summarizes the
          health conditions and needs of Pacific countries and territories
          (including Guam and Micronesia). Includes local terminology,
          some multi-disciplinary and cross-cultural emphasis and focus.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Criteria and Standards for Health Services; Robert Mytinger and
          Associates, Inc. for the Guam Health Planning and Development
          Agency; 1980. Criteria and standards for various health services
          are listed including: ambulatory care, CAT scans, emergency
          medical services, mental health-inpatient services, diagnostic
          and therapeutic radiology, skilled nursing and intensive care,
          prepaid health plans and health maintenance organizations,
          obstetrical-pediatric services, and in-patient acute care at Guam
          Memorial Hospital.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Employee Development Plan For the Division of Social Services;
          Department of Public Health and Social Services; August 1981. A
          staff development plan to determine polices and training needs






                                          127










          HTH 8



          for staff within DPHSS Social Services Division programs.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Indigent Health Care on Guam: Review and Recommendations; Ad Hoc
          Committee of the Department of Public Health and Social Services;
          May 1982. Thorough study of the entire issue of medical
          i:rydigency on Guam. This report recommends a standard for
          indigency, recommends a course of action for the Legislature
          which the Department feels is in the best interest of the health
          status of the indigent, and outlines the changes necessary in
          current law to accomplish the recommended changes.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Collaborative and Cooperative Efforts Procedural Guidelines
          Manual; World Health Organization, and Government of Guam,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services; 1983. This
          manual describes Guam's role in cooperative and collaborative
          health program planning with the World Health Organization's
          Western Pacific Regional Office in Manila, P.I. General
          information and specific procedural guidelines for collaborative
          efforts are presented.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          The House that Jacquie Built; Mark Shapiro; 1983. Discusses
          alleged fraud involving the Guam Memorial Health Plan, a health
          maintenance organization, organized under the jurisdiction of the
          Guam Memorial Hospital Authority. This 201 page book
          investigates GMHP from May 1.977, when it was organized, until
          September 1982, when it became a separate public corporation with
          its own Board of Trustees.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Public Health and Social Service Organization on Guam: A
          Critical Assessment; Victoria McAdams; 1983. Examines systems
          impacting on the Department of Public Health and Social Services,
          such as Guam's unique political status and cultural influences,
          the organizational structure, and environmental factors. The
          managerial, technical, and physical subsystems are also examined.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Evaluation of Federal Support to Health Care Systems of U.S.
          Pacific Territories; Robert E. Mytinger, Ph.D., University of
          Hawaii at Manoa, School of Public Health; July 1984. This report
          describes and overview and analysis of the health care system on
          Guam. This evaluation of Guam's health care system criterion
          referenced evaluation methodology in five local areas:
          administration, facilities, manpower and training, public health
          programs, and health services.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.






                                         128









                                                                         HTH 9



          Clinical Services Evaluation; Office of Planning, Evaluation and
          Grants Management, Department of Public Health and Social
          Services; September 1984. An evaluation of the delivery of
          clinical services by the Department of Public Health and Social
          Services aimed at improved efficiency and effectiveness. Study
          focuses on staff functions, space utilization, staff flow,
          patient flow, and organizational structure.
          Available:     Department of Public Health and Social Services.

          Major Health Problems and Concerns; Guam Health Planning and
          Development Agency; March 1985. A descriptive summary of Guam's
          major health problems and concerns.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Health Status of the Population of Guam; Community Development
          Institute-Cooperative Extension Service, University of Guam and
          Guam Health Planning and Development Agency; February-June 1985.
          Presents the findings of an Islandwide Health Behavior Patterns
          Survey in  six volumes.

                     Executive Summary of the Islandwide Health Behavior
                     Patterns Survey

                     Volume One: Salient Social and Economic
                     Characteristics. Focuses on selected social and
                     economic characteristics of the subject that are
                     believed to be salient with regard to understanding the
                     more general concern of health behavior patterns.

                     Volume Two: Dental Needs and Care. (See HTH - Dental
                     Health)

                     Volume Three: Morbidit      Focuses on morbidity and
                     factors that may be related to the type of services
                     received.


                     Volume Four: Health Care Accessibility,__Utilization,
                     Satisfaction, Responsibility and Knowleqqe of
                     Sanitation Practices. Focuses on health care
                     accessibility, utilization, satisfaction,
                     responsibility, and knowledge of sanitation practices.

                     Volume Five: Analytical Discussion of Selected Life
                     Style Patterns. Focuses on selected lifestyle patterns
                     associated with physical and mental health and personal
                     safety.

          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Health Insurance Patterns of the Population of Guam; Cynthia L.
          Naval, Guam Health Planning and Development Agency; 1986. A





                                          129










          HTH 10



          report on the results of a health insurance survey conducted by
          the Department of Labor as an addition to their quarterly survey
          in 1985. The study was conducted to discover the proportion of
          Guam's population covered by health insurance and to identify
          groups insufficiently insured. The study also examined the
          general population's attitudes toward the responsibility of
          payment for medical care.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Consumer Health Insurance Handbook; Guam Health Planning and
          Development Agency and Guam Health Coordinating Council; January
          1987. A guide that explains the types and kinds of health
          insurance and government programs available on Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Report of the Student Health Risk Appraisal Survey; Frances
          Limtiaco, Department of Public Health and Social Series; February
          1987. This report summarizes the results of a survey conducted
          to assess the health-related behavior of Guam's middle school
          population. Findings are discussed on nutrition and eating
          habits, exercise and fitness, smoking and tobacco use, alcohol
          and drug use, safety habits, dental health, mental health,
          sexuality, and school health promotion efforts. Conclusions and
          recommendations are summarized based on the results and the
          overall needs assessment for program planning for health
          education.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Teen Parenting Program-Program Evaluation-Program Year 4 Progress
          Report; Mary L. Spencer, Ph. D., Kerina Oshiro, Maria Teresa
          Ganacias, Norman Mendiola, Winifred M. Shiroma, Cindy Sorenson;
          Americas Behavioral Research Corporation; 1987. An extensive
          evaluation of the Teen Parenting Program on Guam four years after
          it was implemented. The study examines incidence of high school
          graduation, client case studies, classroom instruction for
          pregnant teens and recording, keeping of client data to determine
          the effectiveness of the program. The program is designed to
          assist pregnant teens in continuing education and eventually
          graduating from school. The program also provides information to
          the young women clients with parental and other health
          information.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Medicaid's Early and Periodic Screening Diagnosis and Treatment
          Program; Department of Public Health and Social Services; 1985.
          A booklet describing the program geared toward the promotion of
          child health via early and periodic screening and diagnosis of
          children's health problems.
          Available:     Department of Public Health and Social Services
                         and Bureau of Planning Library.





                                          130









                                                                      HTH 11



           Medically Indigent Program Recipients Manual; Department of
           Public Health and Social Services, 1987. A booklet which
           describes services, requirements and information for medically
           indigent people through the MIP Program.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Health Education Risk Reduction Outreach Program; Health
           Education, Department of Public Health and Social Services;
           Ongoing. A motivation-education program for working adults is
           being conducted at various worksites throughout the island.
           Approximately 2,000 persons are expected to participate. A
           health appraisal questionnaire containing demographic and risk
           factor data is completed by each participant. This includes age,
           sex, ethnicity, marital status, education, name of employer,
           occupation, family income, village of residence, known health
           problems, height, weight, and blood pressure. Questions
           regarding risk factors are scored from 5, for almost always, to
           0, for almost never. These questions include cigarette smoking,
           alcohol and drugs, eating habits, exercise and fitness, stress
           control, safe driving, safe swimming, and general safety. The
           questionnaires will be computerized and the data analyzed to
           evaluate the overall health of participants of the program.
           Available:     Health Education, Department of Public and Social
                          Services.


           Grant Applications: Programs are funded by the Federal
           Government in the form of grants. These grants are normally
           awarded on a fiscal year basis and each year a grant application
           must be prepared. If information about a program is needed and
           the program is partly or fully federally funded, looking at the
           grant application may be of value. A complete file of grant
           applications is available at the Bureau of Planning for three
           years, or the Bureau of Budget and Management Research. Each
           federally funded program should also have copies of their
           specific application.

                     Human T-Cell Lymphotropic Virus Type III (HTLV-III)
                     Alternate Screening; Department of Public Health and
                     Social Services; 1985. The method of operation accepts
                     referrals for testing for HTLV-III and counsel those
                     positive result patients on the implication of such
                     results in relationship to their risks for AIDS.

                     Venereal Disease Control; Department of Public Health
                     and Social Service; FY 1973 through FY 1988. The
                     program is designed to reduce the incidence of sexually
                     transmitted disease by providing free diagnosis,
                     treatment, epidemiologic follow-up and public education
                     to the people of Guam.







                                          131









         HTH 12



                Tuberculosis Program Cooperative Agreement; Department
                of Public Health and Social Services; FY 1987 to FY
                1990. Continuing project designed to develop an
                adequate tuberculosis program for the Territory with
                the goal of reducing the incidence rate of new
                tuberculosis cases by at least 5% per year for the next
                five years.

                Guam Immunization Program; Department of Public Health
                and Social Services; 1987. A Territory-wide program
                established to control communicable diseases that pose
                an epidemic threat.

                Sexually Transmitted Disease On Guam: Prevalence and
                Incidence of Gonorrhea and Syphilis; Department of
                Public Health and Social Services; FY 1973 through FY
                1987. Program designed to decrease the incidence of
                sexually transmitted disease on Guam.

                Emer2ency Medical Services Plan; Department of Public
                Realth and Social Services; 1986. Addresses the
                emergency medical services needs for those under 21
                years of age, both at the pre-hospital and in-hospital
                phases of the Emergency Medical Services System.

                Teen Parenting Program, FY 1984 through FY 1988;
                Department of Public Health and Social Services. A
                continuing program for services to pregnant teens.

                Health Education Risk Reduction Program; FY 1990.
                Program's goal is to reduce mortality and morbidity due
                to chronic diseases, accidents and injuries,
                communicable diseases, and to reduce maternal and
                infant morbidity and mortality through comprehensive
                health education services.


                Chronic Disease Control and Prevention Program; FY
                f990. Program's goal is to reduce risk factors
                associated with lifestyle and behavior related factors.
                The proposed project, if and when funded will have
                three major components, via, Coalition
                Building/Organizational Development, Epidemiological
                component and Educational component.

                Southern Region Community Health Center, FY 1983
                through 1989; Department of Public Health and Social
                Services. A continuing program for the southern region
                health center.









                                        132









                                                                       HTH 13



                    Guam Hepatitis B Immunization For New Borns, FY 1989;
                    Department of Public Health and Social Services. A
                    program for immunization of newborns.

                    AIDS Prevention and Surveillance Cooperative Agreement,
                    FY 1990. This grant has the major focus on prevention
                    of AIDS through comprehensive educational approach.

                    Federally funded grant application for improvement of
                    the Medical Records System of Guam's local government
                    health facilities through manpower training and a
                    system's assessment. This is a two year budget and
                    project period beginning in October 1988.

                    Medicaid Program, FY 1967-1989; Department of Public
                    Health and Social Services. A continuing program for
                    health services for those in need.



          TRADITIONAL HEALTH CARE


          The Suruhanos: Traditional Curers on the Island of Guam; Patrick
          D. McMakin; 1975. A Master's Thesis for the University of Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          A Guide to the Medicinal Plants on Guam; Patrick D. McMakin and
          Philip H. Moore; 1977. An illustration of plants found on Guam
          that are cultivated and used for their medicinal properties. A
          brief introduction to the traditional Chamorro practitioners of
          healing, the suruhano and suruhana, is given with an explanation
          of the use of the medicinal plants. The majority of the document
          contains pictures, descriptions, names and uses of the medicinal
          plants.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Suruhanas: Women Herbalists of Guam; Ann Marie Pobutsky; May
          1983. Attempts to answer questions on whether the traditional
          healers are disappearing as a component of available health care
          on Guam. The research delves into the nature and use of
          traditional healers on Guam: who they are, who they service, and
          what ailments they treat.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.


          WOMEN AND CHILD HEALTH AND FAMILY PLANNING SERVICES


          The Diet of Mothers and Children on the Island of Guam; Sheila H.
          Malcolm, South Pacific Commission; Technical Paper No. 113; 1958.
          A historical reference on the diet of local women and children in
          the 1950's.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.




                                          133









         HTH 14




         Standard for Child Care Facilities; Division of Social Services
         Department of Public Health and Social Services; September 1978.
         Rules and regulations which formulate standards for child care
         facilities that will promote and protect the well-being of
         children being served.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         State Plan for Family Planning Project Fiscal Year 1981-1985;
         Department of Public Health and Social Services; 1980. Presents
         a plan to provide a variety of contraceptive methods as well as
         assistance to families with infertility problems. These services
         are a part of comprehensive medical care which includes
         education, advice, referral for the screening, detection,
         prevention or treatment of a variety of conditions aimed at
         achieving a state of good health.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Caring For Ourselves - A Health Handbook For Pacific Women;
         Vanessa Griffin, University of the South Pacific; 1983. This
         handbook is designed to address the health of Pacific women and
         their concerns. Issues discussed are a wider definition of
         health; being female - a woman's body, pregnancy, and childbirth;
         sexuality; contraception; abortion; common health problems;
         menopause; traditional medicine; nutrition; rape/violence; stress
         and self-help/self-care.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Pacific Basin Maternal and Child Health Resource Center Annual
         Progress Report FY 1988-89, Volumes I - IV; Pacific Basin
         Maternal and Child Health Resource Center, University of Guam;
         1988. Progress report containing four volumes of health related
         guidelines and materials in an effort to improve the health
         status of women and children. Volume I presents an overall
         narrative progress report fox' - fiscal year 1988-89 and summarizes
         the goals and objectives of the resource center. Volumes II and
         III presents various issues and approaches to effective health
         care for women and children. Volume IV provides contact
         numbers/addresses of health professionals in the Micronesian
         area.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Pacific Basin Maternal and Child Health Resource Center Directory
         of Health Providers and Orga izations Concerned with Maternal
         Child Health in the Pacific Basin; PBMCHRC; no date but around
         1988. This directory lists health organizations and contracts in
         Micronesia that deal with maternal child health. By
         jurisdiction: Guam, Federated States of Micronesia, Commonwealth
         of the Northern Mariana Islands, Republic of Belau, Republic of
         the Marshall Islands.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.




                                         134








                                                                       HTH 15



          Maternal and Child Health Program Annual Report; Department of
          Public Health and Social Services; annually. Report on the
          annual Maternal and Child Health Block Grant. Information is
          included on the health status of women and children.
          Available:     Department of Public Health and Social Services.

          Adolescent Family Life Demonstration Project; Department of
          Public Health and Social Services; annually. Program which
          provides care services for pregnant and parenting teenagers.
          Available:     Department of Public Health and Social Services.

          Grant Applications: Programs are funded by the Federal
          Government in the form of grants. These grants are normally
          awarded on a fiscal year basis and each year a grant application
          must be prepared. If information about a program is needed and
          the program is partly or fully federally funded, looking at the
          grant application may be of value. A complete file of grant
          applications is available at the Bureau of Planning for three
          years, or the Bureau of Budget and Management Research. Each
          federally funded program should also have copies of their
          specific application.

                    Home Training Project 1983 and 1984; Department of
                    Public Health and Social Services; 1983, 1984. A
                    Department of Public Health and Social Services program
                    that identifies children from birth to 3 years old for
                    significant delays in their growth and psychomotor
                    development. Treatment programs are devised and
                    implemented to assist them in developing to their
                    fullest potential. The application includes plans for
                    staff training and regional dissemination of
                    information.


                    TOTO Renewal Grant; Department of Public Health and
                    Social Services; FY 1988. Take Off To Opportunity
                    (TOTO) is a project to improve health and developmental
                    outcomes for children (0-5) in a housing project with
                    adverse pregnancy outcomes.

                    Family Planning Service Training; Center for Health
                    Training; FY 1986 through FY 1989. The program is
                    designed to create, update, and maintain the skills and
                    knowledge necessary for family planning personnel to
                    accomplish project goals.

                    Family Planning Program and National Priorities
                    Projects; Department of Public Health and Social
                    Services; FY 1972 through FY 1989. The Family Planning
                    project focuses on providing Guam's residents the
                    opportunity to determine the number and spacing of
                    their children ' promoting improved maternal-child
                    health, and reducing unwanted pregnancies. The
                    National Priority project will continue to focus on the
                    prevention of adolescent pregnancies.


                                          135







           HTH 16



                    health, and reducing unwanted pregnancies. The
                    National Priority project will continue to focus on the
                    prevention of adolescent pregnancies.

                    Aid to Families With Dependent Children; FY 1967
                    through 1989. A continuing program for providing
                    monetary aid to families with dependent children.

                    Preventive Health and Health Services Block Grant;
                    Department of Public Health and Social Services; FY
                    1985 through FY 1989. The four main programs supported
                    under this Consolidated Block Grant are: Chronic
                    Disease Prevention and Control which provides primary
                    level care aimed at controlling heart disease, kidney
                    failure, and strc)ke; Health/ Education Risk Reduction
                    which provides health education and promotion services
                    to adults at work sites and to school aged children;
                    Maternal and Child Health which provides comprehensive
                    prenatal and well-child services; Rape Prevention which
                    provides community education programs and support
                    services to victims; and Adult Immunization and
                    Hepatitis B Control whose goal is to raise and maintain
                    the immunization level of Guam's adult population.



          NUTRITION


          The Diet of Mothers and Children on the Island of Guam; Sheila H.
          Malcolm, South Pacific Commission, Technical Paper No. 113; 1958.
          A historical reference on the diet of local women and children in
          the 19501s.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Articles and Studies About Nutrition on Guam. Articles and
          studies referencing nutrition and diet on Guam available from:
          Health Education and Nutrition Office, Department of Public
          Health and Social Services and the Expanded Food and Nutrition
          Education Program (EFNEP); the Home Economics Section of the
          Cooperative Extension Service at the University of Guam.
          Numerous handouts and publications regarding nutrition are
          available from these programs.

          Child Nutrition Programs 1982 State Plan; Department of
          Education; May 1981. The National School Lunch and Child
          Nutrition Program provides guidelines in the feeding of school
          children. The program ensures that each child is provided a
          nutritious and adequate meal so that each child will grow up
          emotionally and physically healthy.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.






                                          136








                                                                       HTH 17



          Guam WIC State Plan; Department of Public Health and Social
          Services; annually (since FY 83). Outlines the WIC Program,
          which provides supplemental nutrition education to low-income
          pregnant/postpartum/breastfeeding women, infants, and children
          who are certified by health professionals to be at high
          nutritional risk. The State Plan presents requirements,
          responsibilities, and procedures for operation of the Guam WIC
          Program. Describes how benefits are to be provided to the
          Program participant and how program and financial accountability
          are to be maintained.
          Available:      Bureau of Family Health Services, Department of
                          Public Health and Social Services.


          Women, Infant,  Children (WIC) Program; Bureau of Family Health
          Services, Department of Public Health and Social Services.

                    WIC Monthly Financial and Program Status Report ENS-
                    498; annually (October-September). The financial
                    portion of the report includes accumulative
                    administrative expenditures and obligation for the
                    fiscal year, projected food cost or obligation for the
                    reporting period and actual food expenditures by the
                    month the food vouchers were issued. The program
                    portion is a report on the number of participants who
                    were issued food vouchers by category.

                    WIC Quarterly Participation Report; quarterly
                    (November, February, May and August). The report is
                    designed to collect participation data by priority and
                    category.

                    Racial/Ethnic Group Participation Report; annually in
                    September. This is a report on the number of persons
                    who were issued food vouchers for the reporting month
                    by their ethnicity.

                    Vendor Management Summary Report; annually in December.
                    Vendor monitoring activities during the period October
                    1 to September 30 are reported. These include number
                    of WIC participating vendors, number of vendors visited
                    for on-site monitoring, and other vendor activities.

                    State Plan; annually. The State Plan describes the
                    objectives and procedures for all aspects of the WIC
                    Program administration for the following fiscal year.
                    It is the principal source of information about how the
                    WIC Program operates.

          Available:      Bureau of Family Health Services, Department of
                          Public Health and Social Services.







                                           137








          H.TH 18



         DENTAL HEALTH


         Health Status of the Population of Guam: Volume Two. Dental
         Needs and Care; Community Development Institute, Cooperative
         Extension Service, and Guam Health Planning and Development
         Agency; March 1985. The second volume of six publications which
         presents the findings of an Islandwide Health Behavior Patterns
         Survey. Volume Two focuses on dental needs and care on Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Available:      All reports available at the Dental Health
                         Section, Department of Public Health and Social
                         Services.


                    Dental Clinic Daily Summar ; Dental Clinic, Department
                    of Public Health and Social Services. Daily listing of
                    all patients seen at dental clinics. Treatment is also
                    specified for each patient.

                    Monthly Summary Report--School Dental Program; Dental
                    Clinic, Department of Public Health and.Social
                    Services. Summary of the number of school children
                    treated at the clinics in the school dental program.
                    Information provided is the number of appointments,
                    number treated, number of new and old patients, number
                    of fluoride applications, number of restorations,
                    number of extractions. Report provided by clinics for
                    individual school information.


                    Dental Division Monthly Report; Dental Clinic,
                    Department of Public Health and Social Services.
                    Report presenting statistics on patient load, dental
                    program procedures, and dental health education.

                    Fact Sheet--Dental. Treatment Program; Dental Clinic,
                    Department of Public Health and Social Services.
                    Patient information sheet which becomes part of each
                    patient's chart. Form also includes treatment record.

                    Dental Survey--Baseline Study; Dental Clinic,
                    Department of Public Health and Social Services.
                    Sample survey performed in 1989 to develop a baseline
                    for condition of teeth on Guam.
















                                         138








                                                                        HTH 19



           MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE


           The Effect of Local Cultural Values and Criteria of Deviance on
           the Delivery of Mental Health on Guam; Philip E. Penningroth; not
           dated. A discussion of the manner in which the local culture
           deals with mentally impaired people and delivery of services to
           them.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

           Drug Abuse Program--State Plan--Territory of Guam; Division of
           Mental Health, Guam Memorial Hospital; March 1973. State Plan
           submitted to the National Institute of Mental Health that
           analyzes the existing drug abuse problems, identifies resources,
           and develops program management.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Patterns of Drug Abuse Among the Youth of Guam; Roy Chung, Social
           Science Institute, University of Guam; April 1975.    Statistical
           analysis of the drug abuse patterns occurring among   young people
           on Guam. Much of the statistical analysis based on    a survey to
           obtain quantification of the patterns of drug use.    Secondary
           objective was to explore the connection between illicit drug
           usage with socio-economic backgrounds.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Five-Year Plan Mental Health and Substance Abuse Services,
           Territory of Guam, 1976-1981; Guam Memorial Hospital; December
           1976. A five-year plan for a mental health program which
           specifies goals and objectives, activities, manpower needs, and
           coordination of planning with other services. It also contains
           inventories of mental health facilities currently in existence, a
           survey of the needs, and the program and services of the
           Community Mental Health Center. The last section includes the
           Substance Abuse Plan.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           A Study of Schizophrenia Through the Analysis of Fifty Cases from
           the Guam Community Mental Health Center; Barbara Osburn; 1977. A
           Master's Thesis for the University of Guam.
           Available:     University of Guam Library.

           A Report on Drug Abuse and Guam's Response; Territorial Crime
           Commission; 1977. A compilation of data from various government
           agencies to use as indication of drug use. Includes charts,
           graphs, and tabular presentations on narcotic offenses, marijuana
           and opiate seizures, narcotic arrest rates by age, sex, and
           ethnicity, and other drug-related statistics. Various drug
           surveys are discussed and other indicators of the prevalence of
           drug abuse are analyzed.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.





                                            139









          HTH 20



          Assessment of the Effect of Drug Education on Students in Guam
          Public High School; Ray Smith; 1977. A Master's Thesis for the
          University of Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Comprehensive Program for Pacific Island Women With Alcohol
          Related Problems; Catholic Social Services; 1979. A proposal for
          federal funding of a program designed to meet the cultural and
          social economic needs of women on Guam suffering from alcohol-
          related problems. The programs include community awareness
          projects, out-patient counseling, and residential treatment
          services. Each program is explained in detail with goals and
          objectives stated. Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

          1979 Guam Substance Abuse Prevention Plan Update; Mental Health
          and Substance Abuse Agency; 1979. An update of a previous plan
          which includes the State policy on substance abuse; the planning
          process and procedures; analysis of needs which examines baseline
          data from several surveys on alcohol and drug use, community
          attitude surveys, health insurance coverage, prevalence of heroin
          use. For each major program there is a performance report needs
          assessment, objectives, strategy and financing. The programs
          include General Administration, Planning and Coordination,
          Treatment and Rehabilitation, Management Information System,
          Research and Evaluation, Prevention, Intervention, Education and
          Public Information, Manpower and Training, and Criminal Justice
          Interface.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          1980 Guam Substance Abuse Prevention Plan Update; Mental Health
          and Substance Abuse; 1980. An update of the 1979 Plan which
          includes basically the same information as the 1979 Plan, but
          amended to reflect current conditions.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Estimating the Prevalence of Heroin Use in the Community of Guam;
          Mental Health and Substance Abuse Agency; 1980. A short report
          discussing the considerations that must be made in attempting to
          estimate incidence rates and. prevalence of heroin use on Guam.
          Presents estimates using two separate estimating procedures.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Drug and Alcohol Survey - Junior and Senior High Schools; Mental
          Health and Substance Abuse Agency; 1980. A survey of 10,000
          public junior and senior high-school students on Guam with the
          purpose of determining the prevalence, incidence and frequency of
          drug and alcohol use. The report presents analytical results of
          frequency and prevalence for specific drugs, summary of the
          survey, recommendations for future research, and conclusions.
          Included are cross-tabulations for frequency and prevalence of
          use by type of drug and characteristics of users including sex,




                                          140









                                                                        HTH 21



           age, grade level, ethnicity, village, and school, and comparison
           of the results with similar surveys.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Mental Health Five Year State Plan - 1981 Through 1985; Mental
           Health and Substance Abuse Agency; 1980. Plan is organized into
           five sections: Systems Description--presents policies
           established for mental health issues, a description of
           administrative processes and budget processes, grants management,
           and the mental health delivery system; Performance Report--a
           report of the last five years of mental health system development
           and a discussion around the status of the objectives of the
           Mental Health Five Year State Plan for 1976 through 1981; Needs
           Assessment--an analysis of Guam's need for mental health
           services; Action Plan--includes objectives, manpower, timeframe
           for tasks, strategies, costs and sources of funds for
           accomplishing the objectives; and Other Considerations --- a
           discussion of other considerations affecting the successful
           implementation of the plan.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Alcohol and Drug Abuse Five Year State Plan - 1981 through 1986;
           Mental Health and Substance Abuse Agency; 1980. The Plan is
           organized into five sections: System Description--states
           policies on alcohol and drug abuse, describes the Mental Health
           and Substance Abuse Agency, specifies the monitoring activities,
           budgeting, and delivery system for the services; Performance
           Report--presents the objectives from the previous State Plan and
           gives a status report on the accomplishment of the objectives;
           Needs Assessment--an empirical analysis of drug and alcohol
           related problems on a Territory-wide basis for Guam; and Program
           Action Plan--presents the new objectives, manpower plan,
           timeframes, tasks, budget, sources of funding, treatment and
           rehabilitation programs, and evaluation mechanisms for the
           programs. The report also contains a number of appendices with
           narrative and tabular information on drug and alcohol use.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Mental Health, Alcohol and Drug Abuse Five Year State Plan 1981-
           1986; Mental Health and Substance Abuse Agency; 1980.
           Comprehensive document which outlines the objectives, policies,
           plans of action relative to drug and alcohol services proposed to
           be implemented on Guam during the next five years.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Psychological Inoculations - Effective Ways to Prevent
           Problematic Behaviors in Adolescents and Young Adults; Second
           Annual Conference of the Guam Social Workers Association; G.
           Kallingal; September 1981. Research endeavors of the faculty,
           staff and administrators of the University of Guam.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.





                                             141







          HTH 22




          Briefing on Issues Surrounding Guam Community Mental Health
          Center; Guam Health Planning and Development Agency; August 1983.
          Presents the program description, finances, services, problem
          statements, and four options considered for organizational
          status.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Mental Health Three Year State Plan - 1988-1991; Department of
          Mental Health and Substance Abuse; 1988. A joint project plan
          between Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse and Guam
          Health Planning and Development Agency, the plan summarizes the
          objectives and goals of the DMHSA for three years to provide
          direction in the improvement of the quality of care and the
          delivery of mental health and substance abuse services on Guam.
          Background profile of the island is presented and overview of the
          program, narrative, mission, goals, objectives, and strategies
          are discussed.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Grant Applications: Programs are funded by the Federal
          Government in the form of grants. These grants are normally
          awarded on a fiscal year basis and each year a grant application
          must be prepared. If information about a program is needed and
          the program is partly or fully federally funded, looking at the
          grant application may be of value. A complete file of grant
          applications is available at the Bureau of Planning for three
          years or the Bureau of Budget and Management Research. Each
          federally funded program should also have copies of their
          specific application.

               Mental Health Human Resource Development Program; Department
                  Mental Health and Substance Abuse; 1987. The Program is
               designed to improve the delivery of mental health services.

               Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Services Block Grant;
               Fe-partment of Mental Health and Substance Abuse; 1989. The
               Block Grant funding will support continuance of a number of
               alcohol, drug abuse, and mental health services.

               Mental Health Services for the Homeless Block Grant;
                 partment of Mental Health and Substance Abuse; 1989. The
               program will provide mental health services to homeless
               individuals who are chronically mentally ill.

               Mental Health and Substance Abuse Manpower Training;
                 partment of Mental Health and Substance Abuse; 1987, 1989.
               Provides manpower training and service capacity building
               programs for mental health and substance abuse services on
               Guam.








                                         142









                                                                       HTH 23



               Guam Mental Health Training Program, FY 1990; Department of
               Mental Health and Substance Abuse; 1989. A program for
               staff training.

               Project PRO (Parents Reaching Out) - A Targeted Primary
               Prevention Demonstration Project, FY 1988-1989; Department
               of Mental Health and Substance Abuse; 1987. A continuing
               program for community based drug and alcohol abuse
               prevention.



          HOSPITAL SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATION


          Planning Study for Guam Memorial Hospital; J.H. Feller and
          Associates; 1969. A comprehensive planning study to address the
          long range plans for GMH services, structure, operations, and
          capital resources to address needs.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Memorial Hospital Site Feasibility Study;
          Mackinlay/Winnacker AIA & Associates; August 1970. Study
          presents recommendations necessary for selection of the site for
          the proposed (at that time) Guam Health Care Center. Evaluates
          seven sites.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Memorial Hospital Site Feasibility Study--Supplement;
          Mackinlay/Winnacker AIA & Associates; October 1970. Locates and
          evaluates three additional sites for the proposed Guam Health
          Care Center.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Memorial Medical Center - Comprehensive Plan; Daniel, Mann,
          Johnson, & Mendenhall; November 1972. A five-volume report with
          the following objectives, planning for the long-range growth of
          Guam Memorial Hospital facilities, plan for the long-range role
          that GMH would fill in the health-care delivery system,
          improvements which may be indicated as beneficial to this health
          care delivery, and the economic considerations to GMH which
          result from an improved system of health Care delivery. The five
          volumes include: Health Plan Feasibility Study--analysis of the
          feasibility of establishing a comprehensive prepaid health care
          plan and physician group practice on Guam; Master Plan Report--
          historical bacckground of GMH, future needs through 1990, and
          long-range master plan drawings showing recommended incremental
          facility development to accommodate future needs; Functional
          Program--a narrative explanation of every room or space
          describing its function, etc.; First Phase Development Project--
          schematic drawings of the building to be constructed in the first
          phase; Financial Master Plan--an analysis development.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.




                                          143









          HTH 24



          The Six Leadership Elements Involved in the Administration and
          Management of Guam Memorial Hospital; Anne D. Spratt; 1974. A
          Master's Thesis for the University of Guam.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Guam Hospital Facilities Report for Governor Ricardo J. Bordallo
          and Lt. Governor Rudolfo Sablan; submitted by Guam Memorial
          Hospital Board of Trustees; 1975. The report addresses itself to
          -the question of the feasibility of the Government of Guam
          purchasing the Medical Center of the Marianas building and making
          it the central facility for major medical services. In making
          its recommendation, six tables show population served, hospital
          bed utilization, maximum and minimum medical service requirements
          for 1980 and 1985, and capital cost. The Board concluded that
          the purchase of MCM is a possible, but not a desirable solution.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Health Services for the Territory of Guam; Touche Ross & Co.;
          September 1977. A study of all hospital-based programs and
          services which identify civilian health care needs through 1990.
          The focus of the report is on three alternate ways of satisfying
          those needs in terms of hospital configuration, ownership,
          management, and cost at Guam Memorial Hospital and Medical Center
          of the Marianas. The study is divided into two parts: Part One
          summarizes projections of needs and analyzes the alternative
          delivery structures; Part Two, the appendix, presents detailed
          information to support the analyses and conclusions, and
          describes the development of projections. Contains tables
          estimating and projecting island population, hospital capacity,
          occupancy rates and costs.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Manpower Study of Guam Memorial Hospital, Special Report No. 1;
          for GHPDA by Richard N. Prelosky and Don C. Warner, University of
          Guam, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Community
          Development Institute; October 1979. A comprehensive study of
          manpower and staffing at facilities operated by the Guam Memorial
          Hospital Authority. The study summarizes specific areas and
          determines the needs for staffing (increases/reductions/training)
          and highlights problem areas for officials and administrators and
          makes suggestions and recommendations.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Emergency Medical Services Plan - Second Edition; Office of
          Emergency Medical Services (EMS), Department of Public Health and
          Social Services; 1981. This is the first revision to the Guam
          Emergency Medical Services Plan of 1976 and addresses the care of
          victims of accidents and other emergency situations normally
          utilizing ambulances for transport to a hospital. The plan
          describes the present EMS system, identifies the gaps in the
          system, determines what actions need to be taken to develop an




                                          144









                                                                        HTH 25



           integrated system, and identifies resources available and needed
           to assure integration and implementation of the system.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Proposed Utilization of the "Old" Guam Memorial Hospital
           Facility; Task Force for Utilization of Old GMH Facility; July
           23, 1981. Presents several options which includes the use of the
           11old" GMH facility as a medical facility, office space for
           business, 200 to 400 room resort hotel, World Trade Convention
           and Civics Center, and a combination of current use and future
           use.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           An Analysis on the Shortage of Nurses at Guam Memorial Hospital;
           Trinidad Santa Ana; 1982. A University of Guam Special Project.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Long-Range Institutional Plan for Guam Memorial Hospital; Robert
           Mytinger Associates, Inc.; March 1982. Substantial and broad
           basis for planning and monitoring future development and change
           in Guam Memorial Hospital. The report is organized around six
           broad plan elements as follows: organization and management,
           programs and services, human resources, facilities, finance and
           financial management, external relationships, and legal basis.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Evaluation and Recommendations for Guam's EMS System; Hawaii
           Medical Associations Emergency Medical Services System; December
           1982. An evaluative assessment of EMS on Guam, with specific
           recommendations for the system's improvement.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Detecting and Preventing Hospital Obsolescence; Institute for
           Health Planning, Inc., for Health Resources and Services
           Administration; June 1985. A document for planners and reviewers
           of hospital construction projects. Information is provided for
           assessing hospital obsolescence and preventing premature
           obsolescence. Four types of obsolescence are described along
           with steps for criteria evaluation, alternatives and prevention.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam Memorial Hc@spital Authority: Certificate of Need
           Application; Guam Memorial Hospital Authority; January 1986.
           Background documentation of planning and information that
           delineates the need for expansion and renovation of Guam Memorial
           Hospital as well as addressing specific operational needs.
           Addresses the Joint Committee on Accreditation of Hospitals
           (JCAH) cited deficiencies and Health Care Financing
           Administration (HCFA) medicare facility deficiencies.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.





                                           145









          HTH 26



          Assessment of the Guam Memorial Hospital; U.S. Public Health
          Service; 1987. Evaluates the operation and financial services of
          GMH. This study examines seven areas of concern about Guam
          Memorial Hospital, including operational assessment, data
          processing, fiscal management, facilities maintenance, preventive
          maintenance, quality assurance, risk management, medical records
          and materials management. Alternatives are presented along with
          the findings and recommendations of the study.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Upgrading and Expansion of the Guam Memorial Hospital;
          Taniguichi-Ruth and Associates and Rex Whitaker Allen, AIA, for
          the Guam Memorial Hospital Authority ; 1989. An overall plan for
          upgrading and expanding the Guam Memorial Hospital (blueprints
          only).
          Available:      Guam Memorial Hospital, Planning Division.

          Guam Memorial Hospital Annual Report; Guam Memorial Hospital;
          annually. An annual report of each year's accomplishments,
          including patient care data.
          Available:      Guam Memorial Hospital.



          HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND STATISTICAL REPORTS


          Guam Memorial Hospital Records-Monthly Statistical Report; GMH;
          monthly. A statistical report on services rendered at GMH by
          type and number of patients and eventual status.
          Available:      Guam Memorial Hospital.

          Medicaid Monthly Reports; Bureau of Health Care Financing. The
          Medicaid Program prepares two monthly reports--one for the
          Department of Public Health and Social Services and one for the
          Federal Medicaid Office. These reports present information on
          the amount of medical payments broken down by different services
          provided.
          Available:      Bureau of Health Care Financing, Department of
                          Public Health and Social Services.


          Bureau of Health Care  Financing Quarterly Report
          Available:      Bureau of Health Care Financing, Department of
                          Public Health and Social Services.

          Bureau of Health Care  Financing Annual Report
          Available:      Bureau of Health Care Financing, Department of
                          Public Health and Social Services.


          Public Health Nursing  Clinic summary; Department of Public Health
          and Social Services.   Manual tabulation of data from clinics
          providing patient services by the Bureau of community Health and
          Nursing services. All reports are produced quarterly.
          Available:      Department of Public Health and Social Services.



                                          146









                                                                       HTH 27





          Public Health Nursing Time Summary--Quarterly Activity Report;
          Public Health Nursing, Department of Public Health and Social
          Services. Data for this report is tabulated from a weekly
          activity record of hours reported by each employee. Type of
          activities are field, office, clinic, school, class/group
          miscellaneous, supervisory, management/training, general office,
          non-nursing, sick leave, annual leave, and other leave. Field,
          office and clinic activities are divided into program areas.
          Each of these activities are tallied by type of personnel:
          supervisor, RN, LPN, nurse aide, clerk and social worker.
          Available:      Public Health Nursing, Department of Public Health
                          and Social Services.

          A Proposal to Assist in Improving the Availability and Use of
          Health Planning Data on Guam; Arthur Young & Company, for the
          Guam Health Planning and Development Agency and Department of
          Public Health and 'Social Services; 1977. A planning report
          designed to assist in expanding and improving the use of health
          planning data for Guam Health Planning and Development Agency.
          Extensive background summary, project workplan and organization
          are delineated.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Design and Organization of a Guam Health Information System;
          Andrew N. White, Ph.D., for Guam Health Planning and Development
          Agency; July 1981. Report presenting an operating guide for a
          Guam Health Information System. Part I is devoted to basic
          information system principles, in terms of broad rationale and
          specific justifications for a Guam system. Part II presents
          essential design principles, identified in terms of output, input
          and processing activities. Part III discusses several
          organizational issues, including the cooperative nature of the
          system, personnel requirements, and management responsibilities.
          Also includes a set of recommendations for future efforts by the
          Health Information Staff.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Family Health Program Health Screen Facility Patient Data Base
          System; Health Education, Department of Public Health and Social
          Services; August 1981. The Health Screen Program at the FHP
          clinic utilizes a Mil/RO CON form to collect information on each
          patient obtaining a physical examination. Data includes height,
          weight, blood pressure, vision, audiometric testing at six
          frequencies, and a list of initial symptoms or problems
          identified. A list of sixteen stress factors such as smoking,
          drinking, and lack of exercise is checked as appropriate.
          Various demographic information is also noted, including age,
          sex, marital status, education and occupation. This data has
          been computerized and is being analyzed to determine the health




                                          147









          HTH 28


          status of persons within the Health Screen Program.
          Available:     Health Education, Department of Public Health and
                         Social Services.

          Health Data Book - 1983; Guam Health Planning and Development
          Agency; 1983. This 'report summarizes data on birth rates, death
          and infant mortality rates, morbidity rates, and hospitalization
          utilization trends on Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Vital- Statistics Annual Report; Office of Vital Statistics,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services. Report
          published annually since 1970. Contains data compiled from the
         .certificates registered at the Office of Vital Statistics.
          Tabulations cover births, deaths, marriages, divorces, and
          certain other activities of the Department of Public Health and
          Social Services. Most of the Vital Statistics information is
          computerized and computer files are available for statistical
          use. The report contains cross-tabulations covering:

               Natality--Birthdate, sex, number of birth, birthplace,
               birthplace of mother, residence of mother, age of father,
               birthplace of father, race and education of father and
               mother, previous deliveries of mother, length of gestation,
               month prenatal care began, number of prenatal visits,
               legitimacy, birthweight, complications of pregnancy and
               labor, congenital malformation.

               Mortality--Sex, date of death, race, age at death, hospital
               of death, place of birth, citizenship, marital status,
               residence, cause of death, autopsy, nature of death; infant
               death--age of mother, ethnicity of mother, birth weight of
               child, month of first prenatal visit.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Occupational Injuries and Illnesses Surve ; Bureau of Labor
          Statistics, Guam Department of Labor; 1974 to present (annually).
          Annual report analyzing the survey results for the public and
          private sectors on Guam. Total number of hours worked by all
          employees; type of business activity; number of injuries and
          illnesses, fatalities, lost workday cases and nonfatal cases
          without lost workdays. The report includes more than 14 tables
          showing incidence rates and numbers of occupational illnesses and
          injuries for the U.S. and Guam by major industry sector. There
          are also comparisons with the previous year.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Cause of Death by Autopsies Performed; Hee Young Park, M.D., Guam
          Memorial Hospital; 1988, available annually. A summary of the
          causes of deaths identified by autopsies performed at GMH. This
          report provides statistics on autopsied cases and compares the
          autopsy rate with that of the U.S. Recommendations for planning
          for the workload of the Chief Medical Examiner's office are made.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

                                          148








                                                                        HTH 29



          SPECIFIC HEALTH PROBLEMS - SURVEYS, STUDIES, REPORTS

          Study of Vector Problems and Recommendations forImprovement on
          the Island of Guam; Eldon V. Savage, U.S. Department of Health
          and Human Services, in cooperation with the Government of Guam;
          January 1966. A survey of environmental (vector) public health
          indicators (rodents, flies, etc.) on Guam in the 1960's.
          Historical; reference.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Hearing Loss and Otitis Media on Guam; Roswell Eldridge, Jacob
          Brody, and Nancy Wetmore, in Archives of Otolaryngology 90;
          February 1970.
          Available:      Department of Public Health and Social Services.

          Intestinal Parasitism, A Survey of the Problem on Guam; Richard
          A. Mackie and James L. Canto, Environmental Health Services,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services; April 1974.
          This report presents an historical perspective (since 1915) of
          the problem of intestinal parasitism on Guam, citing surveys and
          evaluation methods used. It also presents methodology and
          results of surveys conducted in 1974 to determine parasite
          infection rates and sewage disposal practices in several
          villages.
          Available:      Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                          and Social Services.

          Results of  Survey to Determine the Breteau Index for Aedes
          Albopictus  on Guam; No source; August 1974. Breteau index is
          used to provide uniformity in evaluating populations of vectors
          of dengue/dengue hemorrhagic fever. This survey consisted of
          determining the number of artificial containers that are breeding
          the vector mosquito per 100 premises.
          Available:      Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                          and Social Services.


          Cholera Guam; U.S. Bureau of Epidemiology, Bacterial Diseases
          Division; March 21, 1975. A review and summary of the six cases
          of cholera that occurred in 1974 on Guam including the source of
          the disease outbreak and methods for prevention of reoccurrence.
          Available:      Guam Environmental Protection Agency.

          The Status of Diabetes Mellitus-in the Territory of Guam by T.
          Kuberski and P.H. Bennett; 1979 by the South Pacific Commission.
          This report includes a summary of the problem, background
          information on diabetes on Guam, the current status discussion
          and recommendations.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center, Pacific
                          Collection.








                                          149









          HTH 30




          Preliminary Study of Biotoxins in Marine Food Fish; World Health
          Organization; 1980. A report on the visit of a WHO consultant
          whose objectives were to: undertake a preliminary survey of the
          dinoflagellate causing ciguatera; to test the toxicity of local
          .fish; and to obtain information about the present situation of
          ciguatera on Guam. This report presents the findings and gives
          general information and recommendations.
          Available:     Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                         and Social Services.

          Survey for Schistosomiasis; World Health Organization; 1980. A
          study conducted by WHO with the following objectives:
          determining the presence of schistosomiasis; to look into the
          malacological aspect of the problem; train government workers in
          the diagnosis of the disease; develop a national control program
          should evidence indicate presence of the disease on Guam. The
          report presents the methods, findings, and recommendations.
          Available:     Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                         and Social Services.


          The National Diarrhoeal Disease Control Program of Guam; National
          Diarrhoeal Disease Control Committee of Guam; 1980. A report
          outlining the objectives, target population, strategies,
          activities, and other considerations for the implementation of a
          Diarrhoeal Disease Control Program. Presents tables on
          gastroenteritis, diarrhea, and infectious illness rates and
          morbidity, outpatient visits, and age- and sex-specific rates.
          Available:     Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                         and Social Services.

          Review of the National Diarrhoeal Disease Control Program of
          Guam; World Health Organization; 1980. A summary of technical
          comments and follow-up actions suggested in implementing the
          above program.
          Available:     Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                         and Social Services.


          Tuberculosis on Guam; Department of Public Health and Social
          Services and GHPDA; 1984. An extensive,analysis of the problem
          of tuberculosis on Guam including epidemiology, nature and extent
          of the problem, incidence and prevalence, financial manpower
          issues related to prevention/treatment, and a future needs
          assessment to address the proposed program to lower incidence on
          Guam.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Cross Sectional Serological Survey of Hepatitis B Markers in








                                          150








                                                                         HTH 31



           Guam; Charles P. Crisostomo; May 22, 1984. Presents a baseline
           prevalence of Hepatitis B virus infections by age, sex, and
           ethnicity in a cross section of Public Health clients.
           Available:     Department of Public Health and Social Services.

           Health Services in U.S. Pacific Island Jurisdictions; A Report by
           the University of Hawaii Schools of Medicine, Nursing and Public
           Health prepared for the Public Health Service, U.S. Department of
           Health and Human Services; 1984.

                Part I:   The Current Status of Health Care Systems in the
                          Pacific and the Effect of Federal Support on these
                          systems.

                Part II:  Country Reports for the Federated States of
                          Micronesia, Republic of Belau, Territory of Guam,
                          Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
                          Territory of American Samoa.

                Part III: Appendices (evaluation criteria and indicators).

           This extensive three part report compiles and analyzes data
           relating to Pacific Insular area health care and provides a
           framework for that data which will assist federal policy makers
           in management, organizational and development of health and
           health related programs in the six U.S. Pacific insular
           jurisdiction.
           Available:     Community Development Institute, University of
                          Guam.


           Sexually Transmitted Diseases on Guam: Incidence and Prevalence
           of Gonorrhea and Syphilis; Raymond Aflague, Guam Health Planning
           and Development Agency; April 1986. Provides an assessment of
           the sexually transmitted disease problems on Guam. Briefly
           discusses the various types of sexually transmitted diseases with
           a more extensive analysis of gonorrhea and syphilis. Also
           examines preventive measures as well as financial and manpower
           resources to administer program activities.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Reports of the World Health Organization, Regional Office of the
           Western Pacific, Manila, Philippines; November 1986. These
           reports deal with some specific health problems in the Pacific
           region.









          HTH 32



               -     Seminar on Diagnosis and Control of Sexually
                     Transmitted Diseases;
                     Scientific Group on Herbal Medicine;
                     WHO/SPC Intercountry Workshop on Tuberculosis and
                     Leprosy Control

          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.


          Recent Studies Relating to Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and
          Parkinsonism Dementia on Guam:


          Bibliography of Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Parkinsonism-
          Dementia of Guam; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services;
          August 1983. This bibliography comprises several sections: All
          scientific publications on the hyperendemic focus of ALS and PD
          of Guam and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands are
          arranged alphabetically (according to authors) and
          chronologically. Publications on the high incidence of motor
          neuron disease and parkinsonian syndromes in the Kii Peninsula of
          Japan and in the West Guinea are listed separately. Selected
          references dealing with various aspects of the environment and
          people of the Mariana Islands form the supplemental bibliography.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis in Asia and Oceania; K.M. Chen and
          Yoshiro Yase, Editors, National Taiwan University; December 1984.
          This book  contains the conference proceedings from the Sixth
          Asian and  Oceanic Congress of Neurology - Amyotrophic Lateral
          Sclerosis  (ALS), including:

                     Clinicopathologic aspects of the disease.
                     Current status in research on ALS in Asia and Oceania.
                     Specific studies about ALS on Guam.

          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Disappearance of High Incidence Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and
          Parkinsonism-dementia on Guam; Ralph M. Garruto, Richard
          Yanagihara, D. Carleton Gajdusek; article from Neurology; 1985.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Neurodegenerative Disorders -of the Western Pacific: The Search
          For Mechanisms of Pathogenesis; Ralph M. Garruto and Yoshiro
          Yase; article from Trends in Neurosciences; 1986.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Experience in the Care of Guamanian Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
          Patients:   Sociocultural and Psychological Perspective; Kwang-
          Ming Chen, Marie Pierre Martinez and Mamie C. Balajadia (chapter




                                          152








                                                                       HTH 33



           from a book); approximately 1986.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Patients: Sociocultural and Psychological Perspective; Kwang-Ming
           Chen, Marie Pierre Martinez and Mamie C. Balajadia (chapter from
           a book); approximately 1986.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Piga Spring in Umatac: A Source of Confusion; John C. Steele
           and others; Paper Presented At the 40th Annual Meeting of the
           Academy of Neurology; 1987.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Observations About Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and
           Parkinsonism-Dementia Complex of Guam with Regard to Epidemiology
           and Etiology; John C. Steele and Tomasa Q. Guzman; article from
           the Canadian Journal of Neurology; 1987.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis-Parkinsonism-Dementia Linked
           to a Plant Excitant Neurotoxin; Peter S. Spencer, Peter B. Nunn,
           Jacques Hugon, Albert C. Ludolph, Steven M. Ross, Dwijendra N.
           Royand, and Richard C. Robertson. Article from Science, Vol.
           237, July 1987.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Comparative Trace-elemental Study on Amyotrophic Lateral
           Sclerosis (ALS) and Parkinsonism-dementia (PD) in the Kii
           Peninsula of Japan and Guam; Yoshida, et.al., in Wakayama Medical
           Reports(30); 1988.
           Available:     Micronesia Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


           Toxicity of Cycads: Implications For Neurodegenerative Diseases
           and Cancer-Transcripts of Four Cycad Conferences; Third World
           Medical Research Foundation, New York and London; 1988.
           Transcripts of four conferences (1962 through 1967) about the
           possible relationship between the Chamorros use of cycad (cycas
           circinalis) and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Defense Mechanisms of Guamanian Patients with Amyotrophic Lateral
           Sclerosis; Kwang-Ming Chen; in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
           (Tsubak; and Yase, Eds.); 1988.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Dietary History in Three villages of Guam Prewar and Wartime,
           (1925-1950), With Special Reference To The Role of Calcium Intake
           In Motor Neuron Diseases; Carolyn M. Parker; Master's thesis for







                                          153









          HTH 34



          -the University of Hawaii at Manoa; 1988.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Federico: A Health Hazard?; John C. Steele and Dirk A.
          Ballendorf, in Glimpses of Guam and Micronesia; 1988.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Epidemiology as Labeling: Community Reaction to the Survey of
          Neurological Diseases In Rural Guamf 1987-1988; Ann M. Workman;
          1988. An unpublished research paper. This paper discusses
          methodological problems with a survey on ALS/PD ("Lytico and
          Bodig") during 1987 and 1988. It includes community reactions to
          the survey and recommendations to avoid problems on future ALS/PD
          research on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Immunocytochemical Characterization of Neurofibrillary Tangles In
          Amydtrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Parkinsonism-Dementia of Guam,
          'Shankar, et.al., in Annals of Neurolog (25)(2); 1989.
          Available:      Micronesia Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.



          Articles Relating to Communicable Disease:

          Following is a list of articles published in various magazines
          and journals related to communicable disease on Guam. These
          reports are available from the Territorial Epidemiologist and/or
          Communicable Disease Control, Department of Public Health and
          Social Services.

          Vibrio Parahaemolyticus Food Poisoning Incidents in the Territory
          of Guam, U.S.A.; Robert L. Haddock, D.V.M., M.P.H.; Journal of
          Environmental Health; Not dated.

          Leptospirosis Within the Territory of Guam: Prevalence Among
          Canines; E. Ryu and R.L. Haddock; Philippine J. Vet. Med.
          11(2):118-21, 1972.

          Cholera on Guam 1974; M.H. Merson et al.; American Journal of
          Epidemiology; 1977.

          Acute Hemorrhagic Conjunctivitis: A Mixed Virus Outbreak Among
          Vietnamese Refugees on Guam; Paul M. Arnow, John C. Hierholzer,
          James Higbee, and Dudley Harris; American Journal of
          Epidemiology; 1977.

          Dengue Control In Guam; R.L. Haddock, R.A. Mackie, and K. Cruz;
          South Pacific Bulletin; 1979.






                                          -154








                                                                     HTH 35



          The Status of Diabetes Mellitus in the Territory of Guam; T.
          Kuberski and P.H. Bennett; 1980.

          Salmonella Surveillance in Guam; R.L. Haddock and P.J. Deleon;
          Southeast Asian Journal of Tropical Medicine and Public Health;
          March 1980.


          First International Symposium on Public Health in Asia and the
          Pacific Basin; University of Hawaii; March 7-11, 1983. A five
          day conference on Epidemiology of Selected Diseases in the
          Pacific.


          Salmonellosis in Guam; World Health Organization, Weekly
          Epidemiological Record; April 1983.

          Salmonella Isolation Experience in the Pacific Basin Region: A
          Survey; Robert Haddock; September 1983.

          Salmonellosis on Guam: A Problem of Contaminated Environment;
          Robert Haddock, L. Duguies, and J. Malilay; 1985.

          Shigellosis Clinical Presentation; Robert Haddock; January 1985.
          Presents the shigellosis epidemiologic profile.

          The Control of Foodborne Diseases on the Island of Guam; R.
          Haddock and E. Kampelmacher; 1986.

          Three Modes of Salmonella Transmission; Robert Haddock; January
          1986. Briefly summarizes the three types of salmonella
          transmission.


          NAG Vibro Cholerae Isolated From Imported Shellfish in Guam;
          Robert L. Haddock and F.A. Nocon; Southeast Asian Journal of
          Tropical Medicine and Public Health; 1985.

          The Possible Role of Rainfall in Spreading Salmonella on Guam;
          Robert L. Haddock and J. Malilay; Journal of Diarrhoeal Disease
          Research; 1986.

          Cholera in a Pacific Island; Robert L. Haddock; Journal of
          Diarrhoeal Disease Research; 1987.

          Salmonella Contamination of Soil in Children's Play Areas on
          Guam; Robert L. Haddock and F.A. Naccon; Journal of Environmental
          Health; 1986.













                                         155








          HTH 3 6



          COMMUNICABLE DISEASE STATISTICS

          Immunization Reports. Immunization reports are compiled by the
          ]Bureau of Family Health Services, Department of Public Health and
          Social Services. Several different reporting forms are in use,
          depending on the specific immunization program. Following is a
          list and brief description of the various source and summary
          forms in use.


               Quarterly Vaccine Usage Report; 1984 - 1989. Provides
               information of the total vaccine used every quarter by both
               public and private providers.

               Annual Immunization Survey; 1984 - 1989. Provides
               Information concerning the immunization completion rates of
               school entries in public and private schools.

               Quarterly Immunization Survey for Licensed Day Care Centers;
               f984 - 1989. Ptovides information concerning the
               immunization completion rates of children enrolled at all
               licensed day care centers.

               Annual Immunization Program Profile; 1984 - 1989. Provides
               summary of the Immunization Program and accomplishment for
               each calendar year. It includes budget figures, assessment
               date, morbidity data, and so forth.

               Expanded Program on Immunization (EPI) Country Profile; 1984
               'Z'1988. Provides information concerning the objectives and
               targets of the national immunization program: the origin
               and quality of the vaccine in risk, the immunization
               coverage currently being achieved and the reported incidence
               of the target diseases.

               Guam's Plan to Eradicate Poliomyelitis - WHO; August 1989.
               5elineates and describes the objective and methods of
               operation for Guam's plan to eradicate polio by 1995.

               EPSDT Random Survey of Children 0 - 4 Years Old; 1986 -
               f989. Provides information concerning the immunization
               level of children 0 - .4 years old under the EPSDT program.

               Random Survey of Children 0 - 4 Years Old in the Maternal
               Child Health Program; 1985. Provides information concerning
               the immunity level of children 0 - 4 years old under the
               Maternal Child Health Program.

               Hepatitis B Protocol; 1989. Provides information concerning
               the needs, target groups, objectives, and methods of
               operation to implement the Hepatitis B program.





                                         156









                                                                      HTH 37



               WHO Guidelines for Completion of Computerized EPI
               Information System; 1989. Provides information concerning
               Guam immunization schedule; number of doses of immunization
               administered to children and number eligible for 1987 and
               1988; results of the immunization coverage survey for 1987
               and 1988; reported number of doses administered between 1974
               and 1988; reported number of cases and deaths from 1974 to
               1988; national or local training activities in 1987 and
               1988; polio immunizations and cases in 1988; and Guam's
               immunization funding.

          Investigations of a Foodborne Outbreak; Territorial
          Epidemiologist, Department of Public Health and Social Services.
          Form completed when an outbreak of food poisoning occurs. Form
          covers and summarizes all aspects of the foodborne outbreak.

          Monthly Report of Females Cultured Under the Gonorrhea Control
          Project; Communicable Disease, Department of Public Health and
          Social Services. Summary statistics presenting the number of
          females cultured for gonorrhea by name and location of screening
          facility.

          Results of Follow-Up of Serologic Reactors; Communicable Disease,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services. Monthly report
          summarizing serology label reports and indicating disposition of
          all cases having a reactive test for syphilis.

          Gonorrhea Culture Test Results of Females; Communicable Disease,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services. Quarterly
          report summarizing the number of females cultured for gonorrhea
          by type of facility giving test and the number of positive and
          negative reactors.

          Quarterly Epidemiologic Activity Report for Venereal Diseases;
          Communicable Disease, Department of Public Health and Social
          Services. Report summarizing investigations, interviews, and
          disposition of patients identified as having syphilis or
          gonorrhea. Report summarizes by diagnostic categories.

          Tuberculosis Program Management Report--Case Register;
          Communicable Disease, Department of Public Health and Social
          Services. Semi-annual report summarizing and analyzing the
          status of tuberculosis care.

          Annual Tuberculosis Statistical Summary; Communicable Disease,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services. Yearly report
          presents information by location of disease by age, sex, and race
          for cases with positive bacteriology, pulmonary cases, and
          extrapulmonary cases.







                                         157








         HTH 38



         Annual Questionnaire for Infectious and Parasitic Diseases by
         Month and by Age and Sex; Territorial Epidemiologist, Department
         of Public Health and Social Services. Annual report for the
         ]World Health Organization. Presents the frequencies for
         reportable diseases by month of occurrence and age and sex of
         persons with the disease.

         Case Report Forms for Reportable Diseases; Territorial
         Epidemiologist, Department of Public Health and Social Services.
         Communicable Disease Control completes separate questionnaires
         (forms) for each reportable disease.I  Forms developed for-this
         purpose are: Typhoid Fever Surveillance, Malaria Case
         Surveillance R eport, Bacterial Meningitis and Meningococcemia
         Case Report, and Hepatitis Case Interview.

         Central Register Card; Territorial Epidemiologist, Department of
         Public Health and Social Services. Basic case information card
         specifying patient information and detail on patient treatment.
         Card is kept for each patient referred to Communicable Disease.
         Venereal Disease Morbidity Report; Communicable Disease,
         Department of Public Health and Social Services. Periodic report
         presenting the number of new venereal disease cases reported for
         the first time during the report period. Information includes
         source of report, sex of patient, and diagnosis.


         Weekly Morbidity Report; Territorial Epidemiologist, Department
         of Public Health and Social Services. A weekly statistical
         report presenting the number of cases reported for those diseases
         considered "reportable" diseases. Also includes year-to-date
         totals and comparisons to the same week last year and last year-
         to-date.


         AIDS Prevention Program: These reports are prepared by the AIDS
         Prevention Program, Family Health Services, Department of Public
         Health and Social Services.

              Country Report; 1988. The document gives the extent of
              Guam's AIDS problem, program activities, and objectives for
              the prevention and control of AIDS/HIV.

              Quarterly Reports; 1988 - 1989. These reports consist of
              the Counseling and Test Site and Health Education Risk
              Reduction components of AIDS Prevention Project.

              Medium Term Plan; May 1989. A "draft" document to serve as
              a long term plan of objectives and strategies for prevention
              of sexual, blood, and perinatal transmission.








                                        158








                                                                     HTH 39



          Guam's Knowledge, Attitudes and Beliefs About AIDS - A Report o
          the AIDS Survey of Guam Resident's; AIDS Prevention Program,
          Communicable Disease Control Section, Department of Public Health
          and Social Services; 1988. A statistical (tabular) summary of
          the results of a telephone survey of knowledge, attitudes and
          beliefs about AIDS (acquired immune deficiency syndrome). The
          survey serves as a working tool to assess the effectiveness of
          the AIDS Program's educational activities for formulating program
          plans.
          Available:     Bureau of Family Health Services, Department of
                         Public Health and Social Services.


          Knowledge, Attitudes, Beliefs and Behavior About AIDS - Report on
          the AIDS Survey of Guam Residents; prepared by the University of
          Guam, Community Development Institute, in cooperation with the
          Bureau of Planning, for the Department of Public Health and
          Social Services; September 1989. A statistical and narrative
          summary of the results of a two-phase survey: a comparative
          indicator of the general population's knowledge, attitudes, and
          beliefs about AIDS and a summary of 5 potentially high risk
          groups knowledge, attitudes, beliefs and behavior related to
          AIDS. Designed (1) to provide comparative information from the
          1988 survey on the AIDS Prevention program educational efforts
          and (2) to examine what potentially high risk groups are doing if
          anything to avoid contracting AIDS. High risk groups surveyed
          include intravenous drug users, homosexual and bisexual men,
          prostltutes and heterosexuals with multiple partners.
          Available:     Bureau of Family Health Services, Department of
                         Public Health and Social Services.



          ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH


          Available:     All reports are available at the Division of
                         Environmental Health, Department of Public Health
                         and Social Services.

          Inspection Reports, General Sanitation Progra ; Division of
          Environmental Health, Department of Public Health and Social
          Services. Inspection reports for commercial and governmental
          establishments requiring sanitary permits are completed on a
          periodic basis to monitor the establishments' conformance to
          health and sanitary regulations. Separate inspection forms are
          used depending on the type of establishment. Following is a list
          of types of establishments using different inspection forms:
          Eating and Drinking, Food Manufacturing, Food Retail/Wholesaler,
          Schools, Child Care, Barber/Beauty Shops, Massage Parlors,
          Laundry/Dry Cleaning, Tattoo Shops, Hotels/Dormitories, Penal
          Facilities, Pet Shops, Government/Public Buildings, Mortuaries,
          Public/Semi-Public Swimming Pools, and Kennels/Animal Quarantine
          Pet Shop Facilities.





                                         159








         HTH 40



         Statistical Report   General Sanitation Program; Division of
         Environmental Health, Department of Public Health and Social
         Services. Periodic report presenting statistical information on
         the inspection activities and actions taken on commercial
         establishments requiring sanitary permits.

         Establishment Grades; Division of Environmental Health,
         Department of Public Health and Social Services. Periodic report
         listing name and type of establishment, grade, location,
         inspector's name, and remarks.

         Statistical Report--Restaurant Sanitation Program; Division of
         Environmental Health, Department of Public Health and Social
         Services. Periodic report specifying various activities and
         actions taken for different types of food service establishments.

         .Health Certificate--Quarterly Report; Division of Environmental
         Health, Department of Public Health and Social Services.
         Presents the number of health certificates issued for health
         regulated establishments. Also shows the number of applicants
         requiring special workshops for having no experience or as a
         result of not passing the sanitation exam.

         Monthly Project List and Report on Achievement; Division of
         Environmental Health, Department of Public Health and Social
         Services. Monthly report listing each establishment inspected
         and the actions taken. Also includes name and type of
         establishments, inspection grade, other FDA-related activities,
         location, and amount of time spent.

         Plan and S2eciflcation Review--Quarterly Report; Division of
         Environmental Health, Department of Public Health and Social
         Services. Specifying the number of newly constructed regulated
         establishments as well as number of construction permits issued
         and fees collected.


         Consumer Product Safety and Hazardous Substances Program--
         Quarterly Report; Division of Environmental Health, Department of
         Public Health and Social Services. Information includes the
         number and kind of consumer product permitted entry for
         marketing purposes in Guam, product recalled by the
         manufacturers, and product confiscated at the port of entry.

         Cosmetology Program--Quarterly Report; Division of Environmental
         Health, Department of Public Health and Social S-ervices.
         Presenting the number and date of license issued and applications
         approved by the Board of Cosmetology. It also shows the various
         activities and action taken on the beauty and barber shops.

         Sanitary Permit Report; Division of Environmental Health,
         Department of Public Health and Social Services. Periodic report




                                        160








                                                                        HTH 41



           specifying the number and category of regulated establishments in
           existence. Also indicates whether the establishments is in
           permanent or temporary status. It's issuance to the
           establishment signifies the compliance of the sanitary standards.

           Disinterments Inspection Report; Division of Environmental
           Health, Department of Public Health and Social Services.
           Inspection reports for the witnessing of the disinterments of
           bodies are issued to document whether or not proper sanitary and
           operational procedures are followed.

           Quarantine Facilities Inspection Report; Division of
           Environmental Health, Department of Public Health and Social
           Services. Inspection reports for animal quarantine facilities,
           kennels, pet shops, and zoos. Issued on a routine basis to
           document whether or not such facilities-provide adequate care
           and observation of quarantined animals. Maintenance of the
           facilities and other requirements are also documented.

           Vector (Insect and Rodent) Control Inspection Report; Division of
           Environmental Health, Department of Public Health and Social
           Services. Inspection reports for evaluating insect and rodent
           control are completed on a periodic and as-needed basis for the
           purpose of determining the potential for vector borne diseases to
           occur, and provide official notification of enforcement action to
           be taken to achieve compliance with regulations. Separate forms
           are issued for the following: Public and Private Premises
           Inspections, Government Building Inspections, Deratting
           Certifications for Ocean Vessels, and Ports of Entry Inspections.

           Village Sanitation Inspection Report; Division of Environmental
           Health, Department of Public Health and Social Services.
           Inspection reports for private and public premises are issued on
           a routine basis for evaluating the sanitary condition of such
           premises. Conditions evaluated are: Insect and Rodent
           harborage/breeding areas; garbage and refuse disposal; sewage
           disposal; raising of livestock and poultry; etc. Only one form
           is issued.








                                                                                             POP 1


                                                   POPULATION


                CONTENTS

                United States Population Census                                            POP   2

                Population Estimates and Projections                                       POP   4

                Family                                                                     POP   6

                Youth                                                                      POP   7

                Sexual Abuse/Assault Studies                                               POP   13

                Lifestyle, Socio-Cultural Change, and Immigration                          POP  15




































                                                      163








         POP 2


         UNITED STATES POPULATION CENSUS


         Fifteenth Census of the United States, Population and
         Agriculture, Guam 1930; Bureau of the Census, United States
         Department of Commerce; 19130. Results of the 1930 census are
         summarized by total population, urban and rural, race/nativity,
         age, school attendance, illiteracy, marital status, occupation,
         selected tables of composition of the population by age, race,
         and sex for municipalities, for Naval Reservations, and for
         Agana. Agricultural data also included.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         1940 Guam Census of Population and Agriculture; Bureau of the
         Census, U.S. Department of Commerce; 1940. The results of the
         1940 Census of Population and Agriculture present tabulations and
         cross-tabulations for race, sex, nativity, age groups, school
         attendance, literacy, marital status, family relationships, home
         tenure, and occupation. Most tables give comparison statistics
         for 1930
         Availabl;:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         1950 United States Census of Population: Guam - Number of
         Inhabitants; Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce,
         1950. General data and characteristics of the population are
         presented on number of inhabitants, age, sex, race, marital
         status, education, employment, income, occupation, and industry.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         United States Census of Population 1960: Guam General Population
         Characteristics; Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of
         Commerce; 1961. Presents the demographic, social and economic
         statistics obtained in the 1960 census of Guam taken as of April
         1, 1960. These characteristics include race; sex; age; country
         of birth; school enrollment; level of school in which enrolled;
         years of school completed; marital status; household
         relationship; married couples and families; children ever born;
         employment status; weeks worked in 1959; class of worker;
         occupation group; industry group; and income of persons and of
         families and related individuals.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         1970 Census of Population: Number of Inhabitants, Guam; Bureau
         of the Census,  U.S. Department of Commerce, ; November 1971.
         Presents population data in four tables. Tables include
         population by election districts and census designated places
         1960 and 1970, with percent change between census periods; total
         population of Guam from the earliest census (1901) to 1970, with
         percent change between census periods; and population and land
         area in square miles by election districts.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.






                                         164








                                                                         POP 3


           1970 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics:
           Guam; Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce; February
           1972. Presents statistics from the 1970 Census of Population on
           social and economic characteristics of the inhabitants of Guam by
           districts and places. These characteristics include sex; age;
           marital status; citizenship status; year of immigration of the
           foreign born; mobility; veteran status; educational
           characteristics; employment status; occupation of employed
           persons; industry of employed persons; weeks worked, class of
           worker, and last occupation of the experienced unemployed; and
           income in 1969 of families and unrelated individuals.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           1980 Census of Population, Characteristics of the Population:
           Number of Inhabitants Guam; Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department
           of Commerce; November 1982. Presents official population counts
           for persons reported in the 1980 Census of Population: by urban
           and rural residence, by election districts and census designated
           places, and by size of places.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           1980 Census of Population, Characteristics of the Population:
           General Population Characteristics, Guam; Bureau of the Census,
           U.S. Department of Commerce; April 1983. Presents statistics
           from the 1980 Census of Population by age, sex, marital status,
           and household relationships for Guam, its election districts, and
           census designated places.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           1980 Census of Population, Characteristics of the Population:
           Detailed Social and Economic Characteristics, Guam; Bureau of
           the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce; November 1984. Presents
           statistics from the 1980 Census of Population in considerable
           detail, cross tabulated by age and other characteristics. This
           report covers most of the additional social and economic subjects
           not included in the above 1980 Census publications, and reports
           them by island-wide totals only. Topics include ethnicity,
           mobility, educational characteristics, literacy, fertility,
           employment status, industry and occupation, weeks worked, class
           of worker, unemployment, and income in 1979.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           1980 Census of Population, Characteristics of the Population:
           Summary Tape Files 1A and 3A. Guam; Bureau of the Census, U.S.
           Department of Commerce; 1984. This computer tape file contains
           detailed cross-tabulations of demographic, social, economic and
           housing characteristics from the 1980 Census by geographic area.
           The smallest geographic area for Guam was the enumeration
           district (ED). All of the tables in the tape file are available
           for each of the 199 Election Districts, as well as election
           districts and island-wide totals. The topics covered are
           basically the same as those in the above report, though in most
           cases not as detailed,



                                           165








          POP 4

          with the inclusion of some, additional information on family
          composition, poverty status, and income. At this time, a
          complete set of printed tables is available at the Bureau of
          Planning, Planning Information Program.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.



          POPULATION ESTIMATES AND PROJECTIONS


          Population Distribution of Guam - January 1, 1957; Commander
          Naval Forces Marianas; 1957. A map of Guam showing the
          population distribution by geographic area as of January 1957.
          Map also specifies the population breakdown by Guamanians, other
          Citizens, Aliens, Navy, and Air Force.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Population Component Taken From Health Care in Guam: Current
          Status and Future Policy Options; Andy White; December 1981.
          Presents data on the comparison of census population counts for
          Guam 1970 and 1980, and estimates yearly population based on a
          "Smooth Interpretation" for the period 1960-1980. Other data
          analyses for Guam include comparison of Guam Department of
          Commerce's population estimates and "Smooth Series" population
          estimates for the Inter-Census Period, 1970-1980; population by
          residency status, 1977-1980; military population, 1976-1980;
          ethnic composition proportion and annual rate of growth
          (percent), 1970-1978; regional distribution of island population,
          1960-1980; civilian population age and sex distribution, March
          1977; population dynamics model for Guam using simple birth-
          death-migration data; crude model of current annual population
          change for 1980; projected population series for Guam - "Smooth
          Extrapolation" for period 1980-1990; population trend and
          projection, 1950-2000; comparison of population projections by
          various sources and methods, 1970-2000; vital indicators and
          rates for Guam, Hawaii and the U.S., 1977; leading causes of
          death compared with U.S., 1925-1980; and a partial list of
          reported morbid conditions, 1975-1980.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Population 1974, 1978, 1983: South Pacific Commission; Series.
          Three issues in a series presenting a summary of population for
          areas served by the South Pacific Commission, including Guam.
          This covers population by sex, growth rate and density, and
          censuses since 1900; population by area, sex, growth rate and
          density; urban/rural population by sex; population by sex and
          age-groups and for principle ethnic groups; percentage
          distribution of total population by sex, and broad age-groups
          with dependency ratios; single and married population aged 15
          years and over, and percentage distribution by age-groups;
          average number of children ever born alive,, and average number
          still living per woman by age group; population of children of
          school age, number and percentage attending school; population





                                          166









                                                                         POP 5


           according to principle religions and mid-year population
           estimates which covers 1961-1974, 1966-1978, and 1974-1983.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Economic Base Study - Population Section; U.S. Army Corps of
           Engineers; September 1983. This study contains a section on
           population information and projections. Present past growth
           trends in economic and demographic indicators, including
           estimates of future population, income, and employment for the
           period 1980-2035.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Projections of Guam's Civilian Population 1980-1990 By Age and
           Sex; Guam Health Planning and Development Agency; 1985. Presents
           1980 through 1990 projections of Guam's civilian population by
           age and sex; estimated survivors and births to 1985 and to 1990;
           and annual growth rates by linear rate and exponential rate for
           projected years 1980-1985, 1980-1990, and 1985-1990.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam Health Plan 1985-1990, Final: Demographic Information; Guam
           Health Planning and Development Agency; October 1985. Presents
           an analysis of the demographic characteristics of the island for
           health planning purposes. Most of the data presented in this
           report is based on official 1980 census information, with
           estimates and projections to 1985. This report discusses ethnic
           distribution, population distribution by geographic area, the
           transient population, vital events, and projections for the total
           population. The civilian population is discussed separately:
           civilian population growth, dependency ratio, sex distribution,
           ethnic composition, marital status, and socio-economic status.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Population Projections for the Wastewater Facilities Service Area
           IV: Piti,  Santa Rita, Agat, excerpt from the Wastewater
           Facilities Plan - Amendment - Area IV; J.P. Duenas and
           Associates, Inc., for the Public Utility Agency of Guam; April
           1986. Presents population projections to the year 2005 for the
           civilian communities of Agat, Santa Rita and Piti. Separate
           projections are made for Apra Heights Junction, Talisay, Santa
           Rosa, Lower Santa Rita, Lower Namo, Santa Rita village, Agat
           village, Chaligan, and Taleyfac.
           Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

           Estimates of the Population of Puerto Rico and the Outlying
           Areas, 1970 - 1987; Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of
           Commerce; Series. Presents annual estimates of the population
           for July 1, 1970 to 1987 for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands of
           the United States, American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana
           Islands, and the remainder of the Trust Territory of the Pacific
           Islands. Also presents the components of population change for
           these areas for the 1970-1980 and 1980-1987 periods--Natural





                                           167








         POP 6


         change (births minus deaths) and net migration from the area.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Population Projection 1980-2015; Guam Department of Labor
         and Guam Occupational Information   Coordinating Committee; 1988.
         Population projections by age and   sex compiled by the Department
         of Labor.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning  Library.

         Commissioner's Council Popilation   Estimates; Commissioner's
         Council; annually. Each year the    Commissioner of each village
         conducts a census of population for his/her municipality. This
         report is a compilation of the Commissioner's estimates from 1974
         through 1988.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.



         FAMILY


         A Study of Attitudes and Practices Regarding Death and Dying o
         Guam; Vicki McJohn; not dated. The second part of a two-part
         project on the Sociology of Death and Dying. This report
         documents the Guamanian funeral ritual and analyzes the degree to
         which change has occurred in the funeral rites since the advent
         of American culture. Report contains discussions on Dying,
         Funeral Arrangements, the Bela, the Entiero, and the Lisayo.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         A Study of the Effects of Economic Development on the Famil
         System on Guam; Laura M. Souder;.1974. A study of economic
         growth on Guam and its impact on the extended family system as
         seen through changes in family size, residential patterns,
         familial functions, etc. Part II of the study presents
         statistical indicators of economic growth and development over a
         10-ypar period, such as utility revenues, motor vehicle
         registrations, gross business receipts, population and housing
         units, imports and exports, and university enrollment. Part III
         concentrates on presenting an outline of the family. Profiles of
         household members, how their time was spent prewar and immediate
         post-war. An outline of a family in the 1960's and 70's is
         presented. Includes a discussion of the functions of the family
         and how they have been affected.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Chamorro Funeral Ritual; Roque Eustaquio; 1975. A report which
         provides a general picture of the Chamorro funeral ritual as
         practiced in the Yona Area. Report contains a descriptive
         account of the funeral preparations, roles of extended family,
         the "techa", the reciprocal exchanges practiced, and an analysis
         of the cost of a "typical" funeral ritual.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.






                                           168









                                                                          POP 7


           Community and Family on Guam; Author not stated; not dated, but
           after 1975. Discussions of various ethnic groups and communities
           found on Guam. Contains information on population structure and
           population change for the villages. Includes lengthy discussions
           on ethnic attitudes, focusing on racial and ethnic tensions and
           how one ethnic group perceives other ethnic groups' feelings
           about each other.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           1980 White House Conference on Families; Department of Youth
           Affairs and Guam Commissioner's Council; 1980. A report
           summarizing the activities of the Conference on Families held in
           March 1980. Report contains the text of speeches given by the
           guest speakers and the delegates, statements of the issues
           developed for the conference, summaries of the village meetings,
           and names of the delegates and committees.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Familial Problems As Experienced on Guam and the Utilization of
           Available Resources; Sister M. Ursula Fritz, Catholic Social
           Services; 1983. A paper presented at the 1983 Guam Association
           of Social Workers Conference. This paper examines social
           problems of Guam's families and how families do or do not utilize
           available resources to alleviate these problems.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Evaluation of Family Planning: Country Statement. Ernest
           Caseres, Bureau of Planning, 1984. This paper discusses some
           issues involved in family planning on Guam and some problems
           associated with fertility.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.



           YOUTH


           Youth Programs on Guam; Auroro C. Jose, Legislative Research
           Bureau, Tenth Guam Legislature; 1970. This book outlines youth
           programs on Guam and their effectiveness and availability,
           including issues of delinquency for the purpose of providing
           researchers with a study which may help legislation for youth
           programs on Guam in the future.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Dynamic Structure of the Chamorro Youth: A Profile; Dorothea
           Kanaiaupuni; May 29, 1973. Gives a descriptive account of how
           Chamorro youths view themselves within their environment.
           Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.


           Social and  Cultural Factors Relating to the Cause and Control of
           Alcohol Abuse Among Micronesian Youth; Francis B. Mahoney,
           prepared for the Government of the Trust Territory of the Pacific





                                            169







         POP 8


         islands; not dated, but around 1974. Report of an investigation
         of the alcohol abuse problem among young people in Micronesia.
         Report covers the methods of surveying and interviewing, a
         discussion of the various dimensions of the alcohol problem,
         alcohol related crime, juveniles in relation to alcohol abuse, a
         portrait of the Micronesian perceptions of the alcohol abuse
         problem and its social causes, Micronesian suggestions for the
         control of alcohol abuse among youth, findings and
         recommendations.
         Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

         Understanding the Youths of Guam: Their Beliefs and Knowledge of
         Family Management and Principles of Personal Development;
         Lorraine C. Yamashita, Ed.D., College of Education, University of
         Guam; 1981. This study examines parental influence on youth,
         parents' educational background, what youths say about parents,
         youths and teachers, youths and jobs, and youths and school.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Guam Cooperative Extension -- 4H Youth Program Annual Report;
         University of Guam; annually. A statistical program summary of
         4-H youth program activities on Guam, number of youths
         participating in short and long term programs and number by type
         of program activity. Statistics available by sex and ethnic
         makeup of youth.
         Available:      4-H and Youth Program, Guam Cooperative Extension,
                         University of Guam.



         WOMEN'S ISSUES


         Status of Women-Part II; Civil Service Commission, Government of
         Guam; Not dated but after 1975. Second part of a two part study
         on women employed by the Government of Guam. Part I was a pilot
         study conducted at Guam Memorial Hospital. Part II involves a
         survey of nine government agencies. Staffing patterns were used
         to provide occupational breakdowns by sex. Also includes the
         results of an attitude survey distributed to the women working in
         these departments. Covers attitudes and opinions about working
         conditions for women compared to men and reasons why women work.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Attitudes of Some Filipino Women Towards Guam's Educational,
         Social, Cultural and Economic Life; Loida C. Retumban; 1976. A
         University of Guam Special Project.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Women of Guam; Cecilia Bamba, Laura Souder, and Judy Tompkins;
         1977. A compilation of articles addressing the roles of women on
         Guam in the past and present. Subjects covered include the
         evolution of the Chamorro woman over the past 300 years;





                                         170









                                                                        POP 9


          influences of women of other cultures; roles of women in the
          home, in arts, in education, economics, as consumers, in
          politics, and in health; also, violence against women and others.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Women's Conference - Final Report - Nihita Fandana Famalaoan
          Guam; 1977. A summary of the agenda and issues discussed at this
          1977 conference.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

          Phase I Report  of Preliminary Investigation of the Problems of
          the Displaced Homemakers and Single Heads of Families; An
          informal task force organized under the auspices of Senator
          Carmen A. Kasperbauer; October, 1979. Identifies expressed needs
          of displaced homemakers. Presents four examples of specific and
          true cases of the displaced homemaker and single head of family;
          summary and recommendations; and the method of investigation.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Barriers to Employment for Displaced Homemakers; Agency for Human
          Resources Development; August-September, 1980. Study determines
          the extent and nature of barriers to employment for displaced
          homemakers. Relates directly to those issues pertinent to CETA
          programming. Addresses specific employment problems of displaced
          homemakers.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          1980 Census of Population, Guam; Bureau of the Census, U.S.
          Department of Commerce. Several reports have been released by
          the Census Bureau that contain data on women from the 1980 Census
          of Population on Guam. All of the data include active duty
          military and dependents.

                     General Population Characteristics; April 1983. This
                     report has data for each election district and each
                     Census Designated Place. Age of women in 5 year
                     increments, number 16 years and over, median; number of
                     persons under 18 years living with a female householder
                     where no husband is present; number of female family
                     householders 65 years and over; number of female family
                     householders who have own children under 18 and under 6
                     years where no husband is present; marital status of
                     females 15 years and over; number of women by single
                     year of age from under 1 to 89 years, 90 to 94 years,
                     95 to 99 years, and 100 years and over.

                     Detailed Social and Economic Characteristics; November
                     1984. This report contains islandwide total, with no
                     geographic areas identified. Unpublished data is also
                     available for the civilian population, excluding active
                     duty military and dependents. Most data items are





                                          171









         POP 10


                   cross tabulated by age, place of birth, ability to read
                   and write English, income of persons in 1979, and
                   earnings of persons in 1979. Data items include number
                   of female non-family householders; marital status of
                   females 15 years and over; residence of females in
                   1975; age of women in 5 year increments; place of birth
                   of females; mother's place of birth; number of females
                   3 years old and over enrolled in school; number of
                   years of school completed by females 25 years old and
                   over; number of females by class of worker (private,
                   federal government, GovGuam, self-employed, unpaid
                   family, subsistence); occupation of females; industry
                   of females; and number of females in the labor force.

                   Summary Tape File 3A; 1985. This report is a computer
                   tape data file, and is also available on microfiche to
                   paper for all geographic levels. Data items include
                   number of mother-child subfamilies; number of non-
                   family female householders; number of families with
                   male householder and no wife present, with and without
                   own children; number of families with female
                   householder and no husband present, with and without
                   own children; number of own children in families with
                   female householder and no husband present; females by
                   marital status; females 15-49 years by number of
                   children ever born, children living, and children born
                   in year preceding census by age; females by labor force
                   status; females 16 years and over with one or more own
                   children by labor force status; number of females 16
                   years'and over who worked in 1979 by hours worked per
                   week and by weeks worked in 1979; number of females in
                   the labor force with unemployment in 1979; number of
                   families headed by women by poverty status and age of
                   related children; females 5 years and over who lived in
                   the U.S. for 6 or more consecutive months between 1970
                   and 1980 by place of birth and year of arrival or
                   return to Guam, by school attendance while in U.S., by
                   length of last stay in U.S. by age, and by labor force
                   status while in the U.S.; and females 16 to 64 years by
                   age by presence or absence of vocational training.

         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.


         Working Mothers With Young Children on Guam; Charlynn Saguid;
         1980. A University of Guam Special Project.
         Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         ,Service Directory for Displaced Honemakers; Agency for Human
         Resources Development; Fall 1980. Identifies existing government
         and private entities available to deliver special services for
         displaced homemakers. The index and entries are presented by
         major categories of services including child care, education,



                                         172









                                                                        POP 11

          employment services, transportation, financial/food/housing/
          assistance, legal assistance, medical/dental assistance, senior
          citizens services, and counseling services.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning  Library.

          Island Women Speak Out - Critical   Issues of the 80's; Guam
          Women's Issues Task Force; 1982.    Summary of articles on issues
          affecting Guam's women: changing    roles, abuse, violence against
          women, politics and culture.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning  Library.

          Suruhanas: Women Herbalists of Guam; Ann Marie Pobutsky; May
          1983. A University of Guam Senior Thesis. This study exa      mined
          data obtained from the 1980 Northern Area Health Needs Assessment
          Survey on use of tradit ional healers, especially by women and
          children, on Guam. Differences in use patterns by age, sex and
          ethnic group are presented and implications discussed.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library and Micronesian Area
                          Research Center Pacific Collection.

          Marital Dissolutions on Guam 1972-2000; Bureau of Planning;
          November 1983. This report examines demographic divorce and
          annulment statistics and makes projections through the year 2000.
          Current and projected statistical profiles are listed, along with
          extensive detailed analysis and tables on selected variables.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Statistical Data on Females: Population Component Taken From the
          1987 Annual Economic Review and Statistical Abstract; Economic
          Research Center, Department of Commerce; 1987. Presents
          statistical data generally available elsewhere. Tables include
          data on total population by sex, age, and sex ratio, April 1980;
          women fifteen years of age and older by marital status; life
          tables for females in Guam, 1980; birth of females from 1977 to
          1986; birthplace of mothers from 1977 to 1986; number of deaths
          of women from 1977 to 1986; interracial marriages, 1986;
          employment-population ratios by age and sex; civilian labor force
          by age and sex; and civilian labor force participation rates for
          women by age.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Preliminary Study of Job Classifications Currently Used by the
          Territory of Guam to Determine if Sex Discrimination Exists in
          the Classification System; Special Investigating Committee on Pay
          Equity; June 1984. The study provides an introduction to pay
          equity issues.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Population Projections For Women of Child Bearing Ages; Guam
          Health Planning and Development Agency; January 1985.
          Statistical data taken from the 1986 Guam Family Planning Project
          grant application on population projections for women of child





                                            173









          'bearing ages, 15-44. Covers population estimates for these
          women; percentage of total estimated population; income analysis
          of population; fertility rates in 1983 by ages 15-44 and rates
          per 1000 women; infant health rate in 1982; birth rate for single
          women in 1982 and 1983; comparison between United States and Guam
          in 1982 on percentage of live births to unmarried mothers;
          comparison between United States and Guam in 1982 on percentages
          of low birth weight rates; number of high risk pregnancies by
          category from 1977 to 1983; percentage of live births by ethnic
          groups and age in 1982 and 1983; age specific fertility rates;
          higher birth order comparison and first order birth trends to
          women over thirty with a four year period 1980-1983.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Women Of the World: Asia and the Pacific; Nasra M. Shah, Bureau
          of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce and Office of Women in
          Development, U.S. Agency for International Development; February
          1985. This statistical report provides the following data on
          women within the Asian-Pacific Region: population distribution
          change, literacy and education, economic activity, marital status
          and living arrangements fertility and mortality.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Factsheet  for Women on Guam; Cooperative Extension Service,
          College of Agriculture and Life Sciences, University of Guam;
          September 1985. Presents data on women who were in the civilian
          workforce as of March 1985. This brief factsheet includes
          information on the marital characteristics, social
          characteristics, occupations, and income earnings of employed
          women. Summary comments and implications provide a brief
          analysi.s.of women's status and priority areas.
          Available:@     Bureau of Planning Library.

          In Pursuit  of Herstory: Myths and Realities About Chamorro Women
          of.Guam; Laura Souder-Jaffery, Research Associate, Micronesian
          Area Research Center; January 1986. Examines the myths and
          realitiesrelative to the position of Chamorro women in
          documented history by looking at the changing nature of their
          power, status, and roles over time.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Daughters of the Island: Contemporary Chamorro Women Organizers
          on Guam; Laura Souder-Jaffery, Micronesian Area Research Center,
          University of Guam; 1987. A book about the women of Guam with
          .seven chapters:
                (1)  In pursuit of herstory
                (2)  Island metamorphosis: conflict and adaptation
                (3)  Chamorro women: myths and relatives
                (4)  Lady Extraordinary - an account about Cecilia Bamba
                (5)  Women organizing in their profession - accounts about
                     Clotilde Gould, Pilar Lujan, Carmen Pearson, and Annie
                     Roberto






                                           174








                                                                        POP 13

               (6) Women organizing through networks - accounts about
                    Elizabeth Arriola, Tina Blas, Geri Gutierrez, and
                    Delgadina Hiton
               (7) New perspectives on Chamorro female experience.

            Available:     University of Guam, Micronesian Area Research
                           Center and Bureau of Planning Library.

            Pacific Islands Women's Conference on Employment and Labor Market
            Development; Pacific Islands Development Program, East-West
            Center, Honolulu, Hawaii; 1987. A summary of the 1987 conference
            with country presentations, data on women enterpreneurs, and
            future directions.
            Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.

            Me Versus the World; Katherine B. Aguon; 1988. An autobiography
            by one of Guam's prominent women leaders.
            Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.


            Annual Statistical Report; Office of Vital Statistics, Department
            of Public Health and Social Services; annually 1970-present.
            Presents tables on births, deaths, marriages and divorces for the
            year.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

            Discretionary Grant Application Title III Dislocated Workers
            Program; Agency for Human Resources Development, 1989. Grant
            application for Job Training Partnership Act (JTPA) Dislocated
            Workers and Long Term Unemployed (Discretionary Funding).
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.


            SEXUAL ABUSE/ASSAULT STUDIES

            Child Abuse; Territorial Crime Commission; not dated. Presents
            the resolutions of the Task Force on Child Abuse; the Territorial
            Crime Commission's position regarding child abuse resolutions;
            and a comparative analysis of court structure.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

            Alcohol and Spouse Abuse; Sister M. Ursula Fritz; not dated.
            Focuses particularly on the subject as experienced on Guam.
            Briefly discusses the role of alcohol in relation to violence or
            spouse abuse.
            Available:     Catholic Social Services.


            Child Abuse and Neglect - Prevention and Treatment; Department of
            Public Health and Social Services, 1980. A description of the
            program at Public Health for child abuse and neglect, its
            prevention, and treatment.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.




                                          175








         POP 14


         Child Abuse and Neglect ("Menetgot Familia" Program) and Sexual
         Abuse Prevention Program; Department of Public Health and Social
         Services; June 1981. Program to establish a Volunteer Parent
         Aide support group to provide assistance to families served by
         Child Protective Services; and a continuation of the Sexual Abuse
         Prevention program in the schools.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Shelter Available: Agencies Provide Help for Abused Mates or
         Spouse; Catholic Social Service; 1983. Briefly describes how
         mate abuse is triggered; the effects it has on children and the
         abused person; and provides information on services to battered
         and abused,spouses or mates,, who qualifies, location of the
         shelter, how a person in need contacts the shelter, and care
         procedures.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Child Abuse Referral and Coordination Procedures of the
         Department of Education and Public Health and Social Services;
         Luis Martinez, Pupil Personnel Service, Department of Education;
         .1986. Outlines the laws of Guam requiring educators to report
         all cases of suspected child abuse and neglect and procedures to
         be followed by school officials in reporting and coordinating
         such cases with the Child Welfare Services Division, Department
         of Public Health and Social Services.
         Available:      Pupil Personnel Services, Department of Education.

         Child Protective Services Referral Form and Child Abuse Reporting
         Form; Child Protective Services Unit. The Child Protective
         Services Unit of the Department of Public Health and Social
         Services is responsible for investigating and taking app@opriate
         action on reports of child abuse. There are two significant
         forms that are completed when.a child abuse case is reported.
         The Referral form lists appropriate demographic information about
         the child and the parents as well as type and reasons for
         suspected abuse. The National Study Child Abuse Reporting Form
         is a part of a national study on child abuse. This form
         specifies complete information regarding the child, parents,
         relationships, other family, employment and type of maltreatment.
         At present, none of this information is aggregated and all forms
         are considered confidential. This program does expect to receive
         aggregated information from the national study as soon as there
         are enough cases to sufficiently aggregate and fulfill
         confidentiality requirements.
         Available:      Child Protective Services Unit, Department of
                         Public Health and Social Services.













                                         176








                                                                      POP 15



         LIFESTYLE, SOCIO-CULTURAL CHANGE, AND IMMIGRATION

         Fertility and the Social Structure of Guam; Roy Chung; not dated.
         Pater discussing fertility and its reciprocal relationships to
         the social structure of Guam. Focuses on Guam's "demographic
         disequilibrium", with high fertility and low mortality rates and
         the social structure transition.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.


         Identification of High Risk Groups in a Cross-Cultural Setting:
         The History and Prevalence of Suicide on Guam; Ralph Pennigroth,
         not dated. This paper provides a historical review and recent
         prevalence of suicide on Guam.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         A Socio-Cultural Survey--Guam Urban Renewal Project; J. A.
         Hirabayashi; not dated. A study of the Guamanian core value
         system and the effect of urban renewal in Yona and Sinajana on
         that system of attitudes, practices, beliefs and customs.
         Discussions include Guamanian social organization, household
         composition, social and economic relationships, indications of
         traditional cultural values, evidence of change and resistance to
         change, houses, property, views of urban renewal, and
         recommendations for Guam Housing and Urban Renewal Authority to
         consider when implementing this program.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Social and Cultural Position of Micronesian Minorities on Guam;
         R. R. Solenberger, South Pacific Commission Technical Paper No.
         49; October 1953. This report examines the social position of
         Micronesians on Guam vis-a-vis Chamorros. Migration is discussed
         along with concomitant adjustment techniques. Some comparisons
         of cultures are made.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Health Effects on Westernization and Migration Among Chamorros;
         Dwayne Reed, et al.; 1970. An article in the American Journal of
         Epidemiology. A study of 1200 Chamorros living in Guam, Rota and
         California. Documents the results of a survey that explores the
         differences of the three groups of Chamorros in terms of
         migration, mobility, and socio-cultural orientation.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Vertical File.


         Perception  of Similarities and Differences Among Ethnic Groups at
         the University of Guam; Richard W. Brislin and Walter S. Wilson;
         1971. A study to determine how various ethnic groups at
         University of Guam perceive similarities and differences among
         races. Surveyed approximately 100 students of Guamanian, Trust
         Territory, and Stateside descent with an attitude survey,
         Question covered culture, language, physical characteristics,
         religion, and behavior.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.




                                          177








           POP 16


           Intercultural Conflict-Micronesian Culture vs. American
           Education; Donald F. Smith, University of Guam, 1971. A
           discussion of the impact of the American educational system in
           Micronesia.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           A Study of the Socio-Cultural Factors of Guam--for the Guam
           Master Plan--Social Factors; Paul D. Richardson, University of
           Guam, for Greenleaf/Telesca-Ahn; August, 1971. Overview of
           socio-cultural factors including historical development,
           geography, community social. structure, and institutions (the
           family; and the educational, political, economic, and religious
           structures). Potential problem areas such as the change from
           subsistence to a cash economy and ethnic group relations are
           presented. Analysis of the influence of change.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


           A Survey of Language Use and Attitudes in Guam; University of
           Hawaii; December, 1972. Survey conducted in June-July of
           1972 to determine general directions in language use and language
           attitudes. Report contains results of a sociolinguistic survey
           of Chamorro/English bilingualism. Survey given to a sample of
           220 Guamanians.
           Available:     Research, Planning and Evaluation Division,
                          Department of Education.

           Population History of Guam: Context of Microevolution; Jane H.
           Underwoodf July 1973. Study presents the population history of
           the Mariana Islands and evaluates source materials in an attempt
           to reconstruct the population history of this region and to
           identify some of the demographic attributes of the native
           population between 1521 to 1950.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           'Guam--In Search of Its Own Identity--A Research Report on Human
           and Cultural Values in a Time of Rapid Change; Rev. Cornelius J.
           Van Der Poel; June 1973. Two Volumes. A study of the mutual
           interaction between religious, psychological, cultural, and
           economic/technological values among the Guamanians in a period of
           rapid transition, with special reference to the difference
           between adults and youth. Survey questionnaires were used for
           data collection and were distributed to high school students
           (sample--173) and through the students to either their mother or
           their father (sample--72). Questions asked both adults and
           students were identical and their responses were compared for
           each question. Specific topics covered for both youth and adults
           were: Religious Values; Psychological Attitudes; Cultural
           Attachment; Relationship Between Religious Values, Psychological
           Attitudes, and Cultural Attachment; and Economic/Technological
           Development.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library (Volume I).




                                           178








                                                                        POP 17


           Merizo: A Socio-Economic Profile of a Guam Village; C.
           Christopher Ford, Assistant Professor of Sociology, University of
           Guam; not dated, but approximately 1974. A village study
           designed to measure the socio-cultural impact of increasing
           technology on Guam. Data drawn from 1970 U.S. Census and a
           survey in Merizo by members of the University of Guam Community
           Development Class. Topics covered are Population Trends, Income
           and Personal Expenditures, Government of Guam and Military,
           Business and Tourism, and Community Attitudes.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           A Study and Review of Laws Pertaining to Alien Investment on
           Guam; Stanford Research Institute; September 1974. Prepared for
           the Executive-Legislative Ad-Hoc Committee and is a study of
           alien investment on Guam. Includes statistics on immigration
           from the early 1960's through 1973.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Filipinos on Guam: An Empirical Study; Lawrence F. Kasperbauer
           and Vilma P. Helms; not dated, but around 1974. The results of a
           survey of Filipino emigrants to provide insight into why
           Filipinos migrate to Guam and the degree to which they adapt to
           life on Guam.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           A CgMarative Analysis of Selected Attitudes of Palauan and
           Guamanian Seniors at the Univegsity of Guam With Their Palauan
           and Guamanian Counterparts Not Attending the University of Guam;
           Mary C. Cheeks; 1974. A Master's Thesis for University of Guam.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           The Socio-Economic Impact of Modern Technology Upon a Developing
           Insular Region: Guam--Volume III, Part VI-- Socio-Cultural
           Issues; University of Guam; 1975. Part VI of a seven part study
           provides a picture of present-day Guam from the perspective of
           the behavioral and social sciences. Contains a compilation of
           papers and studies including historical summaries of cultural
           influences, the family on Guam, ethnic group perceptions,
           Guamanian values and modern life, and comparison of socio-
           cultural differences between northern and southern Guam. Data
           from many of the studies was collected through sample surveys
           including a household,questionnaire and opinion questionnaire.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           An Evaluation of Cultural Change as Seen in Early Child-Training
           Methods of Middle Class Urban Guamanians; Alice B. Fraser; 1975.
           A Master's Thesis for University of Guam.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Cultural Aspects of Development; Reverend Jose G. Villagomez,
           OFM, Cap.; November, 1975. A discussion of the ways culture is
           affected by development, particularly the westernized development





                                           179








          POP 18


          of Guam. Includes definition of culture, discussion of
          procreation, distribution of goods and services, aesthetic needs,
          training of youth, enforcing the mores, disposing of the dead,
          and religion.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Socio-Cultural Aspects of Development in Guam and Micronesia; 0.
          Ronald Haverlandt, C. Christopher Ford, and Marvin Montvel-Cohen,
          University of Guam, prepared for the Asian Institute for Economic
          Development and Planning, United Nations; December 1975. An
          analysis of the relationship between socio-cultural factors and
          development in Guam and Micronesia. Three interrelated factors
          were used: resource parameters, political considerations, and
          cultural determination.
          Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

          "Will the Real Guamanian Please Stand Up"... A Search for
          Identity; Laura M. Souder; 1975, 1976. A paper with the
          objective of discussing the cultural dilemma faced by Guamanians.
          Covers definition of a "Guamanian", discussions on the
          intrapersonal cultural dilemma, approaches and programs adopted
          to assist in Guamanians'  identity crisis.
          Available:      Bureau of.Planning Library.

          A Survey of Language Use  and Attitudes of Filipinos in Guam;
          Gloria B. Tacuyan; 1975. A University of Guam Special Project.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.


          "The Cultural Impact on the American Presence on Guam"; Gerald
          Perez, in Pacific Perspective, Journal of the South Pacific
          Social Sciences Association, Vol. 5, No. 1; 1976. This paper
          discusses the impact on the Chamorro-Guamanian culture on Guam,
          and suggests ways to ameliorate problems associated with cultural
          import and social change.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Bibliography for Social Baseline Study for the Island of Guam;
          Emilie G. Johnston, for the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; 1976.
          A bibliography listing periodicals, articles, and reports located
          at the Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam.
          Entries appear alphabetically by author and chronologically for
          each author. A geographical index by election district follows
          the bibliography.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Social Baseline Study of the Territory of Guam; C. Christopher
          Ford, Jane Jennison-Nolan, and Marvin Montvel-Cohen, for the U.S.
          Army Corps of Engineers; 1976. A compilation and summary of
          socio-cultural data to assist planners in determining the
          potential impact of projects related to Guam's water resources.
          Includes a general assessment of data concerning land use and




                                          180








                                                                        POP 19


           ownership, the family and community, government and civic
           activity, cultural resources, and education. Contains many
           tables. The data is summarized in terms of five geographic
           regions.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           A Folk Botany of Guam: An Ethnobotanical Study of the Guamanian-
           Chamorro; John D. Mood, Jr.,; 1976.    A Master's Thesis for
           University of Guam.
           Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

           Pictorial Review and Historical Sketch of the Island of Guam
           1521-1940; Office of the Governor; 1976. A pictorial history of
           Guam is presented along with several historical narratives and
           summaries about the ancient Chamorros, their history, the
           discovery by Europeans, and accounts by explorers.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Attitudes of Micronesian and Guamanian Students Towards Social
           Issues in Micronesia; author not stated; not dated, but after
           1976. A discussion of the results of a seminar on "Change,
           Conflicts, and Choices in Micronesia". A survey designed to
           provide both oral and written responses was administered to a
           group of University of Guam students--Micronesians, Guamanians,
           and Statesiders. The survey consisted of a series of fabricated
           situations. The students were asked to respond both in writing
           and orally how they would react in that situation. There were
           five categories of situations: Family, Traditional Values,
           Community Values, Economic Development Issues, and Social
           Development Issues. This report discusses the findings and the
           results.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Improvement of the Quality of Life on Guam; Alan H. Leader,
           Western Michigan University; March 1976. A student project that
           discusses lifestyle and quality of life on Guam in relation to:
           personal development, health, economic and social development,
           public safety, the environment, and physical and political
           development.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.


           A Survey of the Water Use Patterns of Guam's Elderly; Carmen L.G.
           Pearson; 1977. A survey of 10 Guamanians between the ages of 52
           and 82 with the purpose of preparing a written record of
           traditional water use patterns on Guam. Questionnaire asks for
           differences in perception and use of saltwater, tap water, and
           rain water. Also asks for Chamorro terms for selected water
           conditions.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Colonial Era: Manning the Helm of U.S.S. Guam; Robert
           Underwood, in Pacific Daily News Islander; 1977. Discusses




                                           181









          POP 20


          colonialism and imperialism as it relates to the U.S. seizure of
          Guam. This article focuses on subsequent U.S. military colonial
          practices which instituted both cultural changes and conflicts.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Red, Whitewash and Blue - Painting Over the Chamorro Experience;
          Robert Underwood; July 1977. This article discusses historical
          moments as symbols of Chamorro patriotism, and questions the root
          and real meaning of this patriotism as interpreted by the
          Chamorro people.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Limits of Cross-Cultural Education in Solving Ethnic/Race
          Conflict in Guam; Dr. Samuel.Betances; August 1977. A discussion
          of the different ethnic groups residing on Guam, the causes of
          tension among these groups, and the limits of cross-cultural
          education in alleviating racial conflict.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Chamorro Challenge to Statesiders; Robert A. Underwood; October
          1977. An article discussing the issues of cultural pluralism in
          Guam, the seemingly "immigrant" status of the Chamorro people on
          their own island, attempts at preserving cultural identity, and a
          demand for stateside Americans to allow Chamorros to define,
          refine, and promote their identity through the school systems.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Attitudes Toward Language Maintenance and Language Shift in the
          Guamanian Speech Community; George A. Riley, in Pacific Asian
          Studies, Volume II, Numbers 1 and 2; November 1977. An analysis
          of the change In language preference on Guam from Chamorro to
          English, plus a discussion of factors affecting social and
          cultural change in Guam. Methods and results are discussed.
          Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          An Exploration of Recent Religious Conversion on Guam; David W.
          Walden; 1978.  A Master's Thesis for University of Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam Robert F. Kennedy Library.
          Melukl Mora Guam: A Study of the Palauans as an Ethnic Group on
          Guam; Richard D. Shewman; 1978. A Master's Thesis for University
          of Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Antigo; Guam Teachers Corp., Cycle XI and student contributors,
          1978. This book compiles numerous traditional Chamorro cultural
          objects and folkways - both written and pictorially. Some
          samples are of weaving, how to make coconut oil, traditional
          recipes, legends, and war stories.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.






                                           182









                                                                       POP 21


          I Finaposta: Governor's Pre-White House Conference on Libraries
          and Information Exhibition; Insular Arts Council; 1978. This
          booklet briefly provides information on the symbols, literature,
          artifacts, and archival documents that give access to Guam's
          past.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          An Exploratory Study of Island Migration: Chamorros of Guam;
          Faye Untalan Munoz; 1979. Describes and analyzes three
          identifiable patterns of migration of Chamorros from Guam to the
          United States, in particular to the Los Angeles area. This
          report includes motivations for leaving Guam, migration patterns,
          and problems of intergenerational gaps intensified by the
          migration experience. It also presents recommendations that
          address three major areas: controlling Chamorro (Guamanian)
          migration, planning for better assimilation on the mainland, and
          the question of the relationship of the U.S. to its territories.
          Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.

          Social and Cultural Change in the Community of Umatac, Southern
          Guam; Teresa del Valle, Micronesian Area Research Center
          Publication No. 2; 1979. A complete ethnographic study of
          Umatac, the first compiled on a community in Guam. The central
          thesis of the study is that social relations, economy, land
          tenure and land use in Umatac form an interrelated set of beliefs
          and patterns of behavior which serve to reinforce each other and
          which may be maintained despite external and internal changes and
          environmental limitations. The thesis is supported by field work
          and archival research.
          Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


          Attitudes of Students Toward the Social, Political, and Economic
          Development of Guam; Franklin S. Cruz; 1979. Presents the
          results of a study to answer the question: "What are the
          perceptions of Guamanians toward development of Guam?" Describes
          certain conditions relating to social, political, and economic
          development of Guam and determines the attitudes of students
          toward specific facets of Guam's development.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Freshwater Use Customs on Guam: An Exploratory Study; Rebecca A.
          Stephensen, Ed., Water Resources Research Center Technical Report
          No. 8, April 1979. This study documents data provided by
          Chamorro informants concerning traditional freshwater use
          customs. Chapters address archaeology and water resources
          (prehistoric Chamorros); linguistics and water (the perception of
          freshwater in Chamorro culture); ethno-history (freshwater on
          Guam from Spanish to modern times); and sociocultural studies of
          freshwater (survey analysis).
          Available:     Guam Environmental Protection Agency Library.





                                          183.










          POP 2 2


          !Luam: Changing Patterns of Coastal and Marine Exploitation; Jane
          Jennison-Nolan, University of Guam Marine Lab Technical Report
          No. 59; November 1979. An analysis of beliefs, attitudes and
          practices in relation to the shores and waters of the island.
          Examines prehistoric Guam to the end of Spanish rule, Guam before
          World War II and contemporary coastal and marine activities. An
          attitudinal questionnaire was used for this study.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Cultural Resources Within the Guam Seashore Study Area and the
          War in the Pacific National Historical Park; Department of
          Anthropology and Geography, University of Guam, submitted to
          National Park Service, U.S. Department of Interior; November,
          1979. A study of areas within the National Seashore Park
          (Merizo, Umatac, and Agat) and the villages contiguous to the War
          in the Pacific National Historical Park (Asan, Piti, Santa Rita,
          and Agat) including lifestyles, resident attitudes and values,
          demographic and socio-economic characteristics, and land and sea
          uses. Previously unpublished demographic data compiled by Bruce
          Karolle is given by administrative district.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          If Ocean Foxes and Guilty Wolves: The Beforetime People, Their
          Epic Response To Modern Power; 0. Ronald Haverlandt; late 19701s.
          Five unpublished stories describing several aspects of Chamorro
          culture:
                (1) Precontact Chamorro - A Brief Summary
                (2) The Beforetime People
                (3) How The Chamorros Came To be Professional Nobodies or
                    Don Jose Quiroga, Where Are You?
                (4) Malo The Magnificent, or How to Hide Your Cultural
                    Heroes
                (5) Guam, Guamanians-Chamorros and Mongu Yu Ma Finu Inglisi

          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library and Micronesian Area
                          Research Center Pacific Collection.

          ï¿½ Survey of Exiles in the Marianas Islands; Mary E. Cook; 1980.
          ï¿½ University of Guam Masters' Thesis.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          The Pacific Daily News: The Small Town Newspaper Covering A Vast
          Frontier; Jacqueline Korona Teare; 1980. A Masters Thesis for
          Michigan State University. A history of the Pacific Daily News,
          it's role on Guam, and how it serves the multi-lingual and
          multicultural community.
          Available:      Micronesia Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

          Cultural Shock  as Seen in the Clinical Setting; The Behavioral
          Clinic; 1980.   A discussion of cultural shock as experienced by
          clients of a private psychologist on Guam. A general discussion
          of symptoms, hostility development, stereotyping, and general

                                           184









                                                                       POP 23


          attitudes and issues concerned with culture shock. Also includes
          examples of clinical cases of culture shock on Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Changing Agricultural Patterns of Guam (Part 2); Bruce G.
          Karolle, Ph.D., University of Guam Agricultural Experiment
          Station, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences Technical
          Report No. 8; August 1980. This is a population study which
          attempts to prove the hypothesis that the major population growth
          areas on the island are near identified farms.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Communication Apprehension: Its Incidence in Guam and Elsewhere;
          Thomas Bruneau, et al.; 1980. A paper prepared for the
          Communication Association of the Pacific International
          Convention. This study investigates in an exploratory manner
          communication apprehension in Guam and compares the incidence
          with populations in the United States and other countries.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Interpersonal Needs of Guam College Students as Compared to
          Those Elsewhere; Thomas Bruneau, et al.; 1980. A study exploring
          the strengths of the interpersonal needs of inclusion, affection
          and control among a sample of college students from Australia,
          China, Hawaii, Japan, Korea, and Guam.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Communication Style: Guam College Students Compared to Those
          From Elsewhere; Thomas Bruneau, et al.; 1980. A study of 1,181
          college students from China, Guam, Hawaii, Japan, and Korea to
          determine if their communication could be characterized
          stylistically in some manner. Report discussed how Guamanian
          students compared to the other ethnic groups in particular style
          of communication.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Bridging Culture Gaps and the Problems of Cross Cultural
          Education in Micronesia; Dirk A. Ballendorf; 1980. An overview
          of some of the issues that arise because of the diversity in
          communications across cultures in the Western Pacific.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Ancient Chamorro Kinship Organization; Lawrence J. Cunningham;
          November 1980. Describes the ancient close relations between the
          Chamorros; the ancient Chamorro caste system; and traits of
          social organization.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

          1980 Census of  Population, Race and Ancestry Groups in the United
          States: Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce. The
          Census Bureau has published several reports on the number and





                                          185










         POP 24


         characteristics of Guamanians living in the 50 states based on
         the 1980 Census of Population and Housing. The concept of race
         as; used by the Census Bureau reflects self-identification by
         respondents. Question 4 of the census questionnaire asks: "Is
         this person (fill one circle) White, Black, Japanese, Chinese,
         Filipino, Korean, VietnameSe, American India, Asian Indian,
         Hawaiian, Guamanian, Samoan, Eskimo, Other (Specify)?"

         Because some of the tabulations were produced from a 100 percent
         count of all individuals and some tabulations were produced from
         a sample of persons, the various publications present different
         data. Caution should therefore be used when selecting specific
         data for an analysis of the Guamanian population residing in the
         United States. The Census Bureau's policy is that the 100
         percent tabulations are the preferable source for statistics on
         the nine Asian and Pacific Islander groups listed separately on
         the census questionnaire (e.g., Guamanian).

         The major Census Bureau publication using 100 percent tabulations
         is Characteristics of the Population, General Population
         Characteristics; PC80-1-Bl. The United States Summary contains
         seven tables listing data on the number of Guamanians by
         geographic area. The concepts and definitions of areas used by
         the Census Bureau are described in the publication,. They include
         states, regions and divisions (groupings of states), urban,
         rural, and places (Standard Consolidated Statistical Areas
         (SCSA), Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas (SMSA), Urbanized
         Areas, and Places of 50,000 or More). Many of the tables also
         include data by male and female.

         The above General Population Characteristics report is also
         published by state. Both the United States summary and state
         reports contain one table titled General Characteristics for
         Selected Racial Groups: 1980. This table contains information
         on a limited number of demographic variables for Guamanians.
         These include age by sex, median age by sex, household type by
         relationship (total persons, persons under 18 years, and persons
         65 years and over); family type by presence of own children
         (families, married couple families, female householder no husband
         present); and marital status (males 15 years and over, females 15
         years and over). In addition to race, data on ancestry was also
         collected during the 1980 census. Since race was reported
         separately from ancestry, a person indicating a particular
         ancestry could be of any race. Question 14 on the census
         questionnaire asks: "What is this person's ancestry?" Ancestry
         (or origin or descent) may be viewed as the nationality group,
         the lineage, or the country in which the person or the person's
         parents or ancestors were born before their arrival in the United
         States. The Census Bureau has published a supplementary report,
         Ancestry of the Population by State: 1980, which contains
         separate data on the number of persons of Guamanian/Chamorro






                                         186









                                                                      POP 25


          origin. These tables are presented strictly by geographic area
          within the United States in several different tables.


          Although ancestry data is available, the race item is the primary
          source of data for the Guamanian population.

          1980 Census of Population, Asian and Pacific Islander Population
          in the United States. The general categories of tables in this
          publication include race by total population; race by general and
          social-economic characteristics (age, family and household
          relationship, education, language, citizenship, and migration);
          and race by economic characteristics (occupation and class of
          worker, labor force, employment, income and poverty). Most
          tables are cross-classified by nativity and sex, while selected
          tables are also cross-classified by age. Most of the data for
          the United States are shown by urban-rural residence, and inside
          and outside SMSA's.

          We, the Asian and Pacific Islander Americans; 1988. This booklet
          is the fifth in a series on various segments of the United States
          population, and describes the Asian and Pacific Islander
          populations in the United States. Although the booklet focuses
          on the largest Asian groups (Chinese, Japanese, Filipinos, Asian
          Indians, Koreans, Vietnamese) and the largest Pacific Islander
          groups (Hawaiians, Samoans, Guamanians), tables included in the
          booklet show characteristics for Asian groups with more than
          5,000 persons and Pacific Islander groups numbering more than
          2,500. This booklet offers information on population growth and
          distribution, education, income and poverty, family composition,
          labor force status, occupation, housing, and business ownership
          by race, including Guamanians.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Micronesians on the Move: Guam or Hawaii; Henry Schwalbenberg,
          S.J., in the Guam Tribune's Panorama; May 1981. A summary of
          population (migratory) trends involving Micronesian people.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Demographic Modernization of Guam: 1950 to 1970; Lee Carter;
          1981. Ph.D. dissertation. Presents a description and analysis
          of the trends and changes in the basic demographic and socio-
          economic characteristics of the population of Guam since the end
          of the Second World War until 1970. This report is based on
          analyses of the U.S. Population Census for Guam for 1950, 1960,
          and 1970.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Program of Chamorro Language and Culture, Department of
          Education, for the Guam Bilingual - Bicultural Education Program
          on Guam via the Emergency School Aid Act, Continuation Proposal;
          1981. This document summarizes the program, evaluates it's past
          effectiveness and reiterates continued need for and value for






                                          187









          POP 2 6


          continued bilingual and bicultural education on Guam.
          Available:        Bureau of Planning Library.

          Legends of Guam; Department of Education; 1981. An anthology of
          the most well known of Guam's legends, compiled as a project of
          the Chamorro Language and Culture Program. Black and white
          drawing accompany all of the stories.
          Available:        Bureau of Planning Library.

          ESCAP/South Pacific Conference Seminar on Population - Problems
          of Small Island Countries of the ESCAP/SPC Region Country
          Statement: The Demographic! Situation of Guam, U.S.A.; Joseph T.
          Flores,.Department of Commerce; 1982. A report presenting the
          demographic situation on Guam including economic variables;
          population,density, and distribution; age, sex, and ethnic
          distribution; and vital statistics. Tables and maps are
          presented.
          Available:        Bureau of Planning Library.

          Praying and Feasting: Modern Guamanian Fiestas; N. Rose
          Crumrine; 1982. Presents the history of the growth of the
          Guamanian fiesta. Examines the power of contemporary fiestas in
          linking sacred, political, and economic realms within the modern
          Guamanian way of life.
          Available:        Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                            Collection.


          Migration-,  Employment, and Development in South Pacific: Country
          Report No.   6-Guam; South Pacific Commission; 1983. A discussion
          of economic development in Guam and its relation to in- and out-
          migration and to employment opportunities. The conclusion
          stresses the need for improved demographic data collection to
          strengthen manpower planning and social planning.
          Available:        Bureau of Planning Library.

          Pacific - Between Indigenous Culture and Exogenous Worship; W.A.
          Poort; 1983. A study on the influence of introduced religion and
          missionaries on the cultures of the Pacific.
          Available:        Micronesia Area Research Center Pacific
                            Collection.

          Symposium   on Mobility, Identity and Policy in the Island Pacific;
          Commission on Population Geography, International Geography Union
          and East-West Population Institute, Honolulu, Hawaii; 1983. A
          collection of papers on population, migration, culture, and
          identity of Pacific peoples from the 15th Pacific Science
          Congress, Dunedin, New Zealand.
          Available:        Micronesia Area Research Center Pacific
                            Collection.

          Survey on the Homeless; Bureau of Planning; May 1983. Presents
          results of a brief survey on the number of homeless on Guam,




                                              188








                                                                        POP 27


           prepared upon request by the National Governor's Association
           special task force.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The Role of Mass Media in Small Pacific Societies: The Case of
           Guam; Robert Underwood, in the Guam Tribune's Panorama; August
           1983. Evaluates the mass media and the changes in the culture
           associated with Guam, particularly on how the local mass media
           contributes to socio-cultural change in Guam's society in the
           imagery presented by it's owners/managers.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Kumision I Fino Chamorro; Chamorro Language Commission; 1983.
           This extensive report examines the commission's mandate and
           management and includes: the history of the Chamorro language,
           policies related to same via history, standardization and
           description of Chamorro, language preservation efforts as well as
           findings and recommendations.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Miscellaneous Papers on Suicide; Curtis Ladd Bell, Bureau of
           Planning; 1984. This paper discusses some cultural aspects of
           suicide as perceived by Trukese students on Guam.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Suicides on Guam 1970-1983; Frank Cabrera, Bureau of Planning;
           1984. Originally designed to examine actual and attempted
           suicides on Guam from 1970 to 1983 as an indication of the
           quality of life on Guam. However, during the process of
           collecting suicide data, numerous discrepancies were found which
           adversely affected the ability to analyze the data. These
           discrepancies are discussed with a view toward encouraging the
           appropriate government agencies to modify and coordinate data
           collection activities.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam Judicial Facilities Master Plan Project Appendix A:
           Population and Personnel Projections; Space Management
           Consultants, Inc.; November 1984. Presents a brief analysis of
           population trends from 1521 to 1975. Even though the 1980 Guam
           census of population was not consulted as a source, this report
           provides an insightful basic description of the historical
           background of population growth, the impact of growth trends on
           limited natural resources, in-migration pressures, and the impact
           of Guam's youthful population.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Occupations and Chamorro Social Status: A Study of Urbanization
           In Guam; Larry Wendell Mayo, University of California at
           Berkeley; 1984. Ph.D. Dissertation. Extensive review of
           history, colonization, Americanization of Chamorros is presented
           along with analysis of ethnicity and stratification of Chamorros.





                                           189








         POP 28


         The politics of the urbanization process is presented and the
         issues of Chamorro status and control are discussed.
         Occupational stratification in recent history is the main focus.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Liberation Day Stories About. the People of Guam and the
         6ci@u`pation Years; ;1984. Presentation of the re-enactment of the
         Liberation  Day invasion by 3rd Marine Division. A collection of
         stories.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Mariana Islands - Random. Notes of Governor Francisco Olive y
         Garcia, translated and annotated by Marjorie G. Driver,
         Micronesian Area Research Center; 1984. A report of Francisco
         Olive at the end of his term.as Governor of the Marianas on the
         political, economic, demographic, and social conditions of the
         islands. His aim was to call attention of the Spanish government
         to the condition of underdevelopment in the islands. Focus of
         the report is the second half of the 19th century and especially
         the years between 1884-1887.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Your Chamorro Ancestors: A Letter to My Grandchildren, and to
         Those Who Bear a Similar Relationship; Paul Souder, in the Guam
         Tribune's Panorama; January 1984. A series about history and
         cultural heritage of Chamorros.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Expressive Manifestations of Santa Marian Carmalin as Key Symbol
         in Guamanian Culture; Marilyn Jorgensen; December 1984. Focuses
         on the island's patroness Santa Marian Carmalin and the
         importance and central role in the Guamanian/Chamorro culture's
         expressive traditions.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.

         Death By Suicide - Trouble In Micronesia; Ann Q. Lynn and Blair
         W. Sparks; 1985. A collection of studies on suicide by students
         at the University of Guam.
         Available:      Micronesia Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Social Problems on Guam; Sister M. Ursula Fritz, Catholic Social
         Services; 1985. This paper summarizes current social problems on
         Guam based on Catholic Social Services' statistical report of
         it's program.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Excursions Into Inauthenticity: The Chamorros of Guam; Robert
         Underwood,  reprint from Pacific Viewpoint; 1985. An extensive
         historical  summary of Chamorro migration. Paper examines recent




                                         190








                                                                      POP 29


         out-migration in terms of the future socio-economic condition of
         Guam, the Chamorro people, and their changing culture.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Asia - Pacific Immigration to the United States; East-West
         Population Institute, East-West Center, Honolulu, Hawaii; 1985.
         A conference report on the growth of Asian & Pacific migration to
         the United States in the past 20 years, and its socio-economic
         impact on the Pacific. Comprised of abstracts of papers
         presented at the conference.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Directory of Current Population Research in the Asia - Pacific
         Region, 1985 - 1986; Population Division, Economic and Social
         Commission for Asia and the Pacific; 1986.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Recent Fertility Trends in the Pacific Islands; Michael J. Levin
         and Robert D. Rutherford, Papers of the East-West Population
         Institute, Hawaii, No. 101; August 1986. A broad summary of
         demographic trends in the Pacific with emphasis on fertility
         rates. Numerous figures and tables are presented along with
         summary analyses.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Demography of Guam - From Data to Information: An Analysis of
         Bas1c Demographic Data For the Island of Guam; Edward Jongstra,
         State University of Gronigen, the Netherlands, in conjunction
         with the Micronesian Area Research Center; 1987. A lengthy
         demographic profile of available past censuses on Guam using both
         decennial census information and vital statistics. Extensive
         tables are presented, and analyses by sex, age, ethnicity,
         births, place of birth, and residence are reported.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Pacific Bridges - The New Immigration from Asia and the Pacific
         Islands; James T. Fawcett and Benjamin V. Carino (Eds.), Center
         for Migration Studies (Staten Island, New York), in association
         with the East-West Population Institute; 1987. Selected articles
         on international migration and immigration trends and policies
         involving Asia and the Pacific, the U.S., and other countries.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         1986 Statistical Yearbook of the Immigration and Naturalization
         Service; U.S. Department of Justice, Immigration and
         Naturalization Service; October 1987. A summary of statistics in
         tabular form on immigrants to the United States. Agana is listed
         separately as a port of entry.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.







                                         191









            POP 30

            Cross, Sword and Silver: the Nascent Spanish Colony In the
            Mariana Islands;.Marjorie G. Driver, reprint from Pacific
            Studies, Vol. II, No. 3, July 1988. An extensive account of the
            beginning of the Spanish Colonial development of Guam, 1521
            through the late 1600's.
            Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.

            Ethnicity Statistics - Guam - 1988; Bureau of Labor Statistics,
            Guam Department of Labor; March 1988. A statistical summary of
            the population of Guam 16 years and older. Includes labor force
            participation cross tabulated by ethnicity, sex, and age. This
            data was generated by the Current Labor Force Survey, a quarterly
            household survey.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

            Guam's People: "A Continuing Heritage" Penetsigen Hinirensian
            Taotao Guam - A Statistical Profile of the Territory of Guam,
            1920-1980; The Interagency Committee on Population, Government of
            Guam; June 1988. This comprehensive profile is a planning and
            information resource providing historical and recent census
            information for planners and researchers. Topics include
            statistics'on geographic distribution of the population, age and
            sex distribution, household characteristics, marital status,
            fertility, mortality, migration, ethnicity, education, labor
            force indicators, income, population projects and housing
            characteristics. Considerable tables and figures are presented.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

            The Account of Fray Juan Pobre's Residence In the Marianas 1602;
            Marjorie G. Driver, Micronesian Area Research Center, University
            of Guam; 1989. An account of Fray Juan Pobre's seven month stay
            on Rota in 1602 after he jumped ship.
            Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                           Collection.

            Language Dictionaries and Grammars of Guam and Micronesia;
            Nicholas J. Goetzfridt and Mark C. Goniwiecha, University of Guam
            Robert F. Kennedy Library; 1989. A summary of history and social
            change in the region especially related to language and socio-
            cultural change. Recent (after World War II) dictionaries,
            books, reports dealing with Guam and Micronesia are listed.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

            Umatac By the Sea - Village in Transition, 2nd Edition; Rebecca
            A. Stephenson and Hiro Kurashina (Eds.), University of Guam
            Micronesian Area Research Center; 1989. A collection of papers
            about Umatac including topics such as marriage and the family,
            social problems, education, suruhanas, cultural values in Umatac,
            concepts of work, family planning, folklore, the Casa Real, and a
            lifestory of a lifetime resident, Ana Santiago.
            Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.




                                            192









                                                                     POP 31


        Atlas of Micronesia; Bruce G. Karolle; 1989. A basic reference
        atlas which includes:

              (1)  A general introduction to the region, physical
                   geography, prehistoric and historic settlements;
              (2)  Information about Micronesia and population
                   statistics/distribution, navigation, economics, climate
                   and weather; and
              (3)  Individual island and atoll maps, figures, weather
                   statistics. Numerous maps, tables and figures
                   presented. Valuable reference guide.

        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        MARC, A Newsletter of the Micronesian Area Research Center,
        University of Guam; Micronesian Area Research Center (MARC);
        periodically. This newsletter describes the activities and
        accomplishments of MARC, a specialized facility for the research
        of important cultural assets in Micronesia and Guam.
        Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.













































                                        193








                                                             N L








          REF 2



          BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND CATALOGS


          Bibliography Relative to the Development of Water Resources,
          Territory of Guam; Emilie G. Johnston and Albert L. Williams
          University of Guam, Micronesian Area Research Center; January
          1973. A comprehensive list of studies and reports relating to
          water resources development for Guam (geology, hydrology,
          economic development, plans, historical references).
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Bibliography for Social Baseline Study for the Island of Guam;
          Emilie G. Johnston, for the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; 1976.
          A bibliography listing periodicals, articles, and reports located
          at the Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam.
          Entries appear alphabetically by author and chronologically for
          each author. A geographical index by election districts follows
          the bibliography.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Selectively Annotated Bibliography of Social, Cultural, and
          Economic Material Related to Fishery Development in Hawaii,
          American Samoa, and Micronesia; Center for Coastal Marine
          Studies University of California; May 1980. The citations
          include books, periodicals, proceeding reports, theses,
          dissertations, and some unpublished materials grouped into 14
          sections around subjects including fishes and fisheries,
          economics and navigation, population and demography, land and sea
          tenure, and family and social structure.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Bibliography of Inland Aquatic Ecosystems of the Marianas
          Archipelago; Bruce Best, University of Guam Marine Laboratory,
          Technical Report 72; 1981. A comprehensive list of studies and
          reports relating to inland aquatic ecology (hydrology, biology,
          entomology, plant and animal ecosystems, birds, fisheries, etc.)
          for the Mariana Islands.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Index to the Central Correspondence File, Guam Governor's Office,
          1950-53; William Wuerch, University of Guam; 1982.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          Japanese Source Materials Dealing with Guam and Micronesia, 1914@
          1945; I.K. Tanimoto-Spade, University of Guam; 1982.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.


          List of Technical Documentation - Guam Comprehensive Study for
          'Water and Related Land Resources; U.S. Army Corps of Engineer





                                          196








                                                                      REF 1



                                      REFERENCE



         CONTENTS:



         Bibliographies and Catalogs                                   REF 2

         Codes, Session Laws, Regulations and Executive Orders         REF 6

















































                                         195









                                                                       REF 3



         Pacific Division, Honolulu, Hawaii; 1984. This list contains
         varied studies and activities of U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
         related to Guam land and water resources from 1980 through 1984.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Micronesian Area Bibliographic Data Base Project (MABDB);
         Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam; listing of
         holdings since 1984, with periodic updates. Holdings include
         cultural, agricultural, marine science, social, historical, and
         economic related topics Guam and Micronesia. Conclude a list of
         references by author, subject, year or a Keyword Index.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Pacific Basin Development Council Reference System - Literature
         Related to American Samoa, Guam and the Mariana Islands; Pacific
         Basin Development Council's Research Institute; 1985. A
         bibliographical list of literature related to United States
         territories and possessions and their development.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.

         Micronesian Area Research Center - A List of Books,
         Bibliographies, Reports, Working Papers, and Other Contributions;
         University of Guam, Micronesian Area Research Center (MARC);
         March 1985. A comprehensive list of publications, reports and
         studies conducted through 1985 and available through MARC and the
         Pacific Collection. A summary of MARC's mandate, the center's
         purpose, and on-going activities is included.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library and Micronesian Area
                         Research Center Pacific Collection.


         A Bibliography  of Energy Literature for U.S., Micronesia and
         American Samoa; Charles W. Case, University of Guam, Micronesian
         Area Research Center; November 1986. A comprehensive list of
         sources related to energy policy and planning, both general and
         specific to Micronesia. Energy technology literature sources
         covered include aquaculture, biomass, ocean energy, solar, and
         others.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Union List of Serials in Libraries of Guam; Neives M. Flores
         Memorial Library; 1986-1987, updated periodically. A compilation
         of periodical holdings in print and in microfiche form. Holdings
         include current as well as back issues.
         Available:      Nieves M. Flores Memorial Library.

         Coastal Zone Management: An Annotated Bibliography; U.S.
         Department of Commerce; 1980, 1983. A comprehensive







                                         197








          REF 4



          bibliography, by states and territories, of coastal zone
          management literature available for planning.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Water and Energy Research Institute (WERI) of the Western Pacific
          Publications; WERI, University of Guam; 1988. A comprehensive
          list of research publications and technical reports available
          from the Institute, since 1976. Studies include areas such as
          hydrology, geology, biology, sanitary engineering, ecology,
          economics,  anthropology, sociology, and the law in Guam and
          Micronesia  as they relate to water research activities. A
          summary of  WERI's mandate and activities is also presented.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library and Water and Energy
                          Research Institute, University of Guam.

          Social and  Political Issues in Micronesia - A Bibliography of
          Literature  1946-1986; Mare L. Spaudling, University of Guam;
          1988. An extensive bibliography of socio-political issues
          including development, stratification, and political sociology.
          Designed as a basis for on-going research through identification
          of sociological literature written about contemporary Micronesian
          societies.
          Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection.

          University  of Guam Faculty Publications - A MABDB Quick
          Bibliograph ;  Micronesian Area Research Center, January 1988. A
          computer generated list of publications (books, journals,
          articles and reports) by University of Guam Faculty. Includes
          most recent publications.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Micronesia 1975-1987: A Social Science Bibliography; Nicholas
          Goetzfridt  and William Wuerch; 1989. This compilation of
          bibliographical sources on anthropology and related cultural
          subjects provides access to a sizeable body of literature on
          Micronesia generated in the twelve-year period covered. it
          produces a resource that encompasses more than 1800 citations
          indexed by over two dozen subject terms such as acculturation,
          art, bibliographies, education, folklore, medicine, psychology,
          and women. Many cited documents are indexed under two or more
          subject terms or geographical areas to facili  tate use.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Publishin2 Opportunities In Pacific Related Periodicals; Nicholas
          Goetzfridt, Robert F. Kennedy Library University of Guam; 1989.
          A compilation of journals and periodicals which deal specifically
          with the Pacific Region, particularly Micronesia. An overview of
          the type of journal is presented for publishing opportunities.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.






                                          198








                                                                       REF 5



         Catalogue of Publications of the South Pacific Commission, 1980-
         1989. South Pacific Commission; 1985. This catalogue provides a
         list of South Pacific Commission (SPC) publications in the
         fields of agriculture, energy, the environment, fisheries,
         health, language studies, population, and women's affairs. The
         geographical coverage includes 25 island member countries. The
         catalogue identifies author, title, series, subject, and SPC area
         country indexes. Most of the major publications through 1989 are
         located in the SPC deposit library and the Micronesian Area
         Research Center Pacific Collection.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Grantsmanship - A Guide To Current Reference Sources At the
         University of Guam; Shirley M. Corbin, University of Guam; 1989.
         A bibliography designed for persons and/or organizations
         interested in funding for public and private sectors. Five
         sections are included: citations for preparing grants,
         directories of funding sources, on-line sources, grants in
         specific disciplines, and other sources of information.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Research Endeavors of the Faculty, Staff and Administrators of
         the University of Guam; Office of the Graduate School and
         Research, University of Guam; updated periodically. A list of
         publications (books, journal articles, technical reports,
         booklets, symposia proceedings, book reviews, popular and news
         articles), papers presented at professional meetings (local and
         national), and grants and professional recognition of University
         of Guam faculty, staff, and administrators.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Bibliography of Master's Theses Submitted by Graduate Students to
         the University of Guam; University of Guam Staff; updated
         annually.  A bibliography of Master's Theses submitted to the
         University of Guam since 1969. The Robert F. Kennedy Memorial
         Library is the official depository of theses written for Master's
         Degrees at the University of Guam. Bibliography organized by
         author, by subject-major, and chronologically.
         Available:      Bibliography available at Bureau of Planning
                         Library; Master's Theses available at Robert F.
                         Kennedy Library, University of Guam.

         Bibliography of Special Projects Submitted by Graduate Students
         to the University of Guam; University of Guam Staff; updated
         annually. Bibliography of reports by graduate students which
         partially fulfill requirements of a Special Problems course at
         the University of Guam. Bibliography is organized in subject-
         reference index under respective colleges and graduate programs







                                         199









          REF 6



          and also arranged alphabetically by author and year.
          Available:      Bibliography available at Bureau of Planning
                          Library; Reports available at the Office of
                          Graduate School and Research, University of Guam.

          The Marine Laboratory Bibliography; Marine Laboratory, University
          of Ouam; annually. This is a listing of the reports and surveys
          conducted by, or available from, the Marine Laboratory. The
          reports generated by research grants and contracts are listed by
          title, funding agency, time period of the study, principal
          investigator, and funding amounts. There is a listing of
          contributions to journals generated by the Marine Laboratory
          staff or associates. The Technical Reports series of the Marine
          Laboratory is listed, as are relevant Master's Theses available
          from the University of Guam Library. The Environment Survey
          Reports series is also listed.
          Available:      University of Guam Marine Laboratory.

          Micronesica--Journal of the University of Guam. Office of
          Graduate School and Research. A journal devoted to the natural
          sciences of Micronesia. It is published by the University of
          Guam, with the first issue appearing in 1964.
          Available:      Office of Graduate School and Research, University
                          of Guam.



          CODES, SESSION  LAWS, REGULATIONS AND EXECUTIVE ORDERS

          The Codes (Laws) of Guam

          The permanent, codified laws of Guam are  undergoing a transition
          from a ten-volume set comprised of seven  codes to a single "Guam
          Code Annotated" comprising 31 separate titles. In the Guam Code
          Annotated, each Title contains the law on a single, broad
          subject, as Title 1 - General Provisions, Title 2 - Legislature,
          Title 3 -Elections. Each Title is divided into Chapters,
          articles and sections. Following each Title, and in a separate
          volume for all Titles, are subject indices and tables showing the
          transition from the former Guam Codes (1970) to the new Guam Code
          Annotated.


          These Codes are available for reading in the Bureau of Planning,
          the Territorial Law Library (141 San Ramon Road, Agana   - the road
          between the Superior Court Building and McDonald's) and in the
          Nieves Flores Public Library. Both libraries are open to the
          public. These Codes may be purchased from the Office of the
          Attorney General, Division of Compiler of Laws, 7th Floor PDN
          Bldg., 238 O'Hara St., Agana, Guam 96910. See Mr. Larry Roberto,
          Publications Coordinator.









                                          200








                                                                        REF 7



         The following is a brief description of each of the Codes:

         GUAM CODE ANNOTATED: The Guam Code Annotated consists of five
         volumes and includes the Organic Act and 14 Titles. Over three-
         quarters of the former laws found in the Guam Codes (1970) are
         now in  the Guam Code Annotated. The Titles are:


         Title   1 - General Provisions       Title 11 - Finance and
         Title   2 - Legislature                         Taxation
         Title   3 - Elections                Title 12 - Autonomous Agencies
         Title   4 - Public Officers,         Title 13 - Uniform Commercial
                     Employees                           Code
         Title   6 - Evidence                 Title 14 - Uniform Consumer
         Title   8 - Criminal Procedure                  Credit Code
         Title   9 - Crimes &                 Title 15 - Probate
                     Corrections              Title 16 - Vehicles
         Title   10- Health and Safety        Title 17 - Education
                                              Title 19 - Personal Relations


         The Guam  Code Annotated is published in loose-leaf for ease in
         updating, which is done annually.

         Session Laws of Guam: Session Laws have been published for the
         13th-19th Sessions of the Guam Legislature. These publications
         contain the laws of each Legislature, whose term is two years,
         selected resolutions of each Legislature, Executive Orders
         promulgated during the Legislature's term, and a subject index
         and tables. 20th Legislative Laws are also published.

         Current Laws of Guam: This is a loose-leaf publication updated
         regul arly, containing laws of a sitting legislature as they are
         passed, and Executive Orders promulgated during that same period.
         This publication also contains a cumulative subject index and
         tables of amended laws.


         Executive Orders: In addition to their publication in the
         Session Laws and Current Laws (1975 to date), Executive Orders
         may be found in the Governor's Office (a complete set). The
         Attorney General maintains a set dating back to 1947, and has
         photo copies of most orders dating back to 1899.

         Administrative Rules and Regulations: A three-volume, loose
         bound set of Administrative Rules and Regulations is published by
         the Compiler of Laws. Each agency maintains a file of its own
         rules and regulations. Personnel Rules are kept by the
         Department of Administration and by the Civil Service Commission,
         and are not published by the Compiler of Laws. The Legislative
         Secretary maintains a file of Rules and Regulations filed with
         the Office during the sitting Legislature. The Compiler's
         publication is found in the Nieves Flores Library, and may be
         purchased from the Compiler.





                                          201











           The Codes of Guam (1970): The Codes of Guam are found in seven
           volumes (the Penal Code and Probate Codes have been repealed
           entirely). These Codes consist of the Government Code - laws
           governing the operation and functions of the Government of Guam,
           the Code of Civil Procedure   dealing with procedure before the
           courts, and the Civil Code   basic laws governing marriage,
           divorce, corporations, and business relations. These laws are
           rapidly being placed in the Guam Code Annotated, but before that
           occurs, these codes are still necessary. They are supplemented
           through 1974, after which changes can be found in the Guam Code
           Annotated and in the Session Laws.


           Guam Bar Journal: Guam Bar Association; annually, two issues.
           Scholarly review of legal issues in the Pacific islands of
           interest to Guam attorneys.
           Available:     Guam Bar Association.



















































                                         202









                                                                         SAF 1



                                  SAFETY AND DEFENSE


         CONTENTS:


         Criminal Justice Planning - General                            SAF 2

         Crime Statistics                                               SAF   3


         Juvenile Delinquency                                           SAF   8

         Courts                                                         SAF  10


         Penitentiary                                                   SAF  12

         Disaster Preparedness Planning                                 SAF  14










































                                          203









           SAF 2



           CRIMINAL JUSTICE PLANNING - GENERAL

           Draft Conceptual Design of the Guam Criminal Justice Information
           Management System; Arthur Young and Company, prepared for the
           Guam Department of Public Safety; September 1977. Describes a
           design for an automated criminal justice information system which
           would provide for collection, storage, and.dissemination of
           information required by the various criminal justice agencies of
           Guam. This report consists of detailed discussions of each of
           the five major subsystems: Police Information, Subject-in-
           Process/OBTS, Support, Court Calendaring, and Attorney General
           PROMIS. Estimated cost and benefits are included. Three
           appendices discuss systems considered for potential transfer,
           summary of data processing resource requirements to support the
           proposed system, and a data element requirements list.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Comprehensive Law Enforcement Plans; Guam Criminal Justice
           Planning Agency and Territorial Crime Commission; 1972 through
           1980. Criminal justice planning for the Territory was handled by
           an agency originally called the Territorial Crime Commission,
           later renamed to Criminal Justice Planning Agency (no longer in
           existence). The criminal justice system is compromised of the
           Guam Police Department (formerly DPS), Judiciary, Corrections,
           Customs and Quarantine, Attorney General, and Public Defender.
           Comprehensive Law Enforcement Plans between 1972 through 1980
           contain narrative descriptions of all criminal justice programs,
           including responsibilities, resources, capabilities, goals and
           objectives. Most plans contain a number of graphs, charts and
           tables presenting crime statistics for that and previous years.
           Also available are the following plans and reports: Department
           of Public Safety, Five Year Plan 1971-1975; Guam Comprehensive
           Criminal Justice Plan, 1977; Department of Public Safety, Goals
           and Objectives FY 1982.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam's State Plan for Narcotics Control; Bureau of Planning;
           1987. This-plan delineates the nature and extent of Guam's drug
           problem, current law enforcement drug control efforts, and the
           primary and secondary entities responsible for eliminating
           substance abuse. Coordination of efforts for apprehension and
           detection, prosecution and adjudication, detention and
           rehabilitation, as well as education and prevention, are
           discussed in detail.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Amendments to Guam's 1987 State Plan for Narcotics Control and
           Grant Request 1988; Bureau of Planning; 1988. This plan is an
           update of the 1987 plan that includes the grant request for 1988






                                          204








                                                                        SAF 3



         and the 1988 State Plan for Narcotics Control. Includes data
         from the 1987 plan but includes recommendations and new data,
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Public Safety and Criminal Justice Task Force - Final Report; not
         dated, but after 1987. An analysis of each agency that comprises
         Guam's criminal justice system. Each agency's purpose,
         organization, manpower and budgetary problems, and concerns are
         summarized along with recommendations.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Corrections Academy Certificate Program - Goals and Performance
         Objectives; Guam Community College, Criminal Justice Academy;
         1988. A history and report on GCC's Criminal Justice Academy
         program and plans for new program instructional and other
         criteria.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.



         CRIME STATISTICS

         Uniform Crime Re2orts. Standard monthly statistical reports
         required by the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
         Available: Guam Police Department.

                    Number of Persons Charged - Uniform Crime Report.
                    Report shows 26 classifications of offenses and
                    specifies the number of persons charged by police for
                    each classification. Also provides disposition
                    information.


                    A2e, Sex and Race of Persons Arrested (18 _years of age
                    and over) - Uniform Crime Report. 40 Classifications
                    of offenses are listed with age, race and sex of all
                    persons arrested.

                    A2e, Sex and Race of Persons Arrested (Under 18 years
                    of age) - Uniform Crime Report. 40 classifications of
                    offenses are listed with age, race and sex of all
                    persons arrested under 18 years of age.

                    Return A - Monthly Return of Offenses Known to Police
                    with Supplement - Uniform Crime Report. 20
                    classifications of offenses are listed with offenses
                    known (not arrests) to police tallied for each
                    classification. Supplementary report specifies nature
                    of crime with the value of property stolen and
                    recovered for each type of crime.

                    Property Stolen By Classification - Uniform Crime
                    Repor-t. 32 classifications of offenses are listed with





                                          205









          SAF 4



                    the number of actual offenses and value of property
                    stolen tallied for each classification.

                    Supplementary Homicide Report - Uniform Crime Report.
                    Supplementary report to Return A (see above) giving
                    specific information on victim, offender, weapon,
                    relationship of victim to offender, and circumstances
                    for all offenses classified as murder and non-negligent
                    manslaughter and manslaughter by negligence.

                    Law Enforcement Officers Killed or Assaulted - Uniform
                    Crime Report. Form used to report the number of police
                    officers assaulted or killed in the line of duty.
                    Lists 13 types of police activity and tallies 4 types
                    of weapons and 7 types of assignments for each
                    activity.

          Police Offense Reports. Standard forms are completed by Guam
          Police Department (formerly the Department of Public Safety)
          personnel in reporting most offenses. They are briefly described
          below:


                    Offense Report Form - Guam Police Department, Form
                    completed by the police officer in reporting
                    miscellaneous incident(s) or crime against person,
                    crime against property, missing person report, or a
                    waiver.


                    Vehicle Report (DPS-4). Form completed by police
                    officer in reporting a vehicle stolen or towed. Form
                    includes complainant, vehicle owner, and suspect
                    information; description of stolen/towed vehicle; and
                    recovered vehicle information.


                    Missing Person Report (DPS-5). Form completed by
                    police officer in reporting a missing person incident.
                    Form includes identifying information and circumstances
                    pertaining to the disappearance of missing persons.

                    Supplement Report (DPS-6). Form completed on an as-
                    needed basis by the police officer reporting an
                    offense, a traffic accident, or arrest. Form designed
                    to provide supplemental information to the other
                    standard forms or to report a follow-up investigation
                    to a previous report.

                    Arrest Report (DPS-7). Form completed by police
                    officer in reporting an arrest. Form includes
                    defendant, charge, and witness information and
                    describes facts of case.







                                         206








                                                                    SAF 5



                Traffic Accident Report. Standard form completed by
                police officer for reporting and recording a traffic
                accident. Includes information about the vehicle
                involved, charges, and driver information.

                Driving While Intoxicated Alcohol Influence Report.
                This report is filled out by a police officer in tRe
                event of a motor vehicle accident, violation, or arrest
                involving alcohol. It includes: questions asked the
                subject, about his health and recent alcohol drinking;
                observations by the police officer on the subject's
                appearance and behavior; police officer's conclusions
                as to the effects of alcohol on the subject and his
                ability to drive; and a physician's report.

                Custody Receipt Form. Form completed by evidence
                custodian in recording property that is to be used as
                evidence or that has been recovered or found. The form
                provides a formal procedure for continuity of
                possession of property and separate accounting
                procedures.

                Juvenile Information Report (DPS-10). Form completed
                by police officer in reporting the investigation of a
                Juvenile taken into custody for a minor offense or a
                status offense in which such case is referred to other
                agencies.

                Juvenile Information Report (DPS-11). Form completed
                by police officer in reporting an investigation of
                Juvenile taken into custody for an offense and in which
                the youth is released to the custody of his/her parents
                or guardian.

                Arrest Record Form. Form completed by police officer
                to record the arrest, charge, description, name of
                arresting and transporting officer, type/value of
                property damaged/stolen, and a notation of death or
                injury occurring in auto leaving scene of an accident.

                Field Interrogation Report. Form completed by police
                officer to record the officer's questioning of an
                individual found in an unusual place such as at a
                warehouse in the early morning hours.

                Custodial Interrogation (Miranda) Warning. Form
                completed by police officer to record that the rights
                of an arrested individual were read before questions
                were asked pertaining to the offense for which he was
                arrested.








                                         207









          SAF 6



                    Statement Form. Form completed by a witness, victim,
                    'or suspect to record statements pertaining to crimes
                    which have been committed.


          Guam Crime Analysis - 1975; Territorial Crime Commission;
          February 1977. Presents a relatively detailed statistical look
          at the crime situation on Guam. This annual report was compiled
          to serve as the crime analysis section of the 1977 State Plan
          submitted to the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration. Data
          was taken from Department of Public Safety activity blotters and
          Summary Uniform Crime Reports, and therefore focuses mainly on
          the police,' excluding other units of the criminal justice system.
          thirteen tables and 37 figures show data for crime in general,
          personal crime, property crime, miscellaneous Part II offenses,
          arrest data, and flow through the system of police and courts. A
          brief summary of socio-demographic/economic factors is also
          included.
          Available-:    Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Barrigada Community Citizen's Volunteer Patrol - Evaluation
          Research Report; Territorial Crime Commission; 1976. Evaluates
          a project to form a citizens' volunteer patrol in an attempt to
          reduce the crime rate in Barrigada. This study attempts to
          measure the success or failure of the project by measuring crime
          rate trends and applying this information to the time period the
          community patrol was in effect. Also narrates the advantages and
          disadvantages of the citizen patrol and discusses the potential
          for other neighborhood patrols.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Justice in Micronesia; Territorial Crime Commission; 1977.
          Presents a compilation of articles concerning criminal justice
          activities in Micronesia. This issue consists of five articles
          written about the problems of Micronesian youth, including
          adjustments to the U.S. legal system and sentencing in the
          courts. Also includes crime rate comparisons for Oceania.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Crime and Justice, Guam 1976; Territorial Crime Commission; July
          1977. Provides an analysis and statistical overview of crime and
          Guam's response to it. This report is the second annual report
          published by the Territorial Crime Commission and is a part of
          the 1978 State Plan. Data was drawn from the Uniform Crime
          Report figures of the Department of Public Safety and the annual
          statistical reports and activity logs of the relevant agencies.
          The report also places increased emphasis on the criminal justice
          system and its performance. The report is divided into three
          main sections: crime analysis, which corresponds, for the most
          part, with Guam Crime Analysis - 1975; system analysis, which
          presents data on performance of the criminal justice system on
          Guam, characteristics of clients and the agencies, and comparison




                                          208








                                                                       SAF 7



         with mainland norms; and problem analysis, where the data
         previously presented is analyzed into a series of problem
         statements. Socio-economic and other ancillary data are also
         covered as separate sections.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Criminal Victimization on Guam: A Report on the 1977 Guam
         Criminal Victimization Survey; Pacific Studies Institute,
         prepared for the Territorial Crime Commission; January 1978.
         Presents results of a survey of a random sample of households
         conducted to measure the amount and types of crime which
         victimized households between March and September 1977.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         A Report on Drug Abuse and Guam's Response; Territorial Crime
         Commission; December 1977. Presents information concerning the
         extent and nature of the drug problem on Guam with a special
         emphasis on its relation to the convict population. This report
         consists of a compilation of data that was readily available from
         various government agencies and a brief analysis of it. Tables
         and figures included in the report are: six-year trend in actual
         reported narcotics offense rates on Guam with a three-year
         projection; marijuana and opiates seizures at Guam's ports of
         entry; age-adjusted arrest rates for narcotics arrests - 1976;
         percent distribution of narcotic offense arrestee by offense -
         Guam 1976; ethnic-specific adjusted arrest rates; comparison of
         actual reported offenses/arrest/clearance narcotic offenses -
         Guam 1976; number of inmates reporting use of controlled
         substance by type of drug; inmates survey responses by offense
         and type of response; dollar value of heroin confiscated by
         Department of Public Safety; and statistical figures of drugs
         seized at ports of entry.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Annual Report of the Chief Medical Examiner; Office of the
         Medical Examiner; 1988. A statistical summary of the deaths
         investigated during the previous 15 months. Presents the number
         of deaths by type of death (natural, traffic accident, homicide,
         etc.) with comparisons to previous years.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Police Department, Quarterly Performance Report; Guam Police
         Department; quarterly. Presents an overview of the
         accomplishments of the Police Department during the quarter.
         This report gives operational job statistical data by division:
         citations issued, arrests made, cases investigated, cases
         cleared, vehicles/property recovered, special assignments, police
         service, and non-police services.
         Available:      Guam Police Department.







                                         209








          SAF 8



          Annual Performance Reports; Guam Police Department; annually. An
          overview of the operations of the Guam Police Department.
          Presents a narrative discussion of the accomplishments of each
          division. Also presents crime statistics, traffic statistics,
          and personnel characteristics of the uniformed staff.
          Available:     Guam Police Department.

          Monthly Crime Report; Guam Police Department; monthly. Presents
          a series of tables and graphs showing the amount of crime on
          monthly basis. These reports contain the Uniform Crime Report
          summaries, plus other graphs and tables depicting monthly
          comparisons and trends.
          Available:     Guam Police Department.

          Annual Crime Report; Planning and Research Division, Guam Police
          Department; annually, 1980 to present. Presents a statistical
          analysis of the volume of reported crime. This report contains a
          narrative summary of the top seven most frequently committed
          offenses, the eight villages that experienced the most
          concentration of criminal offenses, and an individual analysis of
          Part I crimes (murder, rape, robbery, aggravated assault,
          burglary, larceny, and motor vehicle theft). The bulk of the
          report is in table and graph format showing the current year's
          data with comparison to other years. Data includes crimes and
          clearances, comparative analysis of Part I and Part II offenses
          committed, arson offenses data, police disposition of juvenile,
          offenses known to the police and their disposition, total
          offenses known to police by village, crimes against tourist
          analysis, gambling offenses data, annual comparisons of offenses
          involving firearms, crimes against property and value of property
          stolen, and recovered, and arrest statistics. The format of
          these reports varies from year to year.
          Available:     Guam Police Department.



          JUVENILE DELINQUENCY

          Youth and the Law; Youth Bureau, Department of Public Safety; not
          dated. Describes the basic laws which govern the Guam community,
          with particular emphasis on the responsibilities of good
          citizenship for the young and the old. This booklet compiles
          definitions of different crimes-, policies of the Board of
          Education, Juvenile Court procedures and other issues of interest
          to juveniles.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Governor's Commission on Crime, Delinquency and Law Enforcement;
          Denver Dickerson; February 1968. Presents findings of a task
          force on juvenile problems that investigated the causes of
          juvenile delinquency and recommended appropriate measures for





                                          210








                                                                      SAF 9



        prevention. This report is divided into five major areas: the
        family, the school, the church, the community, and juveniles.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        Juvenile Delinquency Among Guamanian Males (A Study an
        Commentary); Gregory J. miles; June 1970. A study to determine
        the needs and estimate levels of illegitimate activity among
        Guamanian youths.
        Available:      Nieves Flores Memorial Library.

        Juvenile Justice Needs Assessment; Pacific Studies Institute;
        1978. Documents an investigation of the Juvenile Justice
        System's organization and effectiveness. This report contains
        the following information: physical, social and cultural
        environment on Guam; description of the Juvenile population;
        review of the island's programs for the care,, support, and
        treatment of juveniles; and an overall discussion of the Juvenile
        justice system and its ability to meet the needs of the juvenile
        population in the foreseeable future.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        Problem Statements and Needs Assessment - 1981 State Plan for
        Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention; Guam Criminal
        Justice Planning Agency; 1980. States the identified problems
        and needs for dealing with juveniles and juvenile delinquency.
        Most of this report focuses on what other departments had to say
        about juvenile justice programs.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning-Library.

        Report on Juvenile Crime and Delinquency for the Territory of
        Guam--Three Year Trend, 1977, 1978, and 1979; Guam Criminal
        Justice Planning Agency; 1981. Compiles statistics on juvenile
        crime covering a three-year period. This report presents 15
        graphs and tables illustrating various aspects of juvenile crime,
        including number of offenses by offense, number of offenses
        reported and cleared by offense, ethnic distribution of juvenile
        arrests, reported crimes by juveniles, juveniles cases referred
        to Superior Court, delinquents by district, delinquents by age,
        disposition rate by type of disposition, and other information.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        Data on Young Adults: Delinquent Youth Analysis; Jeff Busha,
        Department of Youth Affairs; 1981. Compiles data relating to
        youth and crime on Guam and states the author's opinions of youth
        needs and problems.
        Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.


        DYA Service for the Youth: Research, Graphics and
        Recommendations; Department of Youth Affairs; December 1984.
        Presents research and recommendations on juvenile crime. This





                                         211








          SAF 10



          report illustrates data on juvenile crime and other relevant data
          on Guam through the use of graphs; discusses the kinds of
          programs that have been tried elsewhere in dealing with juvenile
          crime and recommends a pilot program based on effective models;
          and presents the general economic, legal, and social
          considerations that must be taken into account when dealing with
          juveniles and juvenile delinquency programs.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Annually and Quarterly Statistical Report; Juvenile Probation
          Section, Division of Probation Services, Superior Court of Guam;
          1985. Presents a series of tables relating to juvenile
          probation. This compilation of data includes the number of cases
          received by sex, the type of offense by sex, age by sex, ethnic
          group by sex, and type of offense by age and sex.
          Available:      Superior Court of Guam, Juvenile Probation
                          Services.


          Department of Youth Affairs Annual Report: Fiscal Year 1988;
          Department of Youth Affairs; 1988. Presents the goals,
          objectives, and accomplishments of the Department of Youth
          Affairs (DYA). This report discusses each division of DYA:
          Special Services Division (Youth Corrections, Juvenile Vocational
          Rehabilitation and Support Services Section, and Casework
          Section) and the Youth Development Division (Special Projects
          Section and Community Services and Outreach Section).
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          'Title II Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act Formula
          Grant Application-,, 1987; Department of Youth Affairs; 1986. A
          summary of DYA projects and programs for juvenile justice and
          delinquency prevention.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Perceptions of Adolescent Students Regarding the Effects of Home
          Discipline on Delinquent Behavior; Sharon A. Rivera; 1989. A
          University of Guam Special Project.
          Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.


          COURTS

          1980 Judicial Plan; Superior Court of Guam; 1979. The second
          judicial plan of the Superior Court of Guam., Research data
          includes a caseload forecasting. Data is presented in tables and
          figures, plus a narrative analysis in each respective subsection
          highlighting critical observations in the comparative analysis.
          Available:      Superior Court of Guam.







                                          212









                                                                      SAF 11



         Perceived Deficiencies in the Superior Court of Guam's Ability to
         Provide Adequate Jury Management Services; Perry C. Taitano;
         1980. A study to identify the Superior Court's shortcomings in
         managing and supervising citizens selected for jury duty and to
         make recommendations toward the improvement of jury management
         services. A survey of 224 jurors was completed with the
         objective of determining their attitudes and opinions about their
         experiences as a juror; their opinions of the lawyers,
         prosecutors, and judges; and their general perceptions of the
         judicial system. Demographic information was also collected.
         The data was very thoroughly analyzed and results are presented.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Judicial Facilities Master Plan Project; Space Management
         Consultants, Inc.; November 1984. Presents a detailed space
         management study of court and court-related facilities to
         determine the court system facility needs to the year 2000. This
         study recommends the development of a facility master plan for
         the court system, including new construction and renovation of
         the existing courthouse.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Judiciary Territory of Guam Annual Report; Superior Court of
         Guam; annually. Covers information on the functions of the
         various divisions of the court and presents statistical data on
         areas of concern to each division. This report also contains the
         annual caseload report and analysis by month for criminal
         (felony), criminal (misdemeanor), civil division, juvenile
         delinquent division, small claims division, special proceedings
         division, probate division, and land registration division.
         Annual reports from other years follow similar formats and
         contain many interesting tables and graphs descriptive of the
         Court's operations for their respective years.
         Available:      Superior Court of Guam.

         State of the Judiciary Address; Superior Court of Guam; annually.
         This annual address by the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court.
         Presents the achievements, problems, and concerns of the judicial
         branch.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Public Defender Annual Report; Public Defender Service
         Corporation; annually. Statistical report specifying manpower
         distribution, caseload data, and source and status of case
         information.
         Available:      Public Defender Service Corporation.

         Department of Law - Civil Case Report; Department of Law.
         Quarterly and annual reports specifying the number of cases
         handled, closed, and pending for various types of civil actions.
         Available:      Department of Law.




                                         213








          SAF 12



          Department of L-aw - Report of Criminal Matters; Department of
          Law; annually. Specifies the number of cases filed, convictions,
          acquittals, and dismissals for each of the various court
          jurisdictions.
          Available:     Department of Law.

          Department of.Law - Civil Liti2ation - Consumer Fraud Division;
          Department of Law. Quarterly and annual reports specifying the
          number of case handled, closed, and pending for various types of
          consumer fraud civil cases.
          Available:     Department of Law.

          Department of Law - Child Support Enforcement Office; Quarterly,
          semi-annual and annual federal reports specifying the number of
          cases open, number of cases where collections were received, and
          the amount of collections and expenditures.
          Available:     Department of Law.



          PENITENTIARY


          Preliminary Study for the Relocation of the Guam Penitentiary;
          Special Committee on Relocation, Government of Guam; December
          1975. A preliminary study conducted to propose and discuss
          alternative sites for a new penitentiary. Study projects prison
          population, analyzes alternative sites, estimates costs, and
          recommends further action.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Penitentiary Site Feasibility Study--Interim_Report;
          Taniguchi-Ruth, et al., prepared for the Guam Penitentiary Task
          Force; 1978. A report devoted to identification, study, and
          evaluation of potential sites for the location of a new
          penitentiary facility. Identifies eleven possible sites,
          establishes criteria for the evaluation of potential sites, and
          evaluates the sites and provides recommendations on the
          acceptability for use as a penitentiary area.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Historical Development of the Guam Penitentiary; Bureau of
          Planning; 1979. A brief proposal for construction of a new
          penitentiary at the existing site in Mangilao. Presents
          historical background of the penitentiary, objectives of the
          Department of Corrections, growth of the penitentiary population,
          shortcomings and problems, a description of the proposed
          facilities, and estimated costs. Also contains clippings from
          the Pacific-Daily News relative to the Guam Penitentiary.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam Penitentiary Feasibility Plan, Final Report; Taniguchi-Ruth,
          et al., prepared for the Guam Penitentiary Task Force and the




                                          214







                                                                      SAF 13



         Department of Public Works; February 1979. Evaluates potential
         penitentiary facility sites identified in the Penitentiary Site
         Feasibility Study, above. This report recommends a final site
         and, based on that site, develops the penitentiary design
         concepts, proposed size, scope, program, and schedule for
         facilities to be included in the project development plan.
         Available:      Bureau of.Planning Library.

         Board of Inquiry on Prison Conditions - Report to the Governor;
         Special Task Force; 1979. A study prompted by disturbances at
         the Department of Corrections in 1979. A task force was created
         to analyze and understand prison conditions and to recommend
         solutions to the problems which the community and the government
         could act upon. Two surveys were completed - one administered to
         the staff at the prison and one to the inmates. Report includes
         the aggregated responses to the questionnaires. Four
         subcommittees were established and evaluated the following areas:
         Administration and Management; Health Services; Prison Crime and
         Security; and Supportive Services. Each area was evaluated with
         the conclusions, findings, and recommendations made with respect
         to each area. Includes extensive tables of aggregated
         information from the results of the two surveys.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collection.


         Preliminary Design Submittal Summary Report: Guam Correctional
         Facility Complex; TR-DEV, prepared for the Department of
         Corrections; May 16, 1980. Describes the condition and
         utilization of the proposed site and other design considerations
         for the new penitentiary. This report updates and works in
         conjunction with the Feasibility Plan, above.
         Available:      Department of Corrections.

         Report of Technical Assistance Review for the Department of
         Corrections, Government of Guam; Search Group, Inc., Allan H.
         Lammers and Van Mitchell, for the Department of Corrections;
         1981. Studies the Department of Corrections' record management
         system as it is presently operates and provides documentation for
         a Manual record keeping system, with suggestions for the
         improvement of that system.
         Available:      Department of Corrections.

         Guam Penitentiary Capability Statement; Department of
         Corrections; May 1983. This is a grant amendment request for
         additional funds to upgrade the penitentiary facility complex.
         Justifications as to the inadequacy of the facility under
         construction to house the existing inmate population are
         presented.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.






                                         215








          SAF 14



          Report of a Consultancy to the Government of Guam to Review and
          Assist in Developing Strategies to Address the Issue of
          Jail/Prison Overcrowding; The EMT Group, Inc.; 1988. A planning
          report to assist the Government of Guam in program planning,
          evaluation, design, and implementation strategies for coping with
          Jail/prison overcrowding. Summarizes existing facilities, case
          management and processing, prison/Jail capacity and requirements,
          and other data to alleviate and/or cope with overcrowding.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Department of Corrections Rules and Regulations for the
          Administration of Correctional Institutions; Department of
          Corrections; 1988. A summary of rules and regulations for
          employees and inmates of DOC as mandated by Executive Order No.
          87-19.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Department of Corrections Annual Report; Department of
          Corrections. Covers the staffing and budgeting at the Department
          of Corrections. Gives a narrative description of the programs
          and a report of the programs' accomplishments. Includes a
          prisoner census by month and by sex.
          Available:      Department of Corrections.



          DISASTER PREPAREDNESS PLANNING


          Human Behavior and Disaster; Department of Mental Health and
          Substance Abuse; not dated. Briefly discusses the role of
          Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse in coordinating
          Emergency Mental Health Services for Guam. Most of this brochure
          is reprinted from a Department of Defense publication "Improving
          Your Community Emergency Response."
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Information Interface of Individual Assistance Programs; Disaster
          Preparedness Planning Program; 1977. A study describing
          individual assistance programs available to victims of a
          residentially declared major disaster area. This study gives a
          summary of each type of program available to victims, including a
          review of its eligibility criteria, program objective,
          application process/procedures, description of the type of
          assistance and relationship of that assistance program to other
          programs involved. The study also identifies the problems of the
          programs and makes recommendations for coordination and interface
          with other programs.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Vulnerability Study Series Re2orts; Syed Zaigham S. Jaffery,
          Bureau of Planning, Disaster Preparedness Planning Section.
          These reports deal with hazard analyses for Guam; presents the




                                          216








                                                                        SAF 15



         choices for adjustments and adaptations; and discusses the
         nature, cause, and effects of various hazards to which the     island
         is vulnerable.


              Report I:       Adaptations and Adjustments to Hazards    on
                              Guam: An Analysis; October 1977.

              Report II:      Typhoons: Their Nature and Effects on     Guam;
                              June 1978.

              Report III:     Earthquak s: Their Nature and Effects     on
                              Guam; 1978.

              Report IV:      Building for Disaster Mitigation: A
                              Compilation of Building Codes and Regulations
                              Currently in Use for Typhoons, Earthquakes,
                              and Floods. Also includes Practices and
                              Recommendations for Improvement on Guam; June
                              1978.


         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Disaster Control and Recovery Planning for Guam; Myles C. King;
         1979. A report for Special Projects course at the University of
         Guam.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         An Evaluation of Disaster Assistance Programs During Typhoon
         Pamela - May 1976; Frances T. Perez; 1980. An unpublished
         Master's Thesis for the  University of Guam.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Search and Rescue Plan for the Guam SAR Sector; Commander, U.S.
         Coast Guard, Marianas Section; January 1, 1980. Outlines and
         clarifies th e authority, responsibility and procedures to be used
         in the conduct of Search and Rescue Operations. The primary
         mission of SAR is to render all possible emergency assistance to
         effect the rescue and evacuation of personnel both military and
         civil, who have suffered accidents or casualties.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Joint CINCPACREP GUAM/TTPI/COMNAVMARIANAS Disaster Preparedness
         Plan 101; 1985. A plan providing for coordinated disaster
         preparedness planning and recovering operations by the military
         in Guam, the Northern Marianas, and the Trust Territory.
         Implementation of the plan could be expected in the event of
         general war, natural disasters, or as may be directed by a higher
         authority. Instructions are given for heavy weather, tsunami,
         fire disaster, shelter utilization, NBC warfare defense, and
         civil disaster. This plan is an update of a December 1977 plan.
         Available:      Office of Civil Defense.






                                          217







           SAF 16



           DPW Emergency Preparedness Plan; Department of Public Works;
           1985. Presents the Government of Guam's typhoon preparedness
           planning and recovery operations. Part I presents the setting,
           definition, characteristics of typhoons, killer components of
           typhoons, climatology of typhoons on Guam, conditions of
           readiness, and the public role in disaster preparedness. Part II
           presents the operations preparedness plan, which contains the
           conditions of readiness; supply management, safety and security;
           building maintenance; bus operations; highway maintenance; solid
           waste; and transportation maintenance. Part III outlines the
           damage assessment for public facilities.
           Available:      Department of Public Works.

           Guam Fire Department Activities; Guam Fire Department Activities;
           FY 1985. Statistical information covering type of training
           attended and conducted by fire personnel, alarm classifications,
           losses by occupancy, fire prevention inspections, classification
           of building which fire occurred, and use of equipment. Fire
           responses per village are also presented.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Amended Territorial Emergency Plan (TEP); Office of Civil
           Defense; September 1986, (draft) - Final Plan to become available
           in FY 1990. Identifies various activities essential in
           responding to emergency situations. This plan provides for
           coordination of these activities by assigning responsibilities to
           the various departments and agencies identified as being capable
           or equipped to respond to particular situations. A 1978 plan is
           revised by this update. Also addressed in the amended plan is a
           Territorial nuclear civil protection plan and a civilian
           relocation plan In the event of conventional or nuclear war.
           Available:      Office of Civil Defense.


           Educational Materials Available:


                The Spinning Winds; Dorothy Fritzen, Agency Service, Guam;
                1972. A summary about typhoons and how to protect against
                them.
                Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

                Be Prepared for the Typhoon; Karen Carpenter, University of
                Guam, Cooperative Extension Service; 1982 to present. An
                educational booklet which summarizes definitions of tropical
                cyclones (typhoons) and how to prepare for and protect
                against them.
                Available:      University of Guam, Cooperative Extension
                                Service.


                What To Do  In An Emergency; Civil Defense/Guam Emergency
                Services Office; 1984 to present. A public education
                booklet published in English, Chamorro, Tagalog, Korean and




                                            218








                                                                   SAF 17



             Japanese. Designed to educate the general public about what
             to do during various natural disasters such as typhoons,
             floods, fires and earthquakes.
             Available:     Office of Civil Defense.


        Hazards Vulnerability Analysis; Office of Civil Defense;
        September 1986. Identifies locations on the island that are
        vulnerable, such as gas pipe l.ines, chemical distributors, and
        possible targets of terrorist attacks. This study maps the
        location of each hazard and discusses the vulnerability of each
        site to accidents.
        Available:     Office of Civil. Defense.

        Guam Fire Department EMS/Rescue Operations: October 1987 -
        September 1988; EMS Rescue Bureau, Guam Fire Department; 1988.
        Activity report providing data on Emergency Medical Services and
        Rescue responses, ambulance responses by village, emergency/non-
        emergency cases by village, and type of training conducted.
        Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.





































                                       219
























































































                                                               220








                                                                        SOC 1



                                        SOCIAL



         CONTENTS:


         Comprehensive Planning                                    see ECN   2

         Social Services Planning/Community Development/Studies        SOC   2

         Public Assistance Forms, Reports and Brochures                SOC   7

         Child Welfare/Child Support Services                          SOC 11

         Senior Citizens                                               SOC 13


         Handicapped                                                   SOC 17

         Social Services Directories                                   SOC 20















































                                          221








           SOC 2



           COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING


           See ECN 2:     Comprehensive Planning


           SOCIAL SERVICES PLANNING/COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT/STUDIES

           Social Welfare Development in Guam - An Historical Study; Pedro
           L.G. Santos; 1965. An historical overview of the development of
           social welfare program on Guam from 1900 through 1964.
           Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                          Collection and Guam Room, Nieves Flores Library.

           Proceedings of Community Development Workshop; Community
           Development Institute, University of Guam; 1975. A series of
           discussions focusing on community development. Includes:
           Definition of a community; Parameters of Community Development;
           Basic Approaches to the Community Development Process; Citizen
           Participation; Leadership Process in Working with Volunteers;
           Organization and Leadership Styles; Agencies Working Together.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           The People Speak--The 1975 Community Survey: A Preliminary
           Report and Summary; Community Development Institute, College of
           Agriculture and Life Sciences, University of Guam; December 1975.
           Presents the preliminary findings of an island-wide community
           survey on the economy, crime and safety, utilities, health
           services, land use, island and village government, and political
           status. Other documents related to this survey include "The 1975
           Community Survey--A Statistical Summary" and "Community Survey
           Form".
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Basic Development Goals for Guam; Bureau of Planning; July 1976.
           An analysis of the community's response to the "Basic Development
           Goals Questionnaire" survey by the Bureau of Planning. The
           questionnaire consisted of 17 positive goal statements concerning
           employment/manpower, land use, political status, consumer
           protection, transportation, natural resources, public
           revenue/expenditures, cultural heritage, economy, population
           growth, equal opportunity, government operations, housing,
           health, education, and welfare. Respondents were asked to
           indicate their reaction to each goal statement by agreeing or
           disagreeing with it. The purpose of the survey was to measure
           public attitudes and was used in the Land Use Element of the
           Comprehensive Development Plan.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Project HELP--A Perspective of Community Services Development on
           Guam; Luis K. Martinez; 1977. A paper presenting a history of
           project HELP, a federally funded program designed to provide drug




                                           222








                                                                      SOC'3



        and youth counseling, information and referral services for
        people with problems, and a community program to divert status
        offense youths from the juvenile justice system. The paper also
        makes recommendations on the direction social service programs
        should develop.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        1977 Community Profile Study; Fourteenth Guam Legislature
        Planning and Research Bureau; August 1977. Partial results of
        island-wide survey of village needs and problems. The
        questionnaire was compiled by the Legislature's Committee on
        Youth and Senior Citizens and fielded by members of the Summer
        Youth Employment Program. The survey sample consisted of 6,500
        households. Respondents were given two lists of 21 needs and 23
        problems and asked to choose the five most important from each
        list. Responses are ranked in order of percent chosen overall
        and for each village.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.


        Briefing Papers on Selected Policies Within the Comprehensive
        Development Plan; Bureau of Planning; 1978. A series of paper
        providing background information for some of the policies in the
        Comprehensive Development Plan. Briefing papers cover a variety
        of social planning areas including Housing, Drug Abuse, Criminal
        Justice, Public Education, Physical and Mental Health, Welfare
        and Poverty, and Cultural Heritage.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

        Public Policy of the Food Stamp Program on Guam; John W. Leon
        Guerrero; 1980. A University of Guam Special Project.
        Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

        Characteristics of State Plans for Aid to Families with Dependent
        Children Under the Social Security Act Title IV-A and for Guam,
        Puerto Rico, and Virgin Islands, Old Age Assistance, Aid to the
        Blind, Aid to the Permanently and Totally Disabled Under Titles
        1, X, XIV, and XVI (AABD) of the Social Security Act; U.S.
        Department of Health and Human Services; October 1980. Covers in
        brief the characteristics of state public assistance plans,
        concentrating on characteristics of the AFDC program. Includes
        special details of the optional extension to families in need as
        the result of the unemployment of a parent (AFDC-UP) and the
        optional program of Emergency Assistance to Needy Families with
        Children. The information for each state is presented in a
        series of pages with four subdivisions: Administration,
        Eligibility Requirements, Need Determination, and Extension of
        the Program.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.





                                         223








          SOC 4



          Stages of Growth in the Development of Social Services in
          Micronesia, Second Annual Conference of the Guam Social Workers
          Association; Dirk Ballendorf; September 1981. Research endeavors
          .of the faculty, staff and administration of the University of
          Guam.
          Available:     University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

          Guam's Legal Needs As Seen By Its Service and Professional
          Personnel: Recommendations for Continued Community Assessment.
          Randall L. Workman, University of Guam, Community Development
          Institute, for Guam Legal Services Corporation (GLSC); 1982.
          Assesses the needs of the community, particularly low income and
          elderly, for legal help. Results show ten main socio-legal
          problem areas for Guam Legal Services Corporation to address
          their program efforts.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Guide For the Development of Guam's Social Welfare Policies and
          Services; Bureau of Planning; August 1982. A planning
          informaiion document which looks at the history of social welfare
          on Guam, a chronology of actual programs; selected goals and
          objectives of programs are discussed along with problems in
          service delivery. Specific problems encountered and new federal
          initiatives are listed along with a current inventory of programs
          (circa 1982).
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          A Limited Preliminary Assessment of Guam's Social Service Needs;
          Randall L. Workman, and John E. Burton, Jr., University of Guam,
          Community Development Institute, for the Department of Public
          Health and Social Services; September 1982. A social service
          needs study to assist in program planning within the Social
          Service Division of the Department of Public Health and Social
          Services. A three phase survey of staff, community, and
          clientele served, as well as key informant interviews were used
          for the study. Results, extensive tables, and recommendations
          are provided.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Public Health and Social Services Organization of Guam: A
          Critical Assessment; Victoria McAdams; 1983. A University of
          Maryland Special Project. An assessment of the organizational
          (managerial, technical and physical) structure of the Department
          of Public Health and Social Services. This paper provides a
          critique and some recommendations.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Regional Social Service Personnel Resource Assessment Project,
          Final Report; Jennifer Stucker, Department of Social Work,
          University of Guam; 1984. This report addresses manpower
          planning for social service workers as related to social





                                          224








                                                                       SOC 5



         development and social work education on Guam and Micronesia.
         Current findings on manpower within social services, social
         programs and their delivery training needs, and educational needs
         for development are discussed.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Earned Income and Welfare Assistance; Peter Mayer, Department of
         Commerce; December 1984. Discusses the social implications of
         welfare programs, especially their impact under the Federal
         Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) which is
         locally administered by the Guam Housing and Urban Renewal
         Authority (GHURA); the Food Stamp Program; Aid to Families with
         Dependent Children (AFDC); and the General Assistance Program.
         Unpublished manuscript.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Developing Guam's Communities; University of Guam, Department of
         Social Work, and the Department of Public Health and Social
         Services; 1985. This booklet provides information on the "Ideas
         and Practices of Community Development" and "Guidelines for
         Community Development Workers" to "help people help themselves"
         via social community work.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Implementation of Revised Public Assistance Standards: An
         Impact Study; Zita P. Viernes, for the Department of Public
         Health and Social Services; 1985. This report assesses the
         impact of implementation of proposed welfare standards on public
         assistance programs, current caseload, and administrative costs.
         Extensive research/review done.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Agat: A Community Assessment; Michelle R. Mitchell, Department.
         of Public Health and Social Services; not dated but after 1985.
         A summary paper on the community's strengths and needs, in terms
         of health, housing, sewage, and development. A profile of the
         community is also presented.
         Available:     Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                        Collection.


         Guam State Plan Refugee Resettlement Program, Immigration and
         Nationality Act Title IV; Division of Public Welfare, Department
         of Public Health and Social Services; February 14, 1986. The
         Refugee Resettlement Plan (RRP), formerly the Indochinese Refugee
         Assistance Program (IRAP), provides assistance to refugees on
         Guam since Operation New Law, 1975 following the fall of Saigon,
         Vietnam.
         Available:     Division of Public Welfare, Department of Public
                        Health and Social Services.









                                         226







           SOC 6



           Development of the Cooperative Extension Service on Guam: Our
           Image and the Public's View of Island Needs; University of Guam,
           Community Development Institute; 1987. This study examines the
           island community's image of the Guam Cooperative Extension
           Service and lists community needs and priorities. Through a
           telephone survey of the island community, this study was designed
           to (1) assist the Guam Cooperative Extension Service in
           evaluating both the image and effectiveness of their programs and
           (2) address community needs for future program planning.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Volunteers: Guam's People Helping People; Randall L. Workman,,
           Wilfred P. Leon Guerrero, and Lucy Dupertis, University of Guam,
           Cooperative Extension 'Service; 1987. This study examined the
           role of volunteers and their work within organizations in the
           Guam community. The study discusses the value of volunteers and
           their work, recruitment, what Guam volunteers do, problems and
           concerns of volunteers, problems and concerns of agencies who use
           volunteers, and some tips about working with volunteers.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library and University of Guam
                          Cooperative Extension Service, Community
                          Development Institute.

           Welfare and Taxes - Extending Benefits and Taxes to Puerto Rico,
           Virgin Islands, Guam and American Samoa; United States General
           Accounting Office; September 1987. This report examines the
           potential effects of fully extending selected welfare benefits to
           U.S. Territories. Very detailed and includes specific tax
           related results.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Agencies Comments on "Welfare and Taxes - Extending Benefits and
           Taxes to Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, Guam and American Samoa",
           United States General Accounting Office, September 1987; Bureau
           of Planning; 1987. Government of Guam agencies comments on the
           aforementioned report are compiled here listing concerns, as well
           as monetary and planning considerations.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Providing For Basic Needs Among Low Income Families On Guam: A
           Study of AFDC Clients; Randall L. Workman and Richard N.
           Prelosky; 1988. A cooperative project of the Division of
           Welfare, Department of Public Health and Social Services and the
           Guam Cooperative Extension Service, University of Guam. This
           study of AFDC clients looks at how families under AFDC survive
           under increases in cost of living and changing conditions on
           Guam. The survey results are presented, along with implications
           and recommendations. A profile of families on AFDC is provided
           and "welfare as a lifestyle" is discussed.
           Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.






                                          226








                                                                       SOC 7



         Public Assistance and Food Stamp Program orientation Booklet;
         Bureau of Economic Security Administration, Division of Public
         Welfare, Department of Public Health and Social Services; October
         1988. This booklet explains the mission and philosophy of the
         Bureau of Economic Security. Describes the public assistance and
         food stamp programs, requirements, and forms.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         State Legislation Impact Assistance Grant, FY 1989; Department of
         Public Health and Social Services; 1988. A program of
         reimbursement to local government for public assistance and
         educational assistance to eligible legalized aliens.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Guam Association of Social Workers (GASW); Conference Booklet(s);
         annually 1983-1989. Annual publication of the GASW which lists
         conference activities and social work month activities.
         Available:      Guam Association of Social Workers.

         Guam Employment and Training Program, FY 1987-1989; Department of
         Public Health and Social Services. A program to mainstream
         mandatory work registrants receiving food stamps into gainful
         employment.
         Available:      Department of Public Health and Social Services.


         PUBLIC ASSISTANCE FORMS, REPORTS AND BROCHURES

         General Assistance; Division of Public Welfare, Department of
         Public Health and Social Services; not dated. Brochure listing
         statutory base and eligibility requirements for general welfare
         assistance on Guam
         Available:      Bureau of Planning and Department of Public Health
                         and Social Services.


         Application for Public Assistance and Medicaid; Department of
         Public Health and Social Services, Division of Public Welfare.
         This is the initial application completed by a family or
         individual when applying for assistance in one of the following
         programs: Old Age Assistance (OAA), Aid to the Blind (AB), Aid
         to the Permanently and Totally Disabled (APTD), Aid to Families
         with Dependent Children (AFDC.), and General Assistance. The OAA,
         AB, APTD and AFDC cases are automatically eligible for Medicaid.
         The application requires very complete information on the
         economic and demographic circumstances of the household. The
         following information is required for each member of the
         household: racial-ethnic heritage, sex, citizenship, birthdate,
         birthplace, marital status, reason for child needing aid,
         expenses for shelter and living arrangements, utility payments,
         child care expenses, income from employment, kind of work, other
         sources of income, who receives it and amounts, and personal and





                                         227








          SOC 8


          real property owned. The Department of Public Health and Social
          Services has the following welfare programs: Aid to Families
          with Dependent Children (AFDC), Aid to the Blind (AB), Aid to the
          Permanently and Totally Disabled (APTD), and Old Age Assistance
          (OAA). The following reports and forms outline the information
          available about the welfare programs on Guam. All forms and
          reports are available at the Department of Public Health and
          Social Services.


          Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC): Recipients of
          Cash Payments and Amount of Payments, by Village; Department of
          Public Health and Social Services. Monthly summary report
          specifying the number of cases, number.of recipients (adults,
          children), total payments, deprivation factor (illegitimate,
          separated or divorced, incapacitated, unemployed, deceased
          parents, other). All this is presented by village of residence.

          Financial Plan and Authorization of Award; Department of Public
          Health and Social Services. Source document completed when a
          household/individual is awarded some type of assistance payments.
          The form includes for each household member: name, relation to
          head-of-household, birthdate, social security number, income,
          amounts of money paid for shelter, fuel, daycare, power, sewer,
          water, telephone, other expenses, type of benefits to be
          received, and amounts to be received.

          Cash Assistance Programs--Statistical Report; Department of
          Public Health and Social Services. Monthly statistical report
          outlining the number of cases, number of recipients and amount of
          cash payments for the locally-funded general assistance, adult
          assistance and AFDC. This is all presented by village of
          residence.


          Food Stamp  Program, Department of Public Health and Social
          Services.   Generates computer-produced reports each month. Input
          is provided by the "Notice of Change" (FPS-202) form (see below)
          completed at the Food Stamp Office. The reports generated are as
          follows:

                     ATP (Authorization to Purchase) Print Register 2
                     FSP (Food Stamp Program) Non-Eligibility Status List
                     List of Changes
                     List'of-New Households
                     Food Stamp Participants' List by Case Number
                     FSP List--Alphabetized by Name

          Food Stamp  Program, Monthly Report of Participation and Coupon
          Issuance; Department of Public Health and Social Services.
          Report sent to U.S. Department of Agriculture. Lists total
          number of participating households, total number of persons
          participating, number of households, and number of persons





                                          228









                                                                    SOC 9



        participating at the Minimum Purchase Level; all specified by
        Public Assistance, Non-Public Assistance, and Total. Also lists
        value of coupons issued by total value, cash received, and value
        of bonus coupons issued.

        Food Stamp Program--Monthly Progress Report; Department of Public
        Health and Social Services. Report provides number of new cases,
        number of recertifications, and number of other actions. Also
        includes the number of terminations.


        Food Stamp Program--Application for Food Stamps; Department of
        Public Health and Social Services. Form completed by applicant
        when applying for the food stamp program. The application
        requires the following information: name, age, social security
        number, and citizenship of each household member; other sources
        of income for each member of the household; roomers and boarders
        and the amounts paid; amounts paid for medical care; amount paid
        for dependent care; amounts paid for rents, mortgages, and
        property taxes; amounts paid for utilities by type of utility;
        students in the household receiving educational grants or loans;
        racial/ethnic heritage.

        Food Stamp Household Data Sheet; Department of Public Health and
        Social Services. Source data form completed for each household
        eligible for participating in the food stamp program. This form
        is used for computer processing and has the following
        Information: village of residence, whether the household
        receives other public assistance, household size, ethnicity; for
        each household member--name, birthdate, relationship to head of
        household, type of income received, amount of income, social
        security number. Expenses are listed for each household
        including mortgage, rent, power, water, fuel, sewer, telephone,
        dependent care costs, and other expenses.

        The following are reports prepared by the Division of Public
        Welfare, Department of Public Health and Social Services:

                  Food Stamp Error Analysis
                  This report analyzes quality control review findings
                  indicating prevalent errors in Food Stamp eligibility
                  and benefit level determinations.


                  AFDC Error Analysis
                  This report analyzes quality control review findings
                  indicating prevalent errors in AFDC eligibility and
                  benefit level determinations.


                  Report of Recoveries of Overpayment (AFDC)

                  Report on Recipient Fraud in Public Assistance






                                       229








         SOC 10



                    BMS Annual Report

                    BMS Quarterly Reports

         Available:      Bureau of Management Support, Division of Public
                         Welfare, Department of Public Health and Social
                         Services


         Old Age Assistance, Aid to the Blind, Aid to the Permanently and
         Totally Disabled: Recipients of Cash Payments and Amount of
         Payments by Villa2e; Social Services Division. Monthly summary
         report listing the number of cases and number of recipients, and
         total payments for each of the above programs, all presented by
         village.

         Other Public Assistance Federal Reporting Forms; Department of
         Public Health and Social Services. The following forms are
         submitted to the United States Department of Health and Human
         Services on a monthly or annual basis:

                    Annual Statistical Report on Hearings
                    Applications and Discontinuances for Aid to Families
                    with Dependent Children (AFDC) and Medicaid
                    Statistical Report on Number of Recipients and Amounts
                    of Money and/or Nonmedical Payments under Public
                    Assistance Programs
                    Statistical Report on Number of Recipients and Amounts
                    of Payments for Emergency Assistance Under Title VI-A
                    Statistical Report on Number of Recipients and Amounts
                    of Money and/or Nonmedical Vendor Payments Under AFDC
                    and GA, By County (village)
                    Monthly Activity Report for all Types of Assistance
                    Monthly "Flash" Report of Selected Program Data
                    Recipient Fraud in Public Assistance Programs
                    AFDC Report on Monthly Standards for Basic Needs and
                    Limitations on Payments
                    Employment and Training Plan for the Food Stamp
                    Program. Annual State Plan for the Employment and
                    Training Program.

         Available:      All forms and reports are available at the Bureau
                         of Economic Security, Division of Public Welfare,
                         Department of Public Health and Social Services.

         Vital Statistics Annual Report; Office of Vital Statistics,
         Department of'Public Health and Social Services. Report
         published annually since 1970. Contains data compiled from the
         certificates registered at the Office of Vital Statistics.
         Tabulations cover births, deaths, marriages, divorces, and
         certain other activities of Department of Public Health and
         Social Services. Most of-the vital statistics information is






                                         230








                                                                       Soc 11



         computerized and computer files are available for statistical
         use. The report contains cross-tabulations covering:

              Natality--birthdate, sex, number at birth, birthplace,
              birthplace of mother, residence of mother, age of father,
              birthplace of father, race and education of father and
              mother, previous deliveries of mother, length of gestation,
              month prenatal care began, number of prenatal visits,
              legitimacy, birthweight, complications of pregnancy and
              labor, congenital malformation.

              Mortality--sex, date of death, race, age at death, hospital
              of death, place of birth, citizenship, marital status,
              residence, cause of death, autopsy, birth weight of child,
              month of first prenatal visit.

              Marriage--residence of bride and groom, birthplace of bride
              and groom, birthdate of bride and groom, date of marriage,
              place of marriage, type of ceremony, race of bride and
              groom, number of this marriage for bride and groom, previous
              marital status of bride and groom, date last marriage ended
              for bride and groom, education of bride and groom, age of
              bride and groom.

              Divorce/Annulment--year, type of decree, month of
              occurrence, number of children, age of husband and wife,
              duration of marriage, legal grounds, party to whom granted,
              race of husband and wife, education of husband and wife.

         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.


         CHILD WELFARE/CHILD SUPPORT SERVICES

         Application for License--Day Care and Foster Care; Bureau of
         Social Services, Department of Public Health and Social Services.
         Form completed by applicant applying for a license to run a Day
         Care or Foster Care Center.
         Available:      Bureau of Social Services Administration,
                         Department of Public Health and Social Services.

         Family and  Children Services--Assessment of Care; Bureau of
         Social Services, Department of Public Health and Social Services.
         Form describes individual cases. Includes household information,
         medical background and caseworker's evaluation and assessment.
         Available:      Bureau of Social Services Administration,
                         Department of Public Health and Social Services.

         Applicant's Statement Regarding Absent Parent; Office of Child
         Support, Department of Law. Form completed by applicant for
         purposes of obtaining child support from the spouse who has





                                          231








          SOC 12



          abandoned the child(ren). Form identifies the situation between
          the mother and father.
          Available:      Office of Child Support Enforcement, Department of
                          Law.


          Financial Statement of Absent Parent; Office of Child Support
          Enforcement, Department of Law. Form completed by absent parent
          specifying income, expenses, and property.
          Available:      Office of Child Support Enforcement, Department of
                          Law.


          Kids, They're Worth Every Penny, Summaries of Reports by State
          Commissions on Child Support Enforcement; U.S. Department of
          Health and Human Services, Office of Child Support Enforcement;
          May 1986. Detailed report summaries by states and territories on
          child support enforcement activities and plans of respective
          commissions on enforcing child support payments.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam State Plan for Support Collection and Establishment of
          Paternity Under Title IV of the Social Security Act; Department
          of Public Health and Social Services; May 1984. A formal
          planning document that details provisions, federal laws,
          regulations and other official issuances of the Department of
          Public Health and Social Services to plan for the program of
          child support collection and establishment of paternity.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Social Security State Plan for Aid to Families with Dependent
          Children (AFDC); Division of Social Services, Department of
          Public Health and Social Services; 1982. A formal planning
          document that details of regulations, requirements and conditions
          for administration organization and implementation of the AFDC
          program (includes updates through 1985).
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Standards for Child Care Facilities; Division of Social Services,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services; 1978. Rules and
          regulations for child care facilities on Guam, based on Executive
          Order 78-27.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Lifestyles and Welfare Among Low-Income Families on Guam - A
          Study of AFDC Clients (Final Report/Phase I & II); Randall L.
          Workman and Richard N. Prelosky, Community Development Institute;
          July 1989. A joint project of the Division of Welfare,
          Department of Public Health and Social Services and the Guam
          Cooperative Extension, University of Guam. An extensive report
          which includes an abridged chronology of social welfare on Guam,
          1916-1990, and two phases of the research:





                                          232









                                                                     SOC 13



             Phase I:        Profile of Families Receiving AFDC
                             Assistance.
             Phase II:       Situations Leading to Welfare (AFDC).

             Final Report Summary

             Phase I and II:      Providing For Basic Needs
             Phase I and II:      Welfare As A Lifestyle

        A discussion of the implications of the study and recommendations
        are provided along with numerous data tables, figures and case
        study descriptions, and focus group analyses.

        Available:      Community Development Institute, University of
                        Guam and Bureau of Planning Library.

        Department of Law - Child Support Enforcement Office; Quarterly,
        semi-annual and annual federal reports specifying the number of
        cases open, number of cases where collections were received, and
        the amount of collections and expenditures.
        Available:      Department of Law.



        SENIOR CITIZENS


        Office of the Aging, Universe Survey of Guam Residents--Age 55
        and Over; Department of Public Health and Social Services;
        conducted Spring 1976. Universe survey to identify problems and
        needs of the elderly and subsequently develop programs to address
        identified needs.
        Available:      Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                        Health and Social Services.

        Elder Guamanian; Wesley Ishikawa; 1978. Analyzes characteristic
        lifestyles and customs, especially those of Guamanian elders in
        San Diego County. This study explores and delineates the
        perceptions and viewpoints of Guamanian elders toward formal
        programmatic assistance and human service networks.
        Available:      Micronesian Area Research tenter Pacific
                        Collection.


        A Plan for  Advocacy and Legal Services for Elderly People on
        Guam; John  Welsenberger and Rev. Robert G. Phelps, for the
        Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public Health and
        Social Services; 1979. A plan for extablishing advocacy services
        to elderly people on Guam. The plan contains: a statement of
        need for advocacy and legal services; existing and potential
        resources in the community; statement of goals and objectives to
        implement the plan; development of an action plan; suggested
        personnel needs; and financing alternatives.
        Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.





                                         233







         SOC 14



         A Survey to Determine the Needs of the Elderly on Guam; Community
         Development Institute, for Department of Public Health and Social
         Services, Office of the Aging; survey conducted in 1978. Two
         reports were written from the survey results: Housing
         Preferences of Elderly on Guam and Demographic and Social
         Characteristics of Elderly on Guam (Lawrence Kasperbauer, 1978
         and 1980). Enumerated 490 people, 55 years of age and older.
         The survey and subsequent reports covered the following
         information: personal'information on birthplace, migration,
         education, languages known, marital status, number of children,
         ethnicity; housing information including living circumstances,
         housing conditions, number and type of people sharing household;
         location and village area including attitudes and feelings about
         where they live; economic information including sources of
         income, number of people living on that income, expenses,
         retirement income, taxes, legal service needs; transportation
         circumstances including attitudes on public transportation
         system; nutrition information including when and what is eaten,
         how it is paid for; health and health care information including
         frequency and types of care needed and received, injuries and
         hospitalizations, health insurance; employment status
         information; leisure time information including activities
         involved in and use of the Senior Citizens centers, learning
         experiences; attitudinal information on how respondent feels
         about many different aspects of life. Questionnaire contains 136
         questions.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         An Efficient an d Effective Approach to the Administration of the
         Older American Act Program on Guam; Rita Arlene Santos; 1981. A
         University of Guam Special Project.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Sociocultural and Other Characteristics Relevant to Provision of
         Services to the Elderly in the Territory of Guam; Leonard Mason;
         January 1981. Summarizes the major characteristics believed to
         be relevant in providing services to Guam's senior citizens.
         Available:      Micronesian Area Research Center Pacific
                         Collections.


         The Impact  of the Tax Structure on the Elderly; Joseph Borja;
         1982. A Master's Thesis for the University of Guam.
         Available:      University of Guam, Robert F. Kennedy Library.

         Home Care Conference; Sister M. Ursula Fritz; June 3-8, 1985.
         Presents background information on servicing the frail elderly in
         their homes; definition of a homemaker; standards and
         qualifications; services provided; transportation; networking
         procedures; supervision; observations and reporting; appraisal;







                                         234








                                                                      SOC 15



         difficulties; in-service; budget; and Interfaith Volunteer
         Caregivers, Inc.
         Available:      Catholic Social Services.


         Certificate of Need Application: Saint Dominic's Senior Care
         Home; Congregation of the Religious Missionaries of St. Dominic;
         1986. Background documentation that delineates the need for the
         Senior Care Home and the specific project itself (structure,
         staffing, services).
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         What Everyone Should Know About Elderly Abuse; Guam Legal
         Services Corporation; 1987. This brochure lists, in English and
         Chamorro, descriptions and definitions of elderly abuse,
         prevention measures, and agencies and groups to contact for
         referral or help.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         The Guam State Plan on Aging---Fiscal Years 1987-1991; Department
         of Public Health and Social Services; 1988. A plan specifying
         the objectives and programs in the Department of Public Health
         and Social Services that provide services to Guam's elderly
         citizens, aged 60 and over. Programs include nutrition, legal
         services, the senior citizens center, homemakers, information,
         and referrals.
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Division of Senior Citizens; Division of Senior Citizens,
         Department of Public Health and Social Services; 1988. Pamphlet
         listing programs and eligibility criteria for elderly on Guam (in
         Chamorro and English).
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         Senior Citizens Discount Progra ; Division of Senior Citizens,
         Department of Public Health and Social Services; approximately
         1988. Pamphlet describing the Senior Citizens Discount program
         and lists criteria and participating business establishments..
         Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

         15th Annual Governor's Conference on Aging; Division of Senior
         Citizens, Department of Public Health & Social Services; 1989.
         This three-part video coverage of the Governor's Conference held
         on May 10, 1989, at the Pacific Star Conference Ballroom,
         features keynote speaker, Dr. John R. Taitano, delivering a
         speech on "Medicine and the Elderly." Booklet by the same title
         provides information on the Central Planning committee, Title III
         Service Providers, and the island's Aging Network.
         Available:      Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                         Health and Social Services.









                                         235








         SOC 16



         Title IV Aging Training and Education Grant, FY 1989; Department
         of Public Health and Social Services; 1988. A program to provide
         essential training/technical assistance on intervention and
         activities for practicioners in programs for the elderly.
         Available:      Department of Public Health and Social Services.

         Senior Citizens Division Monthly Report; Division of Senior
         Citizens, Department of Public Health and Social Services. The
         Division of Senior Citizens contracts for four specific functions
         with various organizations in providing assistance and services
         to Guam's senior citizens. These four functions are: social
         services, nutrition, personal assistance, and legal services.
         Each of these programs submits a monthly and quarterly report to
         the Division of Senior Citizens specifying the number of clients
         being served, their ages, their ethnicity, and the number of
         clients with the greatest economic and social needs. These
         reports are then compiled and the same information is submitted
         to the Federal Office broken down by the specific type of service
         being rendered.
         Available:      Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                         Health and Social Services.


         The Golden  Page; Division of Senior Citizens, Department of
         Public Health & Social Services; quarterly. The quarterly
         newsletter covers topics and issues that are of general concern
         to the elderly population. Information on health care, elderly
         benefits, program activities, and other appropriate information
         are contained in the newsletter.
         Available:      Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                         Health and Social Services and the Guam
                         Territorial Library.

         Annual Report  on Aging Activities; Division of Senior Citizens,
         Department of  Public Health & Social Services. Annual Report
         describes the  activities and accomplishments of the elderly
         programs for the preceding year. Program functions and
         description, fiscal and funding information, and participant
         count by ethnicity are specified in the report.
         Available:      Division of Senior citizens, Department of Public
                         Health and social Services and the Guam
                         Territorial Library.

         State Information File; Division of senior Citizens, Department
         of Public Health & Social Services. Presents in outline form the
         Division's organizational structure, staffing, financial
         resources, demographics, committee memberships, and other
         relevant information. This SIF is provided annually to Region IX
         office as part of the State Agency's administrative
         responsibilities.
         Available:     Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                        Health and Social Services.





                                         236








                                                                     SOC 17



         Manamko, The Forgotten Gift; Division of Senior Citizens,
         Department of Public Health & Social Services; 1987. A video
         presentation focusing on the plight of the Pacific elderly in the
         midst of a changing social and cultural environment. Video is
         used extensively as an educational tool.
         Available:     Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                        Health and Social Services.


         Guam's Centenarians; Division of Senior Citizens, Department of
         Public Health & Social Services; 1987. Biographical video
         features Guam's two centenarians, Mr. Martin M. Oliva and Mrs.
         Rita S. Aflleje, tracing their pre-war years to present. A
         discussion on their diet and longevity are included.
         Available:     Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                        Health and Social Services.


         Annual Governor's Conference on Aging Proceedings; Department of
         Public Health and Social Services; annually. Identifies the
         needs of senior citizens.
         Available:     Division of Senior Citizens, Department of Public
                        Health and Social Services.



         HANDICAPPED


         Gumal Mami (Our Home); author not stated; not dated. Non-profit
         corporation brochure which describes the services, eligibility,
         history and mission of Gumal Mami supervised home care services
         for mentally retarded adults.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Comprehensive Statewide Planning f*r Vocational Rehabilitation
         Services - Final Report - Part I, II, III-A,B,C; Lou Huntley,
         Project Director; May 1969. A three-part report of a study
         spanning two years. Presents results of a two-year study to
         develop a plan that would afford services to all of Guam's
         handicapped persons, eligible and willing to participate in the
         program, by 1975. Part I generally describes the methodology
         behind the study, the participants, and the methods of collecting
         the data. Part II details the findings and recommendations of
         the survey, particularly the "House-to-Hut" survey which provided
         the majority of information for the report. Part III is composed
         of three sepa-rate sections which contain separate reports on
         research and sub-projects that support and supplement the overall
         plan. Section A presents an overview of the sociological makeup
         of Guam and other influences that affect DVR services. Section B
         covers the problems and aspirations of the youth of Guam.
         Section C includes consumer comments and comparative statistics
         relevant to the "House-to-Hut" survey and other pertinent







                                         237








          SOC 18



          reports. Statistical information is from the late 1960's; but
          the document is extremely interesting.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning.

          Survey of Resources and Needs of the mentally Retarded with
          Special Problems; Robert K. Lee and John D. Rowe; June 1971. A
          survey of Guam's resources for the mentally retarded with special
          problems including cerebral palsy and epilepsy, with the purpose
          of determining the areas of unmet service needs for persons with
          these disabilities. The survey, analysis, and recommendations
          cover the following areas: Preventive Services, Basic and
          Supportive Services, Training of Personnel, and Public Interest
          and Education Groups.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Statewide Planning for  Vocational Rehabilitation Services, Guam
          1974-1979; Division of  Vocational Rehabilitation; May 1973.
          Results of a survey of  the major health and social agencies
          undertaken to estimate  the size of the disabled population on
          Guam. Tables show the   disabling condition, age, and sex of the
          disabled. The-current   figures were compared to data collected in
          1968 for the same purpose. Projections of the agency caseload
          and activities for the years 1974-1979 were made based on the
          survey findings, current national and community priorities, and
          past service records. A final section appended to this report
          outlines agency accomplishments since 1968.
          Available:   , Department of Vocational Rehabilitation.

          uuam conference on Handicapped Individuals; author not stated;
          1977. Outlines the issues and discussions of a two-day
          conference held in November 1977 which dealt with the concerns of
          handicapped people on Guam. This report covers issues such as
          education, health, and social concerns. conclusions and
          recommendations for each of these issues are presented.
          Available:     Guam Health Planning and Development Agency.

          Development Disabilities Comprehensive Evaluation System for
          Guam; Department of Vocational Rehabilitation; 1980. A system of
          evaluating the effectiveness of the Life Skill Center Program and
          its impact on the development of the severely handicapped.
          Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

          Technical Assistance Consultation Report--Guam Rehabilitation and
          Workshop Center; Andrew F. Liersch; January 1981. Presents the
          findings and recommendations of the study to review the Guam
          Rehabilitation and Workshop Center from a general "business
          operation" standpoint. This study defines major improvement or
          expansion opportunities for existing products, services, and
          markets; defines new products, services, and markets; and







                                          238








                                                                       SOC 19



          recommends improved workshop management and workshop
          organization.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          25 Years of Vocational Rehabilitation on Guam 1958 - 1983;
          Department of Vocational Rehabilitation; 1983. A booklet which
          describes the history and programs of the handicapped on Guam
          available through the Department of Vocational Rehabilitation
          since 1958.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          State Plan for Mental Retardation Project, FY 1979, 1980, F
          1981-1985; Department of Public Health and Social Services.
          These plans detail the Home Training Program for Children with
          Delayed Development since 1979 and through 1985. These plans
          list legislation, needs and description of the population,
          available and planned services and goals of the program. Also
          listed are administrative organization and operational plans, and
          program evaluation goals.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          The Vocational Rehabilitation's Three Year State Plan 1989-1991.
          Department of Vocational Rehabilitation; 1988. A plan amendment
          to the Guam Three Year State Plan for Vocational Rehabilitation
          services to implement the Innovation and Expansion Grant program
          which is designed to assist severely handicapped persons in their
          transition from special education programs to employment.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Guam State Plan for Rehabilitation Facilities, FY 1988-91;
          Department of Vocational Rehabilitation; 1988. A facilities plan
          which includes a description summary of the plan, an inventory of
          rehabilitation facilities, present utilization of facilities, the
          needs of clients and subsequent plan, and methods used to ensure
          the appropriate use of the Department of Vocational
          Rehabilitation facilities.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Supported Employment Services,.FY 1989; Department of Vocational
          Rehabilitation; 1988. Project intended to provide services to
          individuals who, because of the severity of their disabilities,
          would not traditionally be eligible for vocational rehabilitation
          services.
          Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

          Developmental Disabilities Fiscal Year 1990-1991 Two Year
          Transitional State Plan for Guam; Department of Vocational
          Rehabilitation; 1989. The plan constitutes Guam's presentation
          of its planning outcome. The service component of this plan is
          the Developmental Disabilities Special Program for unserved
          adults. Vocational Workshop training is provided as a vehicle to





                                          239








           SOC 20


           enhance the employment opportunities of this target population on
           Guam.
           Available: Bureau of Planning Library.

           SOCIAL SERVICES DIRECTORIES


           Services Directory for Displaced Homemakers; Agency for Human
           Resources Development; 1980. Designed in report form, this
           directory lists services available as of 1980 for displaced
           homemakers, including: child care, education and training,
           employment services, transportation, housing, legal assistance,
           medical/dental assistance, senior citizen's services and
           counseling therapy services.
           Available:,     Bureau of Planning Library.

           Guam Occupational Information: A Directory of Sources and
           Services; Guam Occupational Information Coordinating Committee;
           1981. This directory lists sources and services of occupational
           and training information.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Human Services Directory; Department of Mental Health and
           Substance Abuse; March 1981. A directory of organizations and
           agencies on Guam that offer services in the following
           categories: Income and Economic Support; Material Needs;
           Protection; Environmental Conditions; Health Services; Education;
           Personal, Family and Well Being; Community and Social Support
           Services. For each agency/organization the entry includes the
           telephone number, location, office hours, program director,
           eligibility requirements, fees, intake procedures, and services
           provided.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           Access: A Guide to the Human Services System of Guam; Department
           of Youth Affairs; 1985. Directory for individuals needing to
           identify or contact accessible human services available on Guam.
           Available:      Bureau of Planning Library.

           1988 Services Directory for Senior Citizens; Division of Senior
           Citizens, Department of Public Health and Social Services; 1987.
           This'directory lists the agencies, clinics, offices, and
           individuals whose services have a bearing on the needs of the
           elderly. The entries are presented in major categories
           addressing those needs. Each entry gives the telephone,
           location, contact person, and office hours, and briefly explains
           the services provided and eligibility, if applicable. These
           index and entries are presented in major categories: Emergency
           Numbers, Senior Citizens Services, Social Support Services,
           Income and Economic Opportunities, Housing and Transportation,







                                            240








                                                                     SOC 21



         Health-Related Services, Recreation and Adult Education, and
         Spiritual and Cultural Affairs.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Territory of Guam, Youth Directory, 1987; Tenth Guam Youth
         Congress; 1987. This directory lists youth leaders, offices,
         organizations, services, events, activities, programs, public
         functions, achievements, and endeavors.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library.

         Ayudante: Human Resources Service Directory; Guam Association of
         Social Workers, 1989. A directory of human resource agencies and
         organizations that offer services in the following areas: abused
         children, abused spouses, adult offenders, catastrophically ill,
         chronically ill, college students, drug abusers, economically
         disadvantaged, emotionally handicapped, elderly, families,
         handicapped adults, handicapped youth, health professionals,
         hearing impaired, homebound, homeless, mentally handicapped,
         pregnant women, problem drinkers, seeing impaired, single
         parents, unemployed, veterans, victims, women's programs, youth,
         preschool, teenagers, youth offenders, and advocacy programs.
         Federal programs, Government of Guam programs, military and
         private programs are all listed. Information about the Guam
         Association of Social Workers is provided, as well as information
         on how to update the directory annually.
         Available:     Bureau of Planning Library and Guam Association of
                        Social Workers.







































                                         241
























































































                                                               242








               Absenteeism--Pubtic Schools     . . . .   EDU     6,9,10-13           Army Corps of Engineers     . . . . . .    ENV    9
               Accident Analysis, Highways     . . . .   TRN     5                                                              LND    8
               Accountabftity--Education     . . . . .   EDU     17                  Arrest Reports      . . . . . . . . . .    SAF    3-6
               Achang Bay Marina     . . . . . . . .     ENV     30,31               Arterial Streets     . . . . . . . . .     TRN    3
               Achievement Tests   . . . . . . . . .     EDU     12-13.16            Arts and Humanities     . . . . . . . .    HIS    18-19
               Acquired Immunity Deficiency Syndrome                                 Asan Flood Control Studies       . . . .   ENV    53
               (AIDS) . . . .                            NTH     38-39               Atlas of Reefs and Beaches       . . . .   ENV    16,18,19,52
               Administrative R@tes'ar"d'Re'gu'ta'tion's                             Atlas, Agroclimatic     . . . . . . . .    AGR    11
               (Government of Guam)     . . . . . . .    ECN     53-60                                                          GEO    33
               Adult Education   . . . . . . . . . .     EDU     18,21-22            Atlas, Street    . . . . . . . . . . .     MAP    10
               Agana Bay     . . . . . . . . . . . . .   ENV     17,20,34,52-                                                   TRN    2
                                                                 55                  Aviation    . . . . . . . . . . . . .      TRM    7-11
               Agana Bay Waterfront     . . . . . . .    LND     14                  Bar Association     . . . . . . . . . .    ECU    61
               Agana-Chaot River Basin    . . . . . .    ENV     15                  Bats    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      BIO    6-7
               Agana Deep-Draft Harbor    . . . . . .    ENV     33                                                             ENV    12-13
               Agana Marina    . . . . . . . . . . .     PRK     8-9                 Beaches   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV    16,18,19,
                                                         ENV     29,30,31,33                                                           49-55
               Adana Ocean OutfaLL   . . . . . . . .     ENV     43                                                             LND    11
               Agana River   . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV     51,54,61            Beverage Containers     . . . . . . . .    ENV    46
               Agana Sewer System    . . . . . . . .     ENV     61,62               Bibliographies      . . . . . . . . . .    AGR    2
               Agana Spr f rigs . . . . . . . . . . .    GEO     20                                                             ENV    2-3,14
               Agana Springs Mature Reserve     . . .    ENV     15                                                             GEO    26,28
               Agana Swamp   . . . .. . . . . . . . .    ENV     18,19                                                          REF    2-5
                                                         GEO     9                   Bicultural Education      . . . . . . .    EDU    22-26
               Agat Say      . . . . . . . . . . . . .   ENV     31,32               Bicycling Program    . . . . . . . . .     TRW    2
               Agat Sewage Treatment Plant     . . . .   ENV     ", 61               Bilateral Aviation      . . . . . . . .    TRN    9
               Agat Sewer System   . . . . . . . . .     ENV     62                  Bilingual Education     . . . . . . . .    EDU    22-26
               Agat Small Boat Harbor     . . . . . .    ENV     32                  Biomass Energy      . . . . . . . . . .    ENR    10,11
               Aging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       SOC     13-17               Birds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      810    2,8-13
               Agricultural Experiment    Station  .     .AGR    3                                                              ENV    12,14
               Agricultural Water    . . . . . . . .     AGR     9                   Births/Birth Rates      . . . . . . . .    NTH    27
                                                         GEO     5,6,9,11                                                       POP    12-13,29,31
               Agriculture   . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR     2-19                Black Francotin     . . . . . . . . . .    BID    13
                                                         GEO     24,27,28,33         Blind Students      . . . . . . . . . .    EDU    27
               Agriculture Statistics     . . . . . .    AGR     3-4                   (see also Handicapped)
               Agroctimatic Atlas    . . . . . . . .     AGR     11                  Board of Education      . . . . . . . .    EDU    4,5
                                                         GEO     33                  Boating Activity     . . . . . . . . .     PRK    8-9
               A I CLIZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    NAP     12                  Boating Facilities      . . . . . . . .    ENV    29-33
                                                         TRN     8-9                 Bridges   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      TRN    3-4
               Aid to Families With Dependent                                        Brown Tree Snake     . . . . . . . . .     810    8-9,12,13
               Children (AFDC)     . . . . . . . . .     SOC     11-13               Building Construction     . . . . . . .    ENR    12
               Air Installation Compatible     Use  Zone NAP     12                                                             ENV    55-56
                                                         TRW     8-9                                                            LWD    4-8,14-15
               Air Quality   . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV     20-22               Building Law     . . . . . . . . . . .     LND    6
               Air Terminal    . . . . . . . . . . .     TRN     7-11                Building Permits     . . . . . . . . .     HSG    6
                                                         ENV     22.23                                                          LND    7
                                                         GEO     11                  Bureau of Reclamation     Studies  . . .   GEO    10
               Air Transportation    . . . . . . . .     TRN     7-11                Bus System    . . . . . . . . . . . .      TRN    6-7
               Aircraft Noise    . . . . . . . . . .     TRW     10                  Business Community      . . . . . . . .    ECN    60-62
               Airline Arrivals    . . . . . . . . .     TRN     10                  Business Directories      . . . . . . .    ECN    60-62
               Airline Deregulation     . . . . . . .    TRN     9                   Cabotage Laws    . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR    23,26
                                                         ECW     28-30                                                          ECN    28-30
               Airport  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      TRW     7-11                                                           TRN    8,9
               Airport Industrial Park    . . . . . .    TRN     9                   Cabras Island    . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    31
               Alcohol Abuse   . . . . . . . . . . .     EDU     11,14                                                          TRN    12
                                                         NTH     20-23                                                          ENR    8-10
               Alien Investment    . . . . . . . . .     ECN     26-28               Cabras Island Power Plant     . . . . .    ENV    40,42
                                                         POP     17                  Cannery   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      AGR    8,30
                                                         LUD     15                  Capital Improvements      . . . . . . .    ECW    37-38
               Alien Labor Policy    . . . . . . . .     ECN     26-28               Capital Improvements-Education       .  .  EDU    2-8
               Alternate Energy Sources      . . . . .   ENR     6,7-13              Career Education     . . . . . . . . .     EDU    18-22
               Ammunition Wharf Studies      . . . . .   ENV     23-24               Catholic Education      . . . . . . . .    EDU    2
               Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis      (ALS)  NTH     32-34               Census of Agriculture     . . . . . . .    AGR    3
               Andersen Air Force Base Water      System GEO     23                  Census of Population      . . . . . . .    POP    2-6
               Annulments    . . . . . . . . . . . .     POP     13                    (see also Population    Information)
               Apra Harbor   . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENR     B-10                Chamorro Culture     . . . . . . . . .     EDU    22-26
                                                         ENV     17,19,24,31                                                    POP    6-31
                                                                 34,36               Chamorro Language    . . . . . . . . .     EDU    22-26
                                                         TRN     11-13                                                          POP    15-31
               AquacuLture   . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR     2,19-22             Child Abuse   . . . . . . . . . . . .      POP    13-14
               Aquatic Ecosystems, Inland      . . . .   ENV     2,20                                                           SOC    11-13
               Archeology    . . . . . . . . . . . .     HIS     2-18





                                                                            243








                  Chi Ld Care    . . . . . . . . . . . .   HTH   13-16                Deer   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      BID    2,5&6
                                                           SOC   11-13                Demographic Studies    . . . . . . . .    POP    2-4,17-31
                  Child Nutrition Education    . . . . .   HTH   16-17                Demographic Transition      . . . . . .   POP    2-6,25,31
                  Child Protective Services    . . . . .   SOC   11-13                Dental Health   . . . . . . . . . . .     HTH    18-19
                  Child Welfare  . . . . . . . . . . .     SOC   11-13                Department  of  Corrections   . . . . .   SAF    12-14
                  Civic Center   .. . . . . . . . . . .    HIS   IS                   Department of   Education   . . . . . .   EDU    2-31
                  Civil Litigation   . . . . . . . . .     SAF   12                   Department  of  Land Management
                  Classroom Statistics         . . . . . . .EDU  B-10                  Records    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     LND    16
                  Clearinghouse Review,        A-95 . . . .ECK   58                   Department of   Law  . . . . . . . . .    REF    6-7
                  Climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      GEO   31-34                                                          SOC    12
                  Coastal Surveys  . . . . . . . . . .     ENV   16,18,19             Department  of  Mental Health and
                  Cocos Lagoon .               . . . . .   ENV 25,26,29,30,33          Substance  Abuse    . . . . . . . . .    HTH    19-22
                                   - ;d@r;     ;nd                                    Department  of Parks and Recreation
                  Code of Civil Proc                                                                                            PRK    6
                  Probate Code of Guam         . . . . . . .REF  7                    Department  of  Revenue and Taxation      ECK    31-35
                  Codes of Guam  . . . . . . . . . . .     REF   6-8                                                            LND    16-17
                  Commercial Port of Guam      . . . . . . TRN   11-15                Derby-Fishes    . . . . . . . . . . .     BID    17
                  Communicable Diseases        . . . . . . .NTH  36-38                Development Review Committee      . . .   LNO    9
                  (see also Diseases)                                                 Developmental Disabilities      . . . .   EDU    27
                  Community College (Guam)     . . . . .   EDU   17-22                                                          SOC    17-19
                  Community Design Plan        . . . . . . .LND  3                    Directories   . . . . . . . . . . . .     BIO    3
                                                           MAP   11                                                             ECK    60-62
                  Community Development        . . . . . . .SOC  2-7                                                            ENR    13
                  Community Surveys and Profiles           POP   16-18                                                          ENV    2,3
                                                           SOC   2-7                                                            SOC    20-21
                  Comprehensive  Law Enforcement                                      Disaster Preparedness/Ptaming             SAF    14-17
                  Planning  . . . . . . . .    *. . . .    SAF   2-3                  Diseases    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     HTH    29-36
                  Comprehensive  Planning      . . . . . . ECK   2-60                  (see also Communicable     Disease)
                  Comprehensive  Planning - Military       ECK   3                    Displaced Homemakers      . . . . . . .   POP    8-13
                  Congressional  Hearings about Guam       ECK   15-26                Division of Aquatic    and
                  Conservation   . . . . . . . . . . .     BIO   2-13                  Wildlife Resources    . . . . . . . .    810    4
                                                           ENR   3-6,11-13            Divorce   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     POP    11,13
                                                           ENV   3-9                  Dredging    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    29-33
                                                           GEO   5,8,9                Drilling Logs   . . . . . . . . . . .     GEO    12
                                                           LND   15                   Dropouts    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     EDU    6,9-11,13
                                                           PRK   2-8                  Drug Abuse    . . . . . . . . . . . .     HTH    19-23
                  Construction Costs           . . . . . . . .LND2                                                              EDU    11,14
                  Contract Teachers .          . . . . . . . .EDU 29-31               Earthquakes   . . . . . . . . . . . .     GEO    30-31
                  Conventional Enhanced        Release                                                                          SAF    15-17
                  Training  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV   27                   Economic Census   . . . . . . . . . .     ECK    13
                  Cooperative Extension        Service . . .EDU  15                   Economic Development      . . . . . . .   ECK    2-62
                                                           POP   8,12                 Economic Development Plans      . . . .   ECK    2-10
                  Coral Dredging   . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   22                   Ecosystems    . . . . . . . . . . . .     BID    2,3
                  Coral Harvesting   . . . . . . . . .     AGR   22,31                                                          ENV    2,3,15-20,23-
                                                           BIO   16                                                                    34,36.39-45,
                  Coral Reef Communities       . . . . . . BIO   2,18                                                                  50-56,63-64
                                                           ENV   12,13,15,17,                                                   GEO    7
                                                                 20,25-26,39-45       Education   . . . . .             . . .   EDU    2-31
                  Coral Road Paving  . . . . . . . . .     TRN   4                    Education,  Accountability    . . . . .   EDU    17
                  Correctional Facilities      . . . . . . SAF   12-14                Education,  Audits   . . . . . . . . .    EDU    17
                  Council on Arts and Humanities           HIS   18-19                Education,  Catholic   . . . . . . . .    EDu    2
                  (CAHA)                                                              Education,  Development Plans     . . .   EDU    2-8
                  Courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       SAF   10-12                Education,  Energy   . . . . . . . . .    ENR    12,13
                  Crime Reports  . . . . . . . . . . .     SAF   3-4                  Education,  Environmental     . . . . .   ENV    11-15
                  Crime Statistics   . . . . . . . . .     SAF   3-6                  Education,  Facilities    . . . . . . .   EDU    5-8
                  Criminal and Correctional Code    .  .   REF   7                    Education,  Federal Programs    . . . .   EDU    7-31
                  criminal Justice Planning    . . . . .   SAF   2-3                  Education,  Management    . . . . . . .   EDU    2-8
                  Criminal Procedure Code      . . . . . . REF   7                    Education,  Master Plans    : . . . . .   EDU    2-8
                  Crippled Children's Services    . . .    EDU   27                   Education,  Program Planning    . . . .   EDU    14-17
                                                           SOC   17-19                Education,  Statistics    . . . . . . .   EDU    B-10
                  Crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      AGR   2-14                  (see also  Guam Community    College,
                  Cross-cutturaL Education     . . . . .   EDU   22-26                  University of Guam)
                  Crown of Thorns's Starfish    . . . .    ENV   15,20                Education, Studies     . . . . . . . .    EDU    10-14
                  Crustaceans    . . . . . . . . . . . .   AGR   28                   Education, Vocational     . . . . . . .   EDU    17-22
                  Cultural Change  . . . . . . . . . .     POP   6-31                 Elderly   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     SOC    13-17
                  Cultural Resources           . . . . . . . .HIS 2-17                Elections   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ECK    55,57
                                                           POP   6-31                 Electric Power    . . . . . . . . . .     ENR    2-13
                  Curriculum Evaluation        . . . . . . .EDU  14-17                                                          ENV    21,22
                  Curriculum Planning          . . . . . . . .EDU 14-17               Emergency Medical Services      . . . .   HTH    24,25
                  Deaf Children  . . . . . . . . . . .     EDU   27                                                             SAF    17
                                                           SOC   17-19                Emergency Planning     . . . . . . . .    SAF    14-17
                  Deaths/Death Rates           . . . . . . . .HTH 26-28               Emotionally Deprived Children     . . .   EDU    27
                                                           POP   13                                                             SOC    17-19






                                                                             244









               Emptoyment/Emptoyment Information      .  ECW    44-49,51-53           Government Code of Guam     . . . . . .   REF    6-8
               Endangered Species    . . . . . . . .     BIO    2-4,12-13             Government of Guam. Administration        ECW    53-60
                                                         ENV    12.14                 Government of Guam Annual Reports .       ECM    58
               Energy Conservation   . . . . . . . .     ENR    3-6,11-13             Gross Island Product     . . . . . . .    ECN    11
               Energy Procurement    . . . . . . . .     ENR    5                     Growth Policy  . . . . . . . . . . .      AGR    7
               Enrollment Statistics-Schoots    . . .    EDU    8-10                  Guam Agricultural Experiment Station AGR         3
               Environmental Health     . . . . . . .    NTH    39-41                 Guam Airport Authority      . . . . . .   GEO    11
               Environmental Impact Review Process       ENV    10-11                                                           TRN    7-11
               Environmental Impact Statements           ENV    4,22-34,39-           Guam Annual Ecorxxnic Review   . . . .    ECM    15
                                                                45,50-56,63-          Gum  Bar (see also Lawyers)    . . . .    REF    8
                                                                64                                                              ECM    61
               Environmental Policy     . . . . . . .    ENV    3-11                  Guam Business Directories     . . . . .   ECU    60-62
               Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)        ECN    59                    Gum  Coastal Management Program           ENV    4
               Ethnic Group Studies     . . . . . . .    POP    8,15-31                                                         LND    7
               Exclusive Economic Zone    . . . . . .    AGR    31                    Guam Code Annotated    . . . . . . . .    REF    6-8
                                                         ENV    10                    Guam Community College (GCC)       . . .  EDU    17-22
               Executive orders     . . . . . . . . .    REF    6                     Guam Comprehensive Study for Water
               Exports  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ECN    3-10,28-31             and Related Lard Resources . . . .       GEO    13
               Family   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      POP    6-8,11,14--15         Guam Contractors License Board . .        LND    14
               Family Planning   . . . . . . . . . .     NTH    14-16                 Guam Ecormnic Development Authority       ECM    13
               Farms and Farm Data   . . . . . . . .     AGR    3-11                   (GEDA)
               Federal Consistency   . . . . . . . .     ENV    28                    Guam Energy Office     . . . . . . . .    ENR    13
                                                         LND    7                     Guam International Air Terminal           ENV    22-23
               Federal Lands   . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR    5                                                               GEO    11
                                                         ENV    8,26-28,37                                                      TRM    7-11
                                                         LND    12-14                 Guam Legislature     . . . . . . . . .    REF    6
                                                         TRN    10,11                 Guam Mass Transit Authority    . . . .    TRN    7
               Federat-Territorial Relations     . . .   ECN    15-26                 Guam Master Plan     . . . . . . . . .    LUD    2
               Fena Reservoir Studies     . . . . . .    GEO    13                    Guam Memorial Hospital      . . . . . .   NTH    23-26
               Fertility Indicators and Rates . .        POP    12-13,29,31           Guam National Seashore Park    . . . .    PRK    6,7
                (see also Demographic Information)                                    Guam Penitentiary Site Feasibility
               Fetal Mortality   . . . . . . . . . .     POP    13                     Studies   . . . . . . . . . . . . .      SAF    12-14
                                                         NTH    5,27                  Guam Power Authority     . . . . . . .    ENR    2-6,11
               Fire Prevention   . . . . . . . . . .     AGR    5                                                               ENV    22
               Fisheries   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR    20,22-34              Guam Public Libraries    . . . . . . .    REF    3
                                                         BIO    16-18                 Guam Rail  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      810    9-13
               Fisheries Survey     . . . . . . . . .    AGR    22,34                 Guam Seashore Study Area      . . . . .   ENV    19
                                                         810    16,17                                                           GEO    7
               Fishes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      BIO    16-18                 Guam Statistical Abstract     . . . . .   ECH    15
               Fishing Laws and Regulations      . . .   AGR    26,29,33              Guam Territorial Seashore     Park   . .  PRK    3
                                                         ECN    29-30                 H-2 Alien Labor   . . . . . . . . . .     ECN    26-28
               Fishing Vessels   . . . . . . . . . .     AGR    24,25                 Handicapped   . . . . . . . . . . . .     EDU    27
                                                         TRN    14                                                              SOC    17-19
               Flight Arrivals   . . . . . . . . . .     TRN    10,11                 Harbor of Refuge, Apra Harbor      . . .  ENV    31-33
               Flood Control   . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    49-55                                                           PRK    8
               Flood Insurance   . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    54                                                              TRN    12
               Flora  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      AGR    6                     Harbors ., . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV    23-24,29-34
                                                         BIO 4-5,13-15                                                          TRN    11-14
               Food Price Index     . . . . . . . . .    ECN    14                    Hazardous Waste   . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    10,34-39
               Food Stamps   . . . . . . . . . . . .     SOC    3-5,8,9               Head Start    . . . . . . . . . . . .     EDU    28-29
               Forest Fires    . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR    5                     Headwaters of Streams    . . . . . . .    GEO    6
               Forestry    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR    4-6                   Health   and Substance Abuse   . . . .    NTH    19-22
                                                         ENV    63                    Health   Care History/Information    . .  NTH    2-39
               Fouha Bay   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    19                    Health   Information Systems   . . . .    NTH    26-29
               Freshwater Supply    . . . . . . . . .    ENV    56                    Health   Manpower and  Facilities    . .  NTH    23-26
                                                         GEO    2-18                  Health   Planning . . . . . . . . . .     NTH    2-4
               Freshwater Use Customs     . . . . . .    GEO    8.11                  Health   Problems . . . . . . . . . .     NTH    29-36
                                                         POP    19 21                 Health   Surveys  . . . . . . . . . .     NTH    9
               Fruit Bats    . . . . . . . . . . . .     B10    6,i                   Heroin   Use  . . . . . . . . . . . .     NTH    19-23
                                                         ENV    12,13                 Highway Planning     . . . . . . . . .    TRM    2-6
               Fruits and Vegetables    . . . . . . .    AGR    12-14                 Highway Safety    . . . . . . . . . .     TRW    5-6
               Funerals    . . . . . . . . . . . . .     POP    6                     Historic Preservation    . . . . . . .    HIS    2-3
               General Aviation     . . . . . . . . .    ENV    23                    Historical Site Studies     . . . . . .   HIS    3-18
                                                         TRM    7,9                   Hospital Administration     . . . . . .   NTH    23-26
               Geologic Studies     . . . . . . . . .    ENV    12                    Hospital Services    . . . . . . . . .    NTH    23-26
                                                         GEO    2-12,30-31            Housing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      MSG    2-5
                                                         MAP    8                     Housing and Urban Development      . . .  LMD    4
               Geus River    . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    16,50,52,54           Housing Assistance     . . . . . . . .    MSG    2-3
               Gitan Beach   . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    27                    Housing Laws and Regulations       . . .  MSG    6
               Global Warming    . . . . . . . . . .     GEo    33                                                              LUD    4-8
                                                         ENV    51                    Housing Surveys   . . . . . . . . . .     MSG    3-6
               Golf Course Deve('F P t Studies           ENV    29                    Human Services Directory      . . . . .   SOC    20-21





                                                                            245









                  Hydroelectric Power   . . . . . . . .    ENR   9,10                 Marine Resources     . . . . . . . . .   AGR     19-34
                  Hydrology  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV   19                                                            BID     2-3,16-18
                                                           GEO   2-18                                                          ENV     5.8.10
                  Immigration and Nationality   Act        ECN   27                                                            GEO     29
                  Immigration Policy    . . . . . . . .    ECN   26-28                Marriages  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     NTH     27
                  Immigration Statistics    . . . . . .    ECU   26-28                                                         POP     13
                  Immunization Reports    . . . . . . .    NTH   36@                  Mass Transit   . . . . . . . . . . .     TRN     6-7
                  Imports    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   ECN   3-10,28-31           Masters Theses    . . . . . . . . . .    REF     5
                  Improvement District    . . . . . . .    LND   5                    Maternal Child Health    . . . . . . .   NTH     13-16
                  Income     . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   ECN   49,50                Medicaid   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     NTH     13,26
                  Industrial Parks   . . . . . . . . .     TRN   9                    Medical Examiner     . . . . . . . . .   NTH     28
                  Infant Mortality   . . . . . . . . .     NTH   5,27                 Medical Records information    System    NTH     26-29
                                                           POP   13                   Medically Indigent Program     . . . .   NTH     8,11
                  Infectious Diseases   . . . . . . . .    NTH   36-39                medicinal Plants     . . . . . . . . .   BID     15
                  Infrastructure   . . . . . . . . . .     ECN   2-10                                                          NTH     13
                  (see also Comprehensive Planning)        RAP   12                   Mental Health and Substance Abuse
                  Inland Aquatic Ecosystems   . . . . .    ENV   2                     Agency (Department of Mental    Health
                                                           GEO   7                     and Substance Abuse)    . . . . . . .   NTH     19-22
                  Insects    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   AGR   5,15-16              Mentally Retarded Children     . . . .   EDU     27
                                                           810   4                                                             SOC     17-19
                  Insular Arts Council    . . . . . . .    HIS   18-19                Merizo Small Boat Harbor     . . . . .   ENV     30,33
                  Integrated Rene able Resource                                       Micronesian Students     . . . . . . .   EDU     12-13
                  Management     . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   32                   Migration  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     POP     15-31
                                                           ENV   6-8                  Military Geology     . . . . . . . . .   GEO     3
                  Irrigation   . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   9                    Military Lands    . . . . . . . . . .    AGR     5
                                                           GEO   5,6,9,11                                                      ENV     8,26-28,37
                  Istand-Wide Power System    . . . . .    ENR   2-6                                                           TRN     10,11
                  Jaits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     SAF   12-14                                                         LND     12-14
                  Job Training   . . . . . . . . . . .     ECN   51-53                Military Population    . . . . . . . .   POP     2-6
                  Joint Use Agreement-GIAT and WAS     .   TRN   8                    Mollusks   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     B10     16,17
                  Jones Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   26                   Mortality  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     NTH     5,27
                                                           ECW   28,29                                                         POP     13
                                                           TRN   8,9                  Motor Vehicle Statistics     . . . . .   TRN     5
                  Judiciary  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     SAF   10-12                Namo River Flood Control Studies      .  ENV     49,50
                  Juvenile Crime   . . . . . . . . . .     SAF   8-10                 Natality   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     NTH     27
                  Labor Force  . . . . . . . . . . . .     ECN   44-49                                                         POP     13
                  Lard Development Projects   . . . . .    ENV   55-56                National Park Service    . . . . . . .   PRK     6-8
                                                           LND   14-15                Natural Resources Management     . . .   AGR     32
                  Land Tenure  . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV   9                                                             ENR     7-12
                                                           LND   15                                                            ENV 3-9
                  Land Use   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     LND   2-17                                                          LUD     2,3
                  Land-Use Laws  . . . . . . . . . . .     LND   4-10                 Naval Air Station    . . . . . . . . .   ECN     3
                  Language   . . . . . . . . . . . . .     EDU   22-26                                                         TRN     8-10
                                                           POP   16,19,27.32          Naval Station Landfill    . . . . . .    ENV     48
                  Latte  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     HIS   3-18                 Navy and the Guam Power   Authority   .  ENR     3-5
                  Law Enforcement  Planning   . . . . .    SAF   2-4                                                           ENV     21
                  Laws of Guam   . . . . . . . . . . .     REF   6-7                  Navy, Regional Profiles   . . . . . .    ECW     3
                  Lawyers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   ECN   61                   Navy Water System    . . . . . . . . .   GEO     24
                                                           REF   7                    Noise Exposure    . . . . . . . . . .    TRN     8-10
                  Legislature  . . . . . . . . . . . .     REF   6                    Non-immigrant Alien Employment     .  .  ECN     26-28
                  Libraries  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     REF   3                    Northern Guam Lens Studies     . . . .   GEO     15-17
                  LifestyLes   . . . . . . . . . . . .     POP   6-31                 Nuclear Waste  . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV     34-39
                  LimnoLogicat Surveys    . . . . . . .    ENV   19                   Nursing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     NTH     24,25
                                                           GEO   13                   Nutrition  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     NTH     16-18
                  Livestock  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   18-19                Occupations and Employment     . . . .   ECW     "-49
                  Lobster    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   AGR   23,25,26             Ocean Freight  . . . . . . . . . . .     Ecw     28-30
                  Magnuson Fishery Conservation   and                                                                          TRM     11-15
                  Management Act   . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   26,29                Ocean Sewage Outfall     . . . . . . .   ENV     43-45
                  Mangrove Habitat   . . . . . . . . .     Bio   2,3                  Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion          ENR     7-11
                                                           ENV 36                                                              ENV 34
                  Maps   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     MAP   2-20                 Ocean Transportation     . . . . . . .   TRW     11-15
                  Marianas Archipelago    . . . . . . .    AGR   29                   Oil Spills   . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV     34-39
                                                           ENV   2                    Open Dumping   . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV     47,49
                  Marinas    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   ENV   29-34                Ordot Landfill    . . . . . . . . . .    AGR     17
                                                           PRK   8,9                                                           ENV 48,49
                                                           TRW   14                                                            GEO     23
                  MaricuLture  . . . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   19-22                Organic Act of Guam    . . . . . . . .   ECH     23
                  Marine Geology   . . . . . . . . . .     ENV   10                   Ornithological Survey    . . . . . . .   810     10
                                                           GEO   4                    Orote Point  . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV     24
                  Marine Lab Bibliography   . . . . . .    ENV   3                    Outdoor Recreation     . . . . . . . .   PRK     2-9
                  Marine Minerals  . . . . . . . . . .     ENV   10                   Parasitic Diseases     . . . . . . . .   NTH     36-41
                                                           GEO   29                    (see also Diseases)






                                                                             246








                Park Facilities Listing      . . . . . .    PRK  5                       Reproduction Rates      . . . . . . . .     HTH   27
                Park Maintenance      . . . . . . . . .     PRK  4-6                                                                 POP   13.29.31
                Parking Studies    . . . . . . . . . .      TRN  4                       Reptiles    . . . . . . . . . . . . .       610   S-9
                Parkinsonism-Dementia     . . . . . . .     HTH  32-34                   Residential Construction       . . . . .    EUR   12
                Parks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        ENV  5,7,8                                                               LWD   4-8
                                                            PRK  2-8                     Retailing   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ECN   3-15,28-31
                Parole Statistics     . . . . . . . . .     SAF  12                      Retarded Children, Education of       .  .  EDU   27
                Paseo de Susana Shore     Protection    .   ENV  53                      Revenues    . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ECM   31-35
                Penitentiary     . . . . . . . . . . .      SAF  12-14                   Rivers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ENV   49-55
                Pesticides    . . . . . . . . . . . .       AGR  16-18                                                               GEO   6,22
                                                            GEO  21,23,24                Road Inventory      . . . . . . . . . .     TRW   2
                Pests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        AGR  5,15-16                 Roadside Marketing      . . . . . . . .     AGR   10
                Petroleum Reserve     . . . . . . . . .     ENR  3                       ROTHR  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        ENV   28
                Philippine Turtle Dove       . . . . . .    BID  5,11-13                 Rules and Regulations, Parks        . . .   PRK   4
                Photovottaics    . . . . . . . . . . .      ENR  13                                                                  LMD   4
                Physically Handicapped       . . . . . .    EDU  27                      Rules and Regulations, Small
                                                            SOC  17-19                    Boat Harbor     . . . . . . . . . . .      TRN   14
                Pigs   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        AGR  IS                      Sanitation     . . . . . . . . . . . .      HTH   39-41
                                                            810  5-6                     School Attendance     . . . . . . . . .     EDU   8-14
                Piti Ray    . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ENV  20,39-42,64             School Enrollment     . . . .  : . . . .    EDU   8-10
                Piti Community Development       . . . .    ENV  55                       (see also Education,      Stat Istics)
                Piti Power Plant      . . . . . . . . .     ENV  40-43                   School Planning     . . . . . . . . . .     EDU   2-14
                Plankton Communities      . . . . . . .     AGR  28                      Schools, History of     . . . . . . . .     EDU   2-8
                Planned Unit Development      . . . . .     LND  4,6,10                  Sea Level Rise      . . . . . . . . . .     ENV   51
                Plants   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        AGR  6,11                                                                GEO 33
                                                            810  4-5,13-15               Sea Transportation      . . . . . . . .     TRN   11-15
                Political Status      . . . . . . . . .     ECN  15-26                   Sea Turtle     . . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV   12
                Pollution   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ENV 3,13,20,22,34-           Sea Urchins    . . . . . . . . . . . .      AGR   23
                                                                 39,45-49                                                            BIO   16
                                                            GEO  19                      Seafood   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       AGR   19-34
                Ponding Basins     . . . . . . . . . .      ENV  50                                                                  BID   16
                Population Census     . . . . . . . . .     POP  2-6                     Seismicity     . . . . . . . . . . . .      GEO   30-31
                Population Characteristics       . . . .    POP  2-6                     Sella Bay   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ENV   23-24
                Population Estimates      . . . . . . .     POP  4-6                     Senior Citizens     . . . . . . . . . .     SOC   13-17
                Population Studies      . . . . . . . .     POP  6-31                    Serials   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       REF   2-6
                Port Authority of Guam       . . . . . .    TRN  11-15                   Service Directories     . . . . . . . .     ECN   60-62
                Port Planning    . . . . . . . . . . .      TRN  11-15                                                               SOC   20-21
                Power  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        ENR  2-13                    Session Laws of Guam Legislature         .  REF   6-8
                                                            ENV  21.22                   Sewage Sludge Management       . . . . .    ENV   36
                Power Plants and the                                                     Sewage Treatment and the
                 Marine Environment     . . . . . . . .     ENV  39-43                    Marine Environment     . . . . . . . .     ENV   43-45,61
                Power Pool Agreement      . . . . . . .     ENR  3,5                     Sewer Permits    . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV   58-60
                Prawn Hatchery     . . . . . . . . . .      AGR  19                      Sewer Studies    . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV   60-63
                Prisons  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        SAF  12-14                   Sexual Abuse     . . . . . . . . . . .      POP   11-13
                Private Schools    . . . . . . . . . .      EDU  2,5                                                                 SOC   13,14
                Public  Administration    . . . . . . .     ECN  53-60                   Shellfish   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       BID   16,17
                Pubt ic Assistance Forms     . . . . . .    SOC  7-11                    Shipping Laws    . . . . . . . . . . .      AGR   26
                Public  Lards    . . . . . . . . . . .      LND  10,11                                                               ECM   28-30
                Public  Laws  . . .   ibitit" ' * *  '  '   REF  6-8                                                                 TRN   8,9
                Public  Market Feasi i i     yStudy  .  .   AGR  7                       Shipping Services, Air       . . . . . .    TRN   7-9
                Public  Shoreline Acess      . . . . . .    LND  11                      Shipping Services, Ocean       . . . . .    TRM   11-15
                Public  7 rans i t . . . . . . . . . .      TRW  6-7                     Shore Protection      . . . . . . . . .     ENV   49-55
                Quarries    . . . . . . . . . . . . .       GEO  27                      Shoreline Erosion     . . . . . . . . .     ENV   49-55
                Recreation    . . . . . . . . . . . .       PRK  2-9                     Shoreline Inventory     . . . . . . . .     ENV   16,18,19,52
                                                            LND  2                       Slaughterhouse      . . . . . . . . . .     AGR   18,19
                Recyclable waste      . . . . . . . . .     ENV  48                      Sleepy Lagoon    . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV   31
                Reef Fish   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       AGR  23,24                   Social Planning     . . . . . . . . . .     SOC   2-7
                                                            BID  16-18                   Social Services Directories      . . . .    SOC   20,21
                Reefs and Beaches, Atlas      . . . . .     ENV  16,18,19,52             Social Structure      . . . . . . . . .     POP   17-32
                Reefs and Beaches     . . . . . . . . .     ENV  12,13,15,               Social Welfare      . . . . . . . . . .     SOC   7-13
                                                                 17-20,25-26,            Socio-cuLturat Development       . . . .    POP   6-31
                                                                 39-45,49-55             Socio-economic Development       . . . .    ECM   2-62
                Registered Voters     . . . . . . . . .     ECN  55,57                                                               POP   6-31
                Reteasabte Military Lards     . . . . .     LND  12-13                   Soil Conservation     . . . . . . . . .     AGR   5
                                                            PRK  4                                                                   GEO   26-30
                Religion    . . . . . . . . . . . . .       POP  6                       Soils  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        GEO   26-30
                RetocatabLe Over the Horizon                                             Solar Energy     . . . . . . . . . . .      ENR   3,7-8,11,13
                 Radar Project     . . . . . . . . . .      ENV  28                      Solid Waste    . . . . . . .   : I  I I  I  ENV   35,45-49
                Renewable Resource Management      . . .    AGR  32                      Solid Waste Energy Conversion       . . .   ENR   12,13
                                                            ENR  7-12                    Special Education     . . . . . . . . .     EDU   27
                                                            ENV  3-9                     Spiny Lobster    . . . . . . . . . . .      AGR   23,25,26
                                                            LND  2,3                     standardized Achievement Tests              EDU   12-13,16





                                                                                247










                  Statistical Abstract of   Guam          ECN    15                   Urban Rene at   . . . . . . . . . . .     HSG  2
                  Storm Drainage   . . . . . . . . . .    ENv    49-55,61             Urban Runoff    . . . . . . . . . . .     GEO  19,20
                                                          GEO    19,20                Uruno Beach   . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV  26,28
                  Storm Surge Protection    . . . . . .   ENV    49-55                Vector Control    . . . . . . . . . .     NTH  39-41
                  Street Address Naps   . . . . . . . .   MAP    11                   Vegetables and Fruits    . . . . . . .    AGR  12-14
                  Street Atlas of  Guam     . . . . . . . MAP    10                   Vegetation    . . . . . . . . . . . .     810  13-15
                                                          TRN    2                                                              ENV  20
                  Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     TRN    2-6                  Venereal Disease    . . . . . . . . .     NTH  31#37,38
                  Subdivisions   . . . . . . . . . . .    ENV    55-56                Visa Waivers    . . . . . . . . . . .     TRN  9
                                                          LND    4-5,7,10             Vital Statistics    . . . . . . . . .     NTH  27
                  Submerged Lands  . . . . . . . . . .    LND    11                                                             POP  13
                  Substance Abuse  . . . . . . . . . .    NTH    19-22                Vocational Education     . . . . . . .    EDU  17-22
                  (see also Drug   Abuse)                                             Vocational Rehabilitation    . . . . .    SOC  17-19
                  Substance Abuse  Education  . . . . .   EDU    11-14                Vulnerability Studies    . . . . . . .    SAF  14-17
                  (see also Drug   Abuse Education)                                   Wages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ECN  49-50
                  Superior Court of Guam    . . . . . .   SAF    10-12                War in the Pacific National
                  Surplus Federal Lands     . . . . . . . PRK    4                     Historical Park    . . . . . . . . .     ENV  19,27
                                                          LND    12.13                                                          PRK  7,8
                  Suruhanos . ... . . . . . . . . . .     NTH    13                   War in the Pacific Sites     . . . . .    PRK  5
                  Surveys, Housing      . . . . . . . . . HSG    3-6                  Wastewater Discharge     . . . . . . .    EUR  9
                  Surveys, Land  . . . . . . . . . . .    LND    15                                                             ENV 43-45,49-55
                  Tatofofo Bay   . . . . . . . . . . .    ENV    16,29,50             Wastewater Facilities Plan     . . . .    ENV  57,58
                  Tatofofo Bridge Reconstruction    .  .  ENV    55                   Wastewater Regulatory Activities .        ENV  58-60
                  Tanguisson  . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV    20,22,27             Wastewater Studies    . . . . . . . .     ENV  60-63
                  Tanguisson Power Plant    . . . . . .   ENV    22,39-43             Water  and Energy Research Institute      GEO  11,12
                  Tax Roll  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     LND    17                   Water  Conservation   . . . . . . . .     GEO  5,8,9
                  Taxable Properties    . . . . . . . .   LND    16-17                Water  Facilities Master   Plan   . . .   GEO  11
                  Taxes and Tax Studies     . . . . . . . ECN    31-35                Water  Heating  . . . . . . . . . . .     ENR  7,11
                  Teachers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     EDU    29-31                Water  Pollution, Fresh    . . . . . .    AGR  17
                  Terminal Tariff  . . . . . . . . . .    TRN    12.13                                                          ENV  58-59
                  Terrestrial Communities   . . . . . .   810    4-6                                                            GEO  18-26
                                                          ENV    12,14,17,19          Water  Pollution, Ocean    . . . . . .    AGR  24
                  Territorial Budget    . . . . . . . .   ECN    35-37                                                          ENV  34-39,43-45
                  Territorial Land Use Commission         ENV    11                                                             GEO  18-26
                                                          LND    8,9                  Water  Quality  . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV  15
                  Territorial Park Maintenance    . . .   PRK    4-6                                                            GEO  18-26
                  Territorial Planning Council    . . .   LND    3                    Water  Supply   . . . . . . . . . . .     ENV  56
                  Territorial Seashore Protection                                                                               GEO  2-18,27
                  Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . .     LND    9-10                 Weather  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      GEO  31-34
                  Thermal Pollution     Studies . . . . . ENV    39-43                weeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      810  15
                  Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ECN    38-44                Welfare  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      SOC  2-13
                  Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ECM    28-31                Wetlands   . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV  5,7,9,17
                  Traffic Accidents     . . . . . . . . . TRN    5                    Wild Pigs  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      Bio  5,6
                  Traffic Data   . . . . . . . . . . .    TRU    5                    Wildlife   . . . . . . . . . . . . .      BIO  2-13
                  Transportation Planning   . . . . . .   TRN    2-7                                                            ENV  12-14
                  Tropical Storms  . . . . . . . . . .    GEO    31-34                Wind Power    . . . . . . . . . . . .     ENR  7,8,11,13
                                                          SAF    14-17                Women  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      POP  8-13
                  Tumon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ECN    40-42                Women, Infants and Children
                                                          ENV    33                    (WIC) Program    . . . . . . . . . .     NTH  17-18
                  Tuna Fisheries   . . . . . . . . . .    AGR    2,25,27,28,          Ylig Bay   . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV  19,20,52
                                                                 30,32,34                                                       LND  14
                  Tuna Transshipment    . . . . . . . .   AGR    23,24,33             Youth  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      POP  7-8
                                                          TRN    14                   Zoning   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ENV  56
                  Typhoon Karen  . . . . . . . . . . .    GEO    31                                                             LND  2,4-10,13
                  Typhoon Pamela   . . . . . . . . . .    ECN    11                                                             MAP  9
                                                          ENV    17                                                             PRK  9
                                                          GEO 32
                                                          SAF    14-17
                  Typhoons  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     GEO    31-34
                                                          SAF    14-17
                  U.S. Navy Water-System    . . . . . .   GEO    24
                  U.S. Territorial Relations   . . . .    ECN    15-26
                  Ugum River Studies    . . . . . . . .   ENV    18,20,56
                                                          GEO    17,18
                  Umatac: Sewer Outfalt     . . . . . . . ENV    44
                  Umatac: Water System  . . . . . . . .   GEO    21
                  Uniform Building Code     . . . . . . . LND    6,7
                  Uniform Crime Reports     . . . . . . . SAF    3,4
                  United States Federalism    . . . . .   ECN    15-26
                  University of Guam (UOG)    . . . . .   EDU    4-7
                  University of Guam.
                  Research Projects     . . . . . . . .   REF    2-6





                                                                             248












































































































                                                                               @r - - - ---- I---- - - -


                                                                                                                       -

                                                                                    3 6668 14100 1489